ALBERT

All Library Books, journals and Electronic Records Telegrafenberg

Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • Books  (2,698)
  • Online Books  (2,698)
  • English  (2,698)
  • 2015-2019  (1,034)
  • 2005-2009  (1,057)
  • 1995-1999  (243)
  • 1985-1989  (368)
Collection
  • Books  (2,698)
Language
Years
Year
Branch Library
  • 1
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    Call number: IASS 16.90012
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: ix, 512 Seiten
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    ISBN: 97817847166777 , 9781784716660 (print) , 9781784716653 (print)
    Language: English
    Note: ""Cover""; ""Copyright""; ""Contents""; ""Preface""; ""Conventions""; ""Abbreviations""; ""1. Introduction""; ""PART I The Early Years""; ""2. Early attempts at monetary union and the Hague Summit""; ""3. The Werner Report and the collapse of Bretton Woods""; ""4. The 'snake in the tunnel' reappears""; ""5. Monetarism arrives amidst currency turmoil""; ""6. The Delors Report""; ""7. Onward to Maastricht""; ""8. The Maastricht Treaty""; ""9. Converging to crisis and austerity""; ""10. The ideological straitjacket""; ""11. The Stability and Growth Pact (SGP)"". , ""12. The convergence farce: smokescreens and denial""""PART II The Path to Crisis""; ""13. The first few years: smug self-congratulation and mass delusion""; ""14. The 2003 fiscal crisis""; ""15. The German 'jobwunder'""; ""16. European Groupthink: denial on a grand scale""; ""PART III The Options for Europe""; ""17. A monetary framework for fiscal policy activism""; ""18. Framing the debate: two alternative visions of the economy""; ""19. The basic principles of functional finance""; ""20. The federal solution""; ""21. Overt Monetary Financing""; ""22. Abandoning the euro"". , ""23. Employment guarantees""""References""; ""Index"".
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 2
    Monograph available for loan
    Tokyo : Springer Japan
    Call number: M 17.90963
    Description / Table of Contents: This book on multiscale seismic tomography, written by one of the leaders in the field, is suitable for undergraduate and graduate students, researchers, and professionals in Earth and planetary sciences who need to broaden their horizons about seismotectonics, volcanism, and interior structure and dynamics of the Earth and Moon. It describes the state-of-the-art in seismic tomography, with emphasis on the new findings obtained by applying tomographic methods in local, regional, and global scales for understanding the generating mechanism of large and great earthquakes such as the 2011 Tohoku-oki earthquake (Mw 9.0), crustal and upper mantle structure, origin of active arc volcanoes and intraplate volcanoes including hotspots, heterogeneous structure of subduction zones, fate of subducting slabs, origin of mantle plumes, mantle convection, and deep Earth dynamics. The first lunar tomography and its implications for the mechanism of deep moonquakes and lunar evolution are also introduced
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XV, 304 p. 146 illus., 117 illus. in color
    ISBN: 9784431553595 , 9784431553601 (ebook)
    Series Statement: Springer Geophysics
    URL: Cover
    Language: English
    Note: IntroductionMethodology of Seismic Tomography -- Subduction Zone Tomography -- Large Earthquakes and Seismotectonics -- Hotspots and Mantle Plumes -- East Asia Structure and Tectonics -- Global Tomography and Deep Earth dynamics -- Seismic Tomography of the Moon..
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 3
    facet.materialart.12
    Paris : OECD Publishing
    Call number: 9789282108000 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 online resource (220 pages)
    ISBN: 9789282108000 , 9789282107997
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Chapter 1. The transport sector today ; Chapter 2. Transport demand and CO2 emissions to 2050 ; Chapter 3. International freight ; Chapter 4. International passenger aviation ; Chapter 5. Mobility in cities ; Statistical annex
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 4
    facet.materialart.12
    Paris : OECD
    Call number: 9789264235410 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This report provides a new detailed quantitative assessment of the consequences of climate change on economic growth through to 2060 and beyond. It focuses on how climate change affects different drivers of growth, including labour productivity and capital supply, in different sectors across the world. The sectoral and regional analysis shows that while the impacts of climate change spread across all sectors and all regions, the largest negative consequences are projected to be found in the health and agricultural sectors, with damages especially strong in Africa and Asia.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (137 Seiten)
    Edition: 1. Auflage
    ISBN: 926423540X , 9789264235410
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Executive summary ; Chapter 1. Modelling the economic consequences of climate change ; Chapter 2. The damages from selected climate change impacts to 2060 ; Chapter 3. The bigger picture of climate change ; Chapter 4. The benefits of policy action ; Annex I. Description of the modelling tools
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 5
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 80 S. , Ill., graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: IHP-VII Technical Documents in Hydrology 83
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 6
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Amsterdam : Elsevier
    Call number: 19/M 16.90210
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVII, 321 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Edition: Second Edition
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    ISBN: 9780128044889
    Classification:
    Mathematics
    Parallel Title: Print version Environmental data analysis with matlab
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 7
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Princeton : Princeton University Press
    Call number: IASS 16.90214
    Description / Table of Contents: Cover -- Title -- Copyright -- CONTENTS -- Acknowledgments -- Introduction -- PART I FROM CUNEIFORM TO CLASSICAL CIVILIZATION -- 1 Finance and Writing -- 2 Finance and Urbanism -- 3 Financial Architecture -- 4 Mesopotamian Twilight -- 5 Athenian Finance -- 6 Monetary Revolution -- 7 Roman Finance -- PART II THE FINANCIAL LEGACY OF CHINA -- 8 China's First Financial World -- 9 Unity and Bureaucracy -- 10 Financial Divergence -- PART III THE EUROPEAN CRUCIBLE -- 11 The Temple and Finance -- 12 Venice -- 13 Fibonacci and Finance -- 14 Immortal Bonds
    Description / Table of Contents: 15 The Discovery of Chance -- 16 Efficient Markets -- 17 Europe, Inc. -- 18 Corporations and Exploration -- 19 A Projecting Age -- 20 A Bubble in France -- 21 According to Hoyle -- 22 Securitization and Debt -- PART IV THE EMERGENCE OF GLOBAL MARKETS -- 23 Marx and Markets -- 24 China's Financiers -- 25 The Russian Bear -- 26 Keynes to the Rescue -- 27 The New Financial World -- 28 Re-Engineering the Future -- 29 Post-War Theory -- Conclusion -- Notes -- Bibliography -- Illustration Credits -- Index
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: VIII, 584 Seiten : Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 0691143781 (print) , 9780691143781 (print) , 1400881307 (ebook) , 9781400881307 (ebook)
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 8
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Dordrecht : Springer Science + Business Media B.V
    Call number: PIK N 456-16-90276
    Description / Table of Contents: This textbook describes various physical, radiative, dynamical and chemical processes involved in the coupling between the Stratosphere and Troposphere. This textbook is intended for graduate students in middle atmosphere stratospheric physics, dynamic and atmospheric science courses and will be useful to all research workers in meteorology, aeronomy, atmospheric physics, atmospheric chemistry and environmental sciences. Current areas of interest, such as Antarctic ozone hole, global warming effects on stratospheric cooling are also addressed. Stratosphere troposphere exchange, transport processes in the upper troposphere and lower stratosphere and the role of stratosphere on tropospheric weather systems are presented. The information provided in the textbook will have broad applicability in other branches of atmospheric science, and will be of interest to those studying such areas as climate change, extreme weather events, and potential for the prediction of tropospheric weather systems.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVII, 416 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9781402082160 , 9781402082177
    Language: English
    Note: ""Preface""; ""Acknowledgments""; ""Contents""; ""Chapter 1 Structure and Composition of the Lower and Middle Atmosphere""; ""Chapter 2 Radiative Processes in the Lower and Middle Atmosphere""; ""Chapter 3 Dynamics of the Troposphere and Stratosphere""; ""Chapter 4 Waves in the Troposphere and Stratosphere""; ""Chapter 5 Chemical Processes in the Stratosphere and Troposphere""; ""Chapter 6 Stratospheric Ozone Depletion and Antarctic Ozone Hole""; ""Chapter 7 Transport Processes in the Stratosphere and Troposphere""; ""Chapter 8 Stratosphere�Troposphere Exchange"". , ""Chapter 9 Stratospheric Influence on Tropospheric Weather and Climate""""Acronyms""; ""List of Symbols""; ""Table of Physical Constants""; ""Answers to Selected Problems""; ""Index"".
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 9
    Call number: M 17.90354
    Description / Table of Contents: Fiber optic sensors based on nano-films -- Lossy Mode Resonances based sensors -- Surface Plasmon Resonances based fiber optic sensors -- Plastic optical fiber biosensors -- Vapor based deposition techniques for optical fiber sensing -- Fiber optic sensors in biomedical applications -- Optical hyperspectral sensors -- Fiber optic sensors for radiation dosimetry -- Fiber optic gas sensors -- Structural health monitoring fiber optic sensors -- Distributed temperature sensors -- Respiratory diseases fiber optic based sensors -- Optical sensing based on photonic crystal structures -- Long Period grating based sensors -- Magnetic field fiber optic sensors -- Sensing at THz frecuencies -- Multimode Interference Fiber Sensors -- Fiber optics sensors based on multicore structures
    Description / Table of Contents: This book describes important recent developments in fiber optic sensor technology and examines established and emerging applications in a broad range of fields and markets, including power engineering, chemical engineering, bioengineering, biomedical engineering, and environmental monitoring. Particular attention is devoted to niche applications where fiber optic sensors are or soon will be able to compete with conventional approaches. Beyond novel methods for the sensing of traditional parameters such as strain, temperature, and pressure, a variety of new ideas and concepts are proposed and explored. The significance of the advent of extended infrared sensors is discussed, and individual chapters focus on sensing at THz frequencies and optical sensing based on photonic crystal structures. Another important topic is the resonances generated when using thin films in conjunction with optical fibers, and the enormous potential of sensors based on lossy mode resonances, surface plasmon resonances, and long-range surface exciton polaritons. Detailed attention is also paid to fiber Bragg grating sensors and multimode interference sensors. Each chapter is written by an acknowledged expert in the subject under discussion
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: VIII, 381 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319426242
    Series Statement: Smart Sensors, Measurement and Instrumentation 21
    Classification:
    Engineering
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 10
    Call number: IASS 16.90592
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1. Introduction -- Chapter 2. China’s Arctic Policy -- Chapter 3. Japan’s Arctic Policy -- Chapter 4. Arctic Policy of South Korea (Republic of Korea) -- Chapter 5. Singapore’s Arctic Policy -- Chapter 6. India’s Arctic Policy -- Chapter 7. Conclusions
    Description / Table of Contents: This book examines the growing interest by Asian states, which are normally considered as ‘outsiders’ in the Arctic governance system. Whilst existing research asserts that Asian states are mostly interested in the economic aspect of the changing Arctic, including its mineral and fossil sources and the opening up of new sea routes, the book argues that the relation between Asian states and the Arctic is much more complex and dynamic, grounded in their unique perspective on national security and the role of economic development in securing their national interests. Aki Tonami is Researcher at the Nordic Institute of Asian Studies, Department of Political Science, University of Copenhagen, Denmark. She received her Ph.D from Kyoto University, Japan, and has worked as Research Advisor for the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of Japan. She has written extensively on East Asian environmental foreign policy, and her research interests include environmental governance, economic diplomacy, and the Polar Regions
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xv, 140 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9781137537454 , 9781137537461 (eBook)
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 11
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cham [u.a.] : Springer
    Call number: IASS 16.90595
    Description / Table of Contents: In the late 18th century explorers and scientists started venturing into the Arctic in a heroic and sometimes deadly effort to understand and unveil the secrets of the unforgiving and mysterious polar region of the high north. Despite that the Arctic was already populated mattered less for the first wave of polar researchers and explorations who nevertheless, brought back valuable knowledge. Today the focus in Arctic science and discourse has changed to one which includes the peoples and societies, and their interaction with the world beyond. The image of a static Arctic - heralded first by explorers - prevailed for a long time, but today the eyes of the World see the Arctic very differently. Few, if any, other places on Earth are currently experiencing the kind of dramatic change witnessed in the Arctic. According to model forecasts, these changes are likely to have profound implications on biophysical and human systems, and will accelerate in the decades to come.  “The New Arctic” highlights how, and in what parts, the natural and political system is being transformed. We’re talking about a region where demography, culture, and political and economic systems are increasingly diverse, although many common interests and aspects remain; and with the new Arctic now firmly placed in a global context. Settlements range from small, predominantly indigenous communities, to large industrial cities, and all have a link to the surrounding environment, be it glaciers or vegetation or the ocean itself. “The New Arctic” contributes to our further understanding of the changing Arctic. It offers a range of perspectives, which reflect the deep insight of a variety of scientific scholars across many disciplines bringing a wide range of expertise. The book speaks to a broad audience, including policy-makers, students and scientific colleagues
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXII, 352 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319176017 (print) , 9783319176024 (eBook)
    Parallel Title: Print version The New Arctic
    Language: English
    Note: Foreword; Preface; Contents; Authors' Biography; Chapter 1: Paths to the New Arctic; Chapter 2: Indigenous Peoples in the New Arctic; Chapter 3: Pioneering Nation: New Narratives About Greenland and Greenlanders Launched Through Arts and Branding; Chapter 4: Perpetual Adaption? Challanges for the Sami and Reindeer Husbandry in Sweden; Chapter 5: On Past, Present and Future Arctic Expeditions; Chapter 6: Arctopias: The Arctic as No Place and New Place in Fiction; Chapter 7: The Fleeting Glaciers of the Arctic; Chapter 8: Arctic Carbon Cycle: Patterns, Impacts and Possible Changes; Chapter 9: Arctic Vegetation Cover: Patterns, Processes and Expected Change; Chapter 10: Human Development in the New Arctic; Chapter 11: Issues in Arctic Tourism; ...
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 12
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: M 17.91132
    Description / Table of Contents: The third edition of this classic text presents a complete introduction to plasma physics and controlled fusion, written by one of the pioneering scientists in this expanding field.  It offers both a simple and intuitive discussion of the basic concepts of the subject matter and an insight into the challenging problems of current research. This outstanding text offers students a painless introduction to this important field; for teachers, a large collection of problems; and for researchers, a concise review of the fundamentals as well as original treatments of a number of topics never before explained so clearly.  In a wholly lucid manner the second edition covered charged-particle motions, plasmas as fluids, kinetic theory, and nonlinear effects.  For the third edition, two new chapters have been added to incorporate discussion of more recent advances in the field.  The new chapter 9 on Special Plasmas covers non-neutral plasmas, pure electron plasmas, solid and ultra-cold plasmas, pair-ion plasmas, dusty plasmas, helicon plasmas, atmospheric-pressure plasmas, sheath-bounded plasmas, reconnection and turbulence.  Following this, chapter 10 describes Plasma Applications such as magnetic fusion (pinches, mirrors, FRCs, stellarators, tokamaks, spheromaks), plasma accelerators and FELs, ine rtial fusion, semiconductor etching, and spacecraft propulsion. This new revised edition remains an essential text for those new to the field and an invaluable reference source for established researchers
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xii, 490 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Edition: Third edition
    ISBN: 978331922308 , 9783319223094
    Language: English
    Note: IntroductionSingle-particle motions -- Plasmas as fluids -- Waves in plasmas -- Diffusion and resistivity -- Equilibrium and stability -- Kinetic theory -- Nonlinear effects -- Special plasmas -- Plasma applications..
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 13
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge : Cambridge University Press
    Call number: M 17.91137
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Space physics -- 2. Introduction to kinetic theory -- 3. Single particle motion and geomagnetically trapped particles -- 4. Magnetohydrodynamics -- 5. Solar physics -- 6. The solar wind -- 7. The solar wind interaction with planets and other solar system bodies -- 8. The magnetosphere
    Description / Table of Contents: Physics of Solar System Plasmas provides a comprehensive introduction to the plasma physics and magnetohydrodynamics that are needed to study the solar wind and magnetosphere. The text includes a broad introduction to plasma physics, including important discussions of kinetic theory, single particle motion, magnetohydrodynamics, geomagnetically trapped energetic particles and the physics of magnetic reconnection. This leads into a thorough description of the Sun and the solar wind, and, finally, the author addresses magnetospheric physics. Among the topics covered here are magnetospheric morphology, bow shocks, magnetospheric convection and electrical currents, substorms, ionospheric physics, magnetosphere-ionosphere coupling, auroral physics and the interaction of the solar wind with the planets. Problem sets at the end of each chapter make this a useful text for advanced undergraduate students in astrophysics, geophysics, or atmospheric sciences. Graduate students and researchers will also find it a valuable source of information
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xvi, 477 Seiten
    Edition: First paperpack edition
    ISBN: 9780521611947 , 9780521352802 (print) , 9780511529467
    Series Statement: Cambridge atmospheric and space science series
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 14
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cham : Springer International Publishing AG
    Call number: IASS 19.93029
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: x, 198 Seiten , graphische Darstellungen
    Edition: 1st ed. 2019
    ISBN: 9783319937298 , 3319937294 , 9783319937304 , 3319937308
    Series Statement: Sustainable Production, Life Cycle Engineering and Management
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 15
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    [Erscheinungsort nicht ermittelbar] : Packt Publishing
    Call number: 18/M 19.92992
    Description / Table of Contents: Ceph is an open source distributed storage system that is scalable to Exabyte deployments. This second edition of Mastering Ceph takes you a step closer to becoming an expert on Ceph. You’ll get started by understanding the design goals and planning steps that should be undertaken to ensure successful deployments. In the next sections, you’ll be guided through setting up and deploying the Ceph cluster with the help of orchestration tools. This will allow you to witness Ceph’s scalability, erasure coding (data protective) mechanism, and automated data backup features on multiple servers. You’ll then discover more about the key areas of Ceph including BlueStore, erasure coding and cache tiering with the help of examples. Next, you’ll also learn some of the ways to export Ceph into non-native environments and understand some of the pitfalls that you may encounter. The book features a section on tuning that will take you through the process of optimizing both Ceph and its supporting infrastructure. You’ll also learn to develop applications, which use Librados and distributed computations with shared object classes. Toward the concluding chapters, you’ll learn to troubleshoot issues and handle various scenarios where Ceph is not likely to recover on its own. By the end of this book, you’ll be able to master storage management with Ceph and generate solutions for managing your infrastructure.
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 343 Seiten
    Edition: 2nd ed.
    ISBN: 9781789610703 , 9781789615104
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 16
    Call number: M 20.93497
    Description / Table of Contents: The Himalayas are a region that is most dependent, but also frequently prone to hazards from changing meltwater resources. This mountain belt hosts the highest mountain peaks on earth, has the largest reserve of ice outside the polar regions, and is home to a rapidly growing population in recent decades. One source of hazard has attracted scientific research in particular in the past two decades: glacial lake outburst floods (GLOFs) occurred rarely, but mostly with fatal and catastrophic consequences for downstream communities and infrastructure. Such GLOFs can suddenly release several million cubic meters of water from naturally impounded meltwater lakes. Glacial lakes have grown in number and size by ongoing glacial mass losses in the Himalayas. Theory holds that enhanced meltwater production may increase GLOF frequency, but has never been tested so far. The key challenge to test this notion are the high altitudes of 〉4000 m, at which lakes occur, making field work impractical. Moreover, flood waves can attenuate rapidly in mountain channels downstream, so that many GLOFs have likely gone unnoticed in past decades. Our knowledge on GLOFs is hence likely biased towards larger, destructive cases, which challenges a detailed quantification of their frequency and their response to atmospheric warming. Robustly quantifying the magnitude and frequency of GLOFs is essential for risk assessment and management along mountain rivers, not least to implement their return periods in building design codes. [...]
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: 122 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 17
    Call number: 9780191079993 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 online resource (254 pages)
    Edition: First edition
    ISBN: 9780191079993 (e-book)
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Acknowledgments 1 Introduction to environmental DNA (eDNA) 1.1 Definitions 1.2 A brief history of eDNA analysis 1.3 Constraints when working with eDNA 1.4 Workflow in eDNA studies and main methods used 1.5 Environmental DNA as a monitoring tool 2 DNA metabarcode choice and design 2.1 Which DNA metabarcode? 2.2 Properties of the ideal DNA metabarcode 2.3 In silica primer design and testing 2.3.1 Prerequisites 2.3.2 Reference sequences: description, filtering, and formatting for ecoPrimers 2.3.3 In silica primer design with ecoPrimers 2.3.3.1 'Ihe ecoPrimers output 2.3.4 In silica primer testing with ecoPCR 2.3.4.1 The ecoPCR output 2.3.4.2 Filtering of the ecoPCR output 2.3.4.3 Evaluation of primer conservation 2.3.4.4 Taxonomic resolution and Bs index 2.4 Examples of primer pairs available for DNA metabarcoding 3 Reference databases 3.1 Extracting reference databases from EMBL/GenBank/DDBJ 3.1.1 Downloading a local copy of EMBL 3.1.2 Identifying sequences corresponding to the relevant metabarcode 3.2 Marker-specific reference databases 3.2.1 Nuclear rRNA gene reference databases 3.2.2 Eukaryote-specific databases 3.3 Building a local reference database 3.3.1 PCR-based local reference database 3.3.2 Shotgun-based local reference database 3.4 Current challenges and future directions 4 Sampling 4.1 The cycle of eDNA in the environment 4.1.1 State and origin 4.1.2 Fate 4.1.3 Transport 4.2 Sampling design 4.2.1 Focusing on the appropriate DNA population 4.2.2 Defining the sampling strategy 4.3 Sample preservation 5 DNA extraction 5.1 From soil samples 5.2 From sediment 5.3 From litter 5.4 From fecal samples 5.5 From water samples 6 DNA amplification and multiplexing 6.1 Principle of the PCR 6.2 Which polymerase to choose? 6.3 The standard PCR reaction 6.4 The importance of including appropriate controls 6.4.1 Extraction negative controls 6.4.2 PCR negative controls 6.4.3 PCR positive controls 6.4.4 Tagging system controls 6.4.5 Internal controls 6.5 PCR optimization 6.6 How to limit the risk of contamination? 6.7 Blocking oligonucleotides for reducing the amplification of undesirable sequences 6.8 How many PCR replicates? 6.9 Multiplexing several metabarcodes within the same PCR 6.10 Multiplexing many samples on the same sequencing lane 6.10.1 Overview of the problem 6.10.2 Strategy 1: single-step PCR with Illumina adapters 6.10.3 Strategy 2: two-step PCR with Illumina adapters 6.10.4 Strategy 3: single-step PCR with tagged primers 7 DNA sequencing 7.1 Overview of the first, second, and third generations of sequencing technologies 7.2 The Illumina technology 7.2.1 Library preparation 7.2.2 Flow cell, bridge PCR, and clusters 7.2.3 Sequencing by synthesis 7.2.4 Quality scores of the sequence reads 8 DNA metabarcoding data analysis 8.1 Basic sequence handling and curation 8.1.1 Sequencing quality 8.1.1.1 The pros and cons of read quality-based filtering 8.1.1.2 Quality trimming software 8.1.2 Paired-end read pairing 8.1.3 Sequence demultiplexing 8.1.4 Sequence dereplication 8.1.5 Rough sequence curation 8.2 Sequence classification 8.2.1 Taxonomic classification 8.2.2 Unsupervised classification 8.2.3 Chimera identification 8.3 Taking advantages of experimental controls 8.3.1 Filtering out potential contaminants 8.3.2 Removing dysfunctional PCRs 8.4 General considerations on ecological analyses 8.4.1 Sampling effort and representativeness 8.4.1.1 Evaluating representativeness of the sequencing per PCR 8.4.1.2 Evaluating representativeness at the sampling unit or site level 8.4.2 Handling samples with varying sequencing depth 8.4.3 Going further and adapting the ecological models to metabarcoding 9 Single-species detection 9.1 Principle of the quantitative PCR (qPCR) 9.1.1 Recording amplicon accumulation in real time via fluorescence measurement 9.1.2 The typical amplification curve 9.1.3 Quantification of target sequences with the Ct method 9.2 Design and testing of qPCR barcodes targeting a single species 9.2.1 1he problem of specificity 9.2.2 qPCR primers and probe 9.2.3 Candidate qPCR barcodes 9.3 Additional experimental considerations 9.3.1 General issues associated with sampling, extraction, and PCR amplification 9.3.2 The particular concerns of contamination and inhibition 10 Environmental DNA for functional diversity 10.1 Functional diversity from DNA metabarcoding 10.1.1 Functional inferences 10.1.2 Targeting active populations 10.2 Metagenomics and metatranscriptomics: sequencing more than a barcode 10.2.1 General sampling constraints 10.2.1.1 Optimization of the number of samples 10.2.1.2 Enrichment in target organisms 10.2.1.3 Enrichment in functional information 10.2.2 General molecular constraints 10.2.3 From sequences to functions 10.2.3.1 Assembling (or not) a metagenome 10.2.3.2 Sorting contigs or reads in broad categories 10.2.3.3 Extracting functional information via taxonomic inferences 10.2.3.4 Functional annotation of metagenomes 11 Some early landmark studies 11.1 Emergence of the concept of eDNA and first results on microorganisms 11.2 Examining metagenomes to explore the functional information carried by eDNA 11.3 Extension to macroorganisms 12 Freshwater ecosystems 12.1 Production, persistence, transport, and delectability of eDNA in freshwater ecosystems 12.1.1 Production 12.1.2 Persistence 12.1.3 Transport/ diffusion distance 12.1.4 Detectability 12.2 Macroinvertebrates 12.3 Diatoms and microeukaryotes 12.4 Aquatic plants 12.5 Fish, amphibians, and other vertebrates 12.5.1 Species detection 12.5.2 Biomass estimates 12.6 Are rivers conveyer belts of biodiversity information? 13 Marine environments 13.1 Environmental DNA cycle and transport in marine ecosystems 13.2 Marine microbial diversity 13.3 Environmental DNA for marine macroorganisms 14 Terrestrial ecosystems 14.1 Delectability, persistence, and mobility of eDNA in soil 14.2 Plant community characterization 14.3 Earthworm community characterization 14.4 Bacterial community or metagenome characterization 14.5 Multitaxa diversity surveys 1 5 Paleoenvironments 15.1 Lake sediments 15.1.1 Pollen, macrofossils, and DNA metabarcoding 15.1.2 Plants and mammals from Lake Anteme 15.1.3 Viability in the ice-free corridor in North America 15.2 Permafrost 15.2.1 Overview of the emergence of permafrost as a source of eDNA 15.2.2 Large-scale analysis of permafrost samples for reconstructing past plant communities 15.3 Archaeological midden material 15.3.1 Bulk archaeological fish bones from Madagascar 15.3.2 Midden from Greenland to assess past human diet 16 Host-associated microbiota 16.1 DNA dynamics 16.2 Early molecular-based works 16.3 Post-holobiont works 17 Diet analysis 17.1 Some seminal diet studies 17.1.1 Proof of concept-analyzing herbivore diet using next-generation sequencing 17.1.2 Assessing the efficiency of conservation actions in Bialowieza forest 17.1.3 Characterizing carnivore diet, or how to disentangle predator and prey eDNA 17.1.4 Analyzing an omnivorous diet, or integrating several diets in a single one 17.2 Methodological and experimental specificities of eDNA diet analyses 17.2.1 eDNAsources 17.2.1.1 Feces 17.2.1.2 Gut content 17.2.1.3 Whole body 17.2.2 Quantitative aspects 17.2.2.1 Relationship between the amount of ingested food and DNA quantity in the sample 17.2.2.2 Quantifying DNA with PCR and next-generation sequencing 17.2.2.3 Empirical correction of abundances 17.2.3 Diet as a sample of the existing biodiversity 17.2.4 Problematic diets 18 Analysis of bulk samples 18.1 What is a bulk sample? 18.2 Case studies 18.2.1 Bulk insect samples for biodiversity monitoring 18.2.2 Nematode diversity in tropical rainforest 18.2.3 Marine metawan diversity in benthic ecosystems 18.3 Metabarcoding markers for bulk samples 18.4 Alternative strategies 19 The future of eDNA metabarcoding 19.1 PCR-based approaches 19.1.1 Singl
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 18
    Call number: M 20.93503
    Description / Table of Contents: Steep mountain channels are an important component of the fluvial system. On geological timescales, they shape mountain belts and counteract tectonic uplift by erosion. Their channels are strongly coupled to hillslopes and they are often the main source of sediment transported downstream to low-gradient rivers and to alluvial fans, where commonly settlements in mountainous areas are located. Hence, mountain streams are the cause for one of the main natural hazards in these regions. Due to climate change and a pronounced populating of mountainous regions the attention given to this threat is even growing. Although quantitative studies on sediment transport have significantly advanced our knowledge on measuring and calibration techniques we still lack studies of the processes within mountain catchments. Studies examining the mechanisms of energy and mass exchange on small temporal and spatial scales in steep streams remain sparse in comparison to low-gradient alluvial channels. In the beginning of this doctoral project, a vast ...
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: 180 Seiten , Illustrationen, Karten, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 19
    Call number: M 20.93504
    Description / Table of Contents: The concept of hydrologic connectivity summarizes all flow processes that link separate regions of a landscape. As such, it is a central theme in the field of catchment hydrology, with influence on neighboring disciplines such as ecology and geomorphology. It is widely acknowledged to be an important key in understanding the response behavior of a catchment and has at the same time inspired research on internal processes over a broad range of scales. From this process-hydrological point of view, hydrological connectivity is the conceptual framework to link local observations across space and scales. This is the context in which the four studies this thesis comprises of were conducted. The focus was on structures and their spatial organization as important control on preferential subsurface flow. Each experiment covered a part of the conceptualized flow path from hillslopes to the stream: soil profile, hillslope, riparian zone, and stream. For each study site, the most characteristic structures of the investigated domain and scale, such as slope deposits and peat layers were identified based on preliminary or previous investigations or literature reviews. Additionally, further structural data was collected and topographical analyses were carried out. [...]
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xix, 223 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 20
    Call number: M 20.93505
    Description / Table of Contents: Active and passive source data from two seismic experiments within the interdisciplinary project TIPTEQ (from The Incoming Plate to mega Thrust EarthQuake processes) were used to image and identify the structural and petrophysical properties (such as P- and S-velocities, Poisson's ratios, pore pressure, density and amount of fluids) within the Chilean seismogenic coupling zone at 38.25°S, where in 1960 the largest earthquake ever recorded (Mw 9.5) occurred. Two S-wave velocity models calculated using traveltime and noise tomography techniques were merged with an existing velocity model to obtain a 2D S-wave velocity model, which gathered the advantages of each individual model. In a following step, P- and S-reflectivity images of the subduction zone were obtained using different pre stack and post-stack depth migration techniques. Among them, the recent prestack line-drawing depth migration scheme yielded revealing results. Next, synthetic seismograms modelled using the reflectivity method allowed, through their input 1D synthetic P- and S-velocities, to infer the composition and rocks within the subduction zone. Finally, an image of the subduction zone is given, jointly interpreting the results from this work with results from other studies. The Chilean seismogenic coupling zone at 38.25°S shows a continental crust with highly reflective horizontal, as well as (steep) dipping events. Among them, the Lanalhue Fault Zone (LFZ), which is interpreted to be east-dipping, is imaged to very shallow depths. ...
    Type of Medium: Dissertations
    Pages: xvi, 111 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 21
    Call number: https://doi.org/10.1144/SP407
    In: Geological Society special publication
    Description / Table of Contents: This Special Publication is dedicated to heritage stone: those natural stones that have special significance in human culture. Some stones that have had important uses in the past are now neglected because theyare no longer extracted. Others are still commercially important, but their heritage uses have not beenwell documented in widely available sources. The Heritage Stone Task Group of the International Unionof Geological Sciences is working to establish a new formal designation of 'Global Heritage StoneResource' to recognize those stones that have had internationally significant architectural and ornamentaluses. The aim is to spread awareness of the cultural heritage aspects of these stones, to help to encouragecontinued supply for maintenance and repair of important monuments and to preserve historically importantquarries. The aim is neither to promote nor to limit these stones for new construction: in some cases continuingcommercial use might help to ensure future supplies for building conservation purposes.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (VI, 275 Seiten)
    ISBN: 9781862396951 (electronic) , 9781862396852 (print)
    Series Statement: Geological Society special publication 407
    URL: Cover
    Language: English
    Note: Introduction -- Procedures and criteria for the definition of Global Heritage Stone Resources -- The 'Global Heritage Stone Resource' designation: past, present and future -- Global stone heritage: Larvikite, Norway -- The Hallandia gneiss, a Swedish heritage stone resource -- The Kolmården serpentine marble in Sweden: a stone found both in castles and peoples homes -- Global Heritage Stone: Estremoz Marbles, Portugal -- Contribution of Portuguese two-mica granites to stone built heritage: the historical value of Oporto granite -- Piedra Pajarilla: a candidacy as a global heritage stone resource for Martinamor granite -- The Sierra Nevada serpentinites: the serpentinites most used in Spanish heritage buildings -- Villamayor Stone (Golden Stone) as a Global Heritage Stone Resource from Salamanca (NW of Spain) -- Colmenar Limestone, Madrid, Spain: considerations for its nomination as a Global Heritage Stone Resource due to its long term durability -- Carrara Marble: a nomination for Global Heritage Stone Resource from Italy -- Rosa Beta granite (Sardinian Pink Granite): a heritage stone of international significance from Italy -- Pietra Serena: the stone of the Renaissance -- Ornamental stones of the Verbano Cusio Ossola quarry district: characterization of materials, quarrying techniques and history and relevance to local and national heritage -- Stone materials used for monumental buildings in the historical centre of Turin (NW Italy): architectonical survey and petrographic characterization of Via Roma -- Podpec limestone: a heritage stone from Slovenia -- Stone heritage in Southeast Slovenia -- Ornamental stone in the history of St Petersburg architecture -- Natural stone in the built heritage of the interior of Brazil: the use of stone in Minas Gerais -- Piedra Mar del Plata: An Argentine orthoquartzite worthy of being considered as a Global Heritage Stone Resource..
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 22
    facet.materialart.12
    Cambridge, Mass. : Harvard University Press
    Call number: 9780674241893 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Neptune's Laboratory traces shifts over the last two centuries in the imagination of ocean space by scientists, policy makers, and the public. Oceans gained prominence in the public's imagination in the early nineteenth century as scientists first probed the depths, and marine fisheries were industrialized. It wasn't long, however, before some fishermen, policy makers, and scientists grew concerned that fish stocks could be exhausted. In Europe, these fears gave rise to new internationalist aspirations as scientists sought to conduct research on an ocean-wide scale and nations struggled to protect their fisheries. The internationalist program for marine research was disrupted by the start of World War I. Nevertheless, we find a resurgence of internationalist dreams in evocations of a Pacific World at world fairs on the west coast of the United States, both during the interwar period and as late as the 1960s. With the arrival of the Cold War, ocean spaces were re-cast as both battlefields, post-apocalyptic living spaces, and as utopian frontiers by scientific visionaries, policy makers, and the public. Late into the twentieth century, dreams of a new global political internationalism, with ocean spaces and marine science as its foundation, persisted.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (241 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9780674241893 (e-book)
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Introduction 1 I Discovering Wonder in the Deep 2 I Marine Science for the Nation or for the World? 3 I Scientific Internationalism in a Pacific World 4 I Cold War Science on the Seafloor 5 I Ocean Science and Governance in the Anthropocene Conclusion Notes Acknowledgments Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 23
    facet.materialart.12
    Amsterdam : Academic Press is an imprint of Elsevier
    Call number: 9780128009956 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Aquafeed Formulation is the only resource that provides summaries with examples and formulation techniques specifically to meet the needs of anyone in the aquaculture industry. As feed is the largest single cost item in aquaculture production, and formulating aquaculture feed requires many combinations of several ingredients and nutrient requirements, this book takes a clear and concise approach, providing essential information on formulation and covering relevant available software, feed nutrients, and additives such as enzymes and phytase and conjugated fatty acids, as well as best industry practices to improve aquafeed production. Users will find this to be a one-stop resource for anyone interested or involved in, the global aquaculture industry.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (303 Seiten) , Illustrationen , 24 cm
    ISBN: 9780128009956
    Language: English
    Note: Contents List of contributors Acknowledgments Introduction 1 Overview of the aquaculture feed industry / Zuridah Merican and Dagoberto Sanchez 1. Aquafeed in Asia 1.1 Introduction 1.2 A shift in equilibrium 1.3 Lower demand with EMS 1.4 Horizontal expansion and integration 1.5 Extruded and functional feeds 1.6 Rising production costs 1.7 Feed production and trends 1.8 New capacity and new entrants 1.9 Shrimp feed types 1.10 Feed prices 1.11 Country developments 2. Aquafeed in the Americas 2.1 Development of aquafeed production in the Americas 2.2 Country development Acknowledgments References 2 Feed formulation software / A. Victor Suresh 2.1 Introduction 2.2 General overview of the formulation process in the feed industry 2.3 LP-based feed formulation 2.4 Essential components of LP-based feed formulation software 2.5 Software options 2.6 Conclusion Acknowledgments References 3 Understanding the nutritional and biological constraints of ingredients to optimize their application in aquaculture feeds / Brett Glencross 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Characterizing ingredients 3.3 Chemical composition of oils 3.4 Digestibility, palatability, and utilization value of plant protein meals 3.5 Nutritional value of plant and animal oils to aquaculture species 3.6 Processing effects of ingredients References 4 Nutrient requirements / Cesar Molina-Poveda 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Proteins and amino acids 4.3 Lipids and fatty acids 4.4 Carbohydrates 4.5 Nutritional energetics 4.6 Vitamins 4.7 Minerals References 5 Functional feed additives in aquaculture feeds / Pedro Encarnagao 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Phytogenies 5.3 Organic acids 5.4 Yeast products 5.5 Probiotics 5.6 Enzymes 5.7 Mycotoxin binders References 6 Optimizing nutritional quality of aquafeeds / Karthik Masagounder, Sheila Ramos, Ingolf Reimann and Girish Channarayapatna 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Sources of nutrient database 6.3 Nutrient levels and variability in commonly used raw materials 6.4 Impact of heat damage on the amino acid level and their variability 6.5 Proximate nutrients of raw material 6.6 Managing nutrient variation 6.7 Integration of Laboratory Information Management System and formulation 6.8 Summary References Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 24
    facet.materialart.12
    New York : Nova Publishers
    Call number: 9781634854368 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book discusses the ecology, diversity and environmental impact of Siberia. Chapter One discusses cultural interaction and mutual influence of the civilizations of the Ancient World and the Middle Ages: China, Japan, Korea, Iran, Central Asian nomadic empires, Turkic Khanate, Byzantium, Russian kingdoms, the Ottoman Empire and the Arab Caliphate to Siberia and the Urals. Chapter Two presents issues regarding the current state of soil resources in the world, and focuses on agricultural development of Siberian land within Russia and the world and its hidden productive potential, which in the process of time will have greater economic importance. Chapter Three reviews the impact of recent climate changes and technogenic contamination with fluorides emitted by aluminum smelters on the microbial transformation of carbon, the regimes of functioning, and the state of agroecosystems on gray forest soils (Luvic Greyzemic Phaeozems) in the forest-steppe zone of the Baikal region on the basis of data of the long-term agroecological monitoring. Chapter Four studies the ecological interactions that take place within the vast region of Siberia among the avian reservoir hosts and viral populations, and the environment they utilize. Chapter Five presents the results of hydro-chemical research conducted in the spring of 2013 and end of August of 2014 in the northern part of Western Siberia. Chapter Six presents the results of research on selected terrestrial surface waters in the arctic tundra of Western Siberia conducted during the Spring of 2013, Fall of 2014, and Winter of 2015. (Imprint: Nova)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (249 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9781634854368 (e-book)
    Series Statement: Russian political, economic, and security issues
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents Preface Chapter 1. North-East Eurasia (Siberia) in the Context of World History: New Concepts / Vladislav Kokoulin and Igor Likhomanov Chapter 2. The Past, Present, and Future of the use of the Agricultural Soils of Siberia / W. Halicki and K. Kita Chapter 3. Agroecological Monitoring of the Carbon Transformation in Agroecosystems on Gray Forest Soils of the Baikal Region under Current Climatic Changes and Conditions of Fluoride Pollution / L. V. Pomazkina and Yu. V. Semenova Chapter 4. Ecology of Avian Influenza Viruses in Siberia / Maria Alessandra De Marco, Kirill Sharshov, Marina Gulyaeva, Mauro Delogu, Lorenzo Ciccarese, Maria Rita Castrucci, Alexander Shestopalov Chapter 5. Assessment of Biogenic Substances of Selected Terrestrial Waters in the Northern Part of Western Siberia: Significance for Ecology and Climate Change / W. Halicki, M. W. Kochanska and S. N. Kirpotin Chapter 6. Quality Assessment of Selected Surface Waters of the Arctic Tundra of Western Siberia in the Context of Climate Change / W. Halicki, M.W. Kochanska and S.N. Kirpotin Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 25
    facet.materialart.12
    Cham : Springer
    Call number: 9783030045890 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Population genomics has revolutionized various disciplines of biology including population, evolutionary, ecological and conservation genetics, plant and animal breeding, human health, medicine and pharmacology by allowing to address novel and long-standing questions with unprecedented power and accuracy. It employs large-scale or genome-wide genetic information and bioinformatics to address various fundamental and applied aspects in biology and related disciplines, and provides a comprehensive genome-wide perspective and new insights that were not possible before. These advances have become possible due to the development of new and low-cost sequencing and genotyping technologies and novel statistical approaches and software, bioinformatics tools, and models. Population genomics is tremendously advancing our understanding the roles of evolutionary processes, such as mutation, genetic drift, gene flow, and natural selection, in shaping up genetic variation at individual loci and across the genome and populations; improving the assessment of population genetic parameters or processes such as adaptive evolution, effective population size, gene flow, admixture, inbreeding and outbreeding depression, demography, and biogeography; resolving evolutionary histories and phylogenetic relationships of extant, ancient and extinct species; understanding the genomic basis of fitness, adaptation, speciation, complex ecological and economically important traits, and disease and insect resistance; facilitating forensics, genetic medicine and pharmacology; delineating conservation genetic units; and understanding the genetic effects of resource management practices, and assisting conservation and sustainable management of genetic resources. This Population Genomics book discusses the concepts, approaches, applications and promises of population genomics in addressing most of the above fundamental and applied crucial aspects in a variety of organisms from microorganisms to humans. The book provides insights into a range of emerging population genomics topics including population epigenomics, landscape genomics, seascape genomics, paleogenomics, ecological and evolutionary genomics, biogeography, demography, speciation, admixture, colonization and invasion, genomic selection, and plant and animal domestication. This book fills a vacuum in the field and is expected to become a primary reference in Population Genomics world-wide
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XVII, 822 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: Online edition Springer eBook Collection. Biomedical and Life Sciences
    ISBN: 9783030045890 , 978-3-030-04589-0
    ISSN: 2364-6764 , 2364-6772
    Series Statement: Population Genomics
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction Population Genomics: Advancing Understanding of Nature / Gordon Luikart, Marty Kardos, Brian K. Hand, Om P. Rajora, Sally N. Aitken, and Paul A. Hohenlohe Part II Methods Genotyping and Sequencing Technologies in Population Genetics and Genomics / J. A. Holliday, E. M. Hallerman, and D. C. Haak Computational Tools for Population Genomics / Jarkko Salojärvi Population and Evolutionary Genetic Inferences in the Whole-Genome Era: Software Challenges / Alexandros Stamatakis Part III Concepts and Approaches Population Epigenomics: Advancing Understanding of Phenotypic Plasticity, Acclimation, Adaptation and Diseases / Ehren R. V. Moler, Abdulkadir Abakir, Maria Eleftheriou, Jeremy S. Johnson, Konstantin V. Krutovsky, Lara C. Lewis, Alexey Ruzov, Amy V. Whipple, and Om P. Rajora Landscape Genomics: Understanding Relationships Between Environmental Heterogeneity and Genomic Characteristics of Populations / Niko Balkenhol, Rachael Y. Dudaniec, Konstantin V. Krutovsky, Jeremy S. Johnson, David M. Cairns, Gernot Segelbacher, Kimberly A. Selkoe, Sophie von der Heyden, Ian J. Wang, Oliver Selmoni, and Stéphane Joost Paleogenomics: Genome-Scale Analysis of Ancient DNA and Population and Evolutionary Genomic Inferences / Tianying Lan and Charlotte Lindqvist Genome-Wide Association Studies and Heritability Estimation in the Functional Genomics Era / Dunia Pino Del Carpio, Roberto Lozano, Marnin D. Wolfe, and Jean-Luc Jannink Genomic Selection / Elisabeth Jonas, Freddy Fikse, Lars Rönnegård, and Elena Flavia Mouresan Part IV Population, Evolutionary and Ecological Genetics Applications and Inferences Population Genomics Provides Key Insights in Ecology and Evolution / Paul A. Hohenlohe, Brian K. Hand, Kimberly R. Andrews, and Gordon Luikart Inferring Demographic History Using Genomic Data / Jordi Salmona, Rasmus Heller, Martin Lascoux, and Aaron Shafer Advancing Biogeography Through Population Genomics / Jeremy S. Johnson, Konstantin V. Krutovsky, Om P. Rajora, Keith D. Gaddis, and David M. Cairns Adaptation Without Boundaries: Population Genomics in Marine Systems / Marjorie F. Oleksiak Population Genomics of Speciation and Admixture / Nicola J. Nadeau and Takeshi Kawakami Population Genomics of Colonization and Invasion / Shana R. Welles and Katrina M. Dlugosch Population Genomics of Crop Domestication: Current State and Perspectives / Philippe Cubry and Yves Vigouroux Population Genomics of Animal Domestication and Breed Development / Samantha Wilkinson and Pamela Wiener Population Genomics of Domestication and Breed Development in Canines in the Context of Cognitive, Social, Behavioral, and Disease Traits / Kristopher J. L. Irizarry and Elton J. R. Vasconcelos Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 26
    Call number: 9783319671222 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: In this handbook social science researchers who focus on sustainability present and discuss their findings, including empirical work, case studies, teaching and learning innovations, and applied projects. As such, the book offers a basis for the dissemination of information, ideas and experiences acquired in the execution of research projects, especially initiatives which have influenced behavior, decision-making, or policy. Furthermore, it introduces methodological approaches and projects which aim to offer a better understanding of sustainability across society and economic sectors. This multidisciplinary overview presents the work of researchers from across the spectrum of the social sciences. It stimulates innovative thinking on how social sciences influence sustainable development and vice-versa
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 485 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Earth and Environmental Science
    ISBN: 9783319671222 , 978-3-319-67122-2
    Series Statement: World sustainability series
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Exploring the Connections: Sustainability and Social Science Research Interplays of Sustainability, Resilience, Adaptation and Transformation / Jennifer L. Johnson, Laura Zanotti, Zhao Ma, David J. Yu, David R. Johnson, Alison Kirkham and Courtney Carothers Using Meta-Analysis in the Social Sciences to Improve Environmental Policy / Alexander Maki, Mark A. Cohen and Michael P. Vandenbergh Integrating Social Science Research to Advance Sustainability Education / Christine Jie Li, Martha C. Monroe and Tracey Ritchie Inclusive Sustainability: Environmental Justice in Higher Education / Flora Lu, Rebecca Hernandez Rosser, Adriana Renteria, Nancy Kim, Elida Erickson, Anna Sher and Lisa O’Connor Connective Methodologies: Visual Communication Design and Sustainability in Higher Education / Denielle Emans and Kelly M. Murdoch-Kitt The Teaching Green Building: Five Theoretical Perspectives / Laura B. Cole Blockchain for Good? Digital Ledger Technology and Sustainable Development Goals / Richard Adams, Beth Kewell and Glenn Parry Part II Research and Behavioral Interventions Psychological Distance and Response to Human Versus Non-Human Victims of Climate Change / Christie Manning, Hannah Mangas, Elise Amel, Hongyi Tang, Laura Humes, Rowena Foo, Vera Sidlova and Kelly Cargos Bridging the Gap Between Policy and Action in Residential Graywater Recycling / L. Bell Organizational Characteristics in Residential Rental Buildings: Exploring the Role of Centralization in Energy Outcomes / Elizabeth Hewitt Re-shuffling the Deck on Environmental Sustainability: Using a Card Sort to Uncover Perceived Behavioral Categories, Effort, and Impact in a College Environment / Casey G. Franklin and Abram Alebiosu Wind Energy and Rural Community Sustainability / Sarah Mills Achieving a Climate-Neutral Campus: A Psychological Analysis of the Participation Process with the Stage Model of Participation / Stefan Zimmermann, Thomas Bäumer and Patrick Müller Sustainability and Civic Engagement: A Communications Engagement and Education Plan / Madhavi Venkatesan, Jordan Remy and Andrew Sukeforth A Sustainable Touristic Place in Times of Crisis? The Case of Empuriabrava—A Superdiverse Mediterranean Resort / Dawid Wladyka and Ricard Morén-Alegret Social Justice and Sustainability Efforts in the U.S.-Mexico Transborder Region / Sylvia Gonzalez-Gorman Envisioning and Implementing Sustainable Bioenergy Systems in the U.S. South / John Schelhas, Sarah Hitchner and J. Peter Brosius Living Well and Living Green: Participant Conceptualizations of Green Citizenship / Erin Miller Hamilton, Meaghan L. Guckian and Raymond De Young Part III Methods and Evaluation Strategies Cognitive Mapping as Participatory Engagement in Social Science Research on Sustainability / Meaghan L. Guckian, Erin Miller Hamilton and Raymond De Young The Impact of Status and Brainstorming in Participation in Small Group Deliberations / Sandra Rodegher Promoting Participation in a Culture of Sustainability Web Survey / Heather M. Schroeder, Andrew L. Hupp and Andrew D. Piskorowski Use of Email Paradata in a Survey of Sustainability Culture / Andrew L. Hupp, Heather M. Schroeder and Andrew D. Piskorowski Innovative Instructional Module Uses Evaluation to Enhance Quality / Martha C. Monroe, Annie Oxarart, Tracey Ritchie and Christine Jie Li From Sustainable Cities to Sustainable People—Changing Behavior Towards Sustainability with the Five A Planning Approach / Petra Stieninger Hurtado Sustainability Knowledge and Attitudes - Assessing Latent Constructs / Adam Zwickle and Keith Jones Sustainability Literacy and Cultural Assessments / John Callewaert A Conceptual Framework for Designing, Embedding and Monitoring a University Sustainability Culture / Richard Adams, Stephen Martin and Katy Boom Epilogue
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 27
    facet.materialart.12
    Berlin : Springer
    Call number: 9783662554760 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is the first comprehensive introduction to the theory of equatorially-confined waves and currents in the ocean. Among the topics treated are inertial and shear instabilities, wave generation by coastal reflection, semiannual and annual cycles in the tropic sea, transient equatorial waves, vertically-propagating beams, equatorial Ekman layers, the Yoshida jet model, generation of coastal Kelvin waves from equatorial waves by reflection, Rossby solitary waves, and Kelvin frontogenesis. A series of appendices on midlatitude theories for waves, jets and wave reflections add further material to assist the reader in understanding the differences between the same phenomenon in the equatorial zone versus higher latitudes.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiv, 517 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 978-3-662-55476-0 , 9783662554760
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 An Observational Overview of the Equatorial Ocean 1.1 The Thermocline: The Tropical Ocean as a Two-Layer Model 1.2 Equatorial Currents 1.3 The Somali Current and the Monsoon 1.4 Deep Internal Jets 1.5 The El Niño/Southern Oscillation (ENSO) 1.6 Upwelling in the Gulf of Guinea 1.7 Seasonal Variations of the Thermocline 1.8 Summary References 2 Basic Equations and Normal Modes 2.1 Model 2.2 Boundary Conditions 2.3 Separation of Variables 2.4 Lamb’s Parameter, Equivalent Depths, Kelvin Phase Speeds and All that 2.5 Vertical Modes and Layer Models 2.6 Nondimensionalization References 3 Kelvin, Yanai, Rossby and Gravity Waves 3.1 Latitudinal Wave Modes: An Overview 3.2 Latitudinal Wave Modes: Structure and Spatial Symmetries 3.3 Dispersion Relations: Exact and Approximate Frequencies 3.4 Analytic Approximations to Equatorial Wave Frequencies 3.4.1 Explicit Formulas 3.4.2 Long Wave Series 3.5 Separation of Time Scales 3.6 Forced Waves 3.7 How the Mixed-Rossby Gravity Wave Earned Its Name 3.8 Hough-Hermite Vector Basis 3.8.1 Introduction 3.8.2 Inner Product and Orthogonality 3.8.3 Orthonormal Basis Functions 3.9 Applications of the Hough-Hermite Basis: Linear Initial-Value Problems 3.10 Initialization Through Hough-Hermite Expansion 3.11 Energy Relationships 3.12 The Equatorial Beta-Plane as the Thin Limit of the Nonlinear Shallow Water Equations on the Sphere References 4 The “Long Wave” Approximation & Geostrophy 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Quasi-Geostrophy 4.3 The “Meridional Geostrophy”, “Low Frequency” or “Long Wave” Approximation 4.4 Boundary Conditions 4.5 Frequency Separation of Slow [Rossby/Kelvin] and Fast [Gravity] Waves 4.6 Initial Value Problems in an Unbounded Ocean, Linearized About a State of Rest, in the Long Wave Approximation 4.7 Reflection from an Eastern Boundary in the Long Wave Approximation 4.7.1 The Method of Images 4.7.2 Dilated Images 4.7.3 Zonal Velocity 4.8 Forced Problems in the Long Wave Approximation References 5 The Equator as Wall: Coastally Trapped Waves and Ray-Tracing 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Coastally-Trapped Waves 5.3 Ray-Tracing For Coastal Waves 5.4 Ray-Tracing on the Equatorial Beta-Plane 5.5 Coastal and Equatorial Kelvin Waves 5.6 Topographic and Rotational Rossby Waves and Potential Vorticity References 6 Reflections and Boundaries 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Reflection of Midlatitude Rossby Waves from a Zonal Boundary 6.3 Reflection of Equatorial Waves from a Western Boundary 6.4 Reflection from an Eastern Boundary 6.5 The Meridional Geostrophy/Long Wave Approximation and Boundaries 6.6 Quasi-normal Modes: Definition and Other Weakly Non-existent Phenomena 6.7 Quasi-normal Modes in the Long Wave Approximation: Derivation 6.8 Quasi-normal Modes in the Long Wave Approximation: Discussion 6.9 High Frequency Quasi-free Equatorial Oscillations 6.10 Scattering and Reflection from Islands References 7 Response of the Equatorial Ocean to Periodic Forcing 7.1 Introduction 7.2 A Hierarchy of Models for Time-Periodic Forcing 7.3 Description of the Model and the Problem 7.4 Numerical Models: Reflections and “Ringing” 7.5 Atlantic Versus Pacific 7.6 Summary References 8 Impulsive Forcing and Spin-Up 8.1 Introduction 8.2 The Reflection of the Switched-On Kelvin Wave 8.3 Spin-Up of a Zonally-Bounded Ocean: Overview 8.4 The Interior (Yoshida) Solution 8.5 Inertial-Gravity Waves 8.6 Western Boundary Response 8.7 Sverdrup Flow on the Equatorial Beta-Plane 8.8 Spin-Up: General Considerations 8.9 Equatorial Spin-Up: Details 8.10 Equatorial Spin-Up: Summary References 9 Yoshida Jet and Theories of the Undercurrent 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Wind-Driven Circulation in an Unbounded Ocean: f-Plane 9.3 The Yoshida Jet 9.4 An Interlude: Solving Inhomogeneous Differential Equations at Low Latitudes 9.4.1 Forced Eigenoperators: Hermite Series 9.4.2 Hutton–Euler Acceleration of Slowly Converging Hermite Series 9.4.3 Regularized Forcing 9.4.4 Bessel Function Explicit Solution for the Yoshida Jet 9.4.5 Rational Approximations: Two-Point Padé Approximants and Rational Chebyshev Galerkin Methods 9.5 Unstratified Models of the Undercurrent 9.5.1 Theory of Fofonoff and Montgomery (1955) 9.5.2 Model of Stommel (1960) 9.5.3 Gill (1971) and Hidaka (1961) References 10 Stratified Models of Mean Currents 10.1 Introduction 10.2 Modal Decompositions for Linear, Stratified Flow 10.3 Different Balances of Forces 10.3.1 Bjerknes Balance 10.4 Forced Baroclinic Flow in the “Bjerknes” Approximation 10.4.1 Other Balances 10.5 The Sensitivity of the Undercurrent to Parameters 10.6 Observations of Subsurface Countercurrents (Tsuchiya Jets) 10.7 Alternate Methods for Vertical Structure with Viscosity 10.8 McPhaden’s Model of the EUC and SSCC’s: Results 10.9 A Critique of Linear Models of the Continuously-Stratified, Wind-Driven Ocean References 11 Waves and Beams in the Continuously Stratified Ocean 11.1 Introduction 11.1.1 Equatorial Beams: A Theoretical Inevitability 11.1.2 Slinky Physics and Impedance Mismatch, or How Water Can Be as Reflective as Silvered Glass 11.1.3 Shallow Barriers to Downward Beams 11.1.4 Equatorial Methodology 11.2 Alternate Form of the Vertical Structure Equation 11.3 The Thermocline as a Mirror 11.4 The Mirror-Thermocline Concept: A Critique 11.5 The Zonal Wavenumber Condition for Strong Excitation of a Mode 11.6 Kelvin Beams: Background 11.7 Equatorial Kelvin Beams: Results References 12 Stable Linearized Waves in a Shear Flow 12.1 Introduction 12.2 UðyÞ: Pure Latitudinal Shear 12.3 Neutral Waves in Flow Varying with Both Latitude and Height: Numerical Studies 12.4 Vertical Shear and the Method of Multiple Scales References 13 Inertial Instability, Pancakes and Deep Internal Jets 13.1 Introduction: Stratospheric Pancakes and Equatorial Deep Jets 13.2 Particle Argument 13.2.1 Linear Inertial Instability 13.3 Centrifugal Instability: Rayleigh’s Parcel Argument 13.4 Equatorial Gamma-Plane Approximation 13.5 Dynamical Equator 13.6 Gamma-Plane Instability 13.7 Mixed Kelvin-Inertial Instability 13.8 Summary References 14 Kelvin Wave Instability: Critical Latitudes and Exponentially Small Effects 14.1 Proxies and the Optical Theorem 14.2 Six Ways to Calculate Kelvin Instability 14.2.1 Power Series for the Eigenvalue 14.2.2 Hermite-Padé Approximants 14.2.3 Numerical Methods 14.3 Instability for the Equatorial Kelvin Wave in the Small Wavenumber Limit 14.3.1 Beyond-All-Orders Rossby Wave Instability 14.3.2 Beyond-All-Orders Kelvin Wave Instability in Weak Shear in the Long Wave Approximation 14.4 Kelvin Instability in Shear: The General Case References 15 Nonmodal Instability 15.1 Introduction 15.2 Couette and Poiseuille Flow and Subcritical Bifurcation 15.3 The Fundamental Orr Solution 15.4 Interpretation: The “Venetian Blind Effect” 15.5 Refinements to the Orr Solution 15.6 The “Checkerboard” and Bessel Solution 15.6.1 The “Checkerboard” Solution 15.7 The Dandelion Strategy 15.8 Three-Dimensional Transients 15.9 ODE Models and Nonnormal Matrices 15.10 Nonmodal Instability in the Tropics 15.11 Summary References 16 Nonlinear Equatorial Waves 16.1 Introduction 16.2 Weakly Nonlinear Multiple Scale Perturbation Theory 16.2.1 Reduction from Three Space Dimensions to One 16.2.2 Three Dimensions and Baroclinic Modes 16.3 Solitary and Cnoidal Waves 16.4 Dispersion and Waves 16.4.1 Derivation of the Group Velocity Through the Method of Multiple Scales 16.5 Integrability, Chaos and the Inverse Scattering Method 16.6 Low Order Spectral Truncation (LOST) 16.7 Nonlinear Equatorial Kelvin Waves 16.7.1 Physics of the One-Dimensional Advection (ODA) Equation: ut + cux + buux = 0 16.7.2 Post-Breaking: Overturning, Taylor Shock or “Soliton Clusters”? 16.7.3 Viscous Regularization of Kelvin Fronts: Burgers’ Equation And Matched Asymptotic Perturbation Theory 16.8 Kelvin-Gravity Wave Shortwave Resonance: Curving Fronts and Undulations 16.9 Kelvin Solitary and Cnoidal Waves 16.10 Corner Waves and the Cnoidal-Corner-Breaking Scenario 16.11 Rossby Solitary Waves 16.12 Antisymmetr
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 28
    Call number: 9783319302591 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book highlights perspectives, insights, and data in the coupled fields of aquatic microbial ecology and biogeochemistry when viewed through the lens of collaborative duos - dual career couples. Their synergy and collaborative interactions have contributed substantially to our contemporary understanding of pattern, process and dynamics. This is thus a book by dual career couples about dual scientific processes. The papers herein represent wide-ranging topics, from the processes that structure microbial diversity to nitrogen and photosynthesis metabolism, to dynamics of changing ecosystems and processes and dynamics in individual ecosystems. In all, these papers take us from the Arctic to Africa, from the Arabian Sea to Australia, from small lakes in Maine and Yellowstone hot vents to the Sargasso Sea, and in the process provide analyses that make us think about the structure and function of all of these systems in the aquatic realm. This book is useful not only for the depth and breadth of knowledge conveyed in its chapters, but serves to guide dual career couples faced with the great challenges only they face. Great teams do make great science
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvii, 300 Seiten) , Diagremma, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319302591 , 978-3-319-30259-1
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Unraveling Microbial Diversity and Their Processes Phagotrophic Protists: Central Roles in Microbial Food Webs / Evelyn B. Sherr and Barry F. Sherr Overview Protists as Elemental Recyclers Protists as Consumers of Bacteria Protists as Consumers of Phytoplankton Protists in High Latitude Food Webs Looking to the Future References Drivers That Structure Biodiversity in the Plankton / Tatiana A. Rynearson and Susanne Menden-Deuer Plankton Biodiversity Alternate Hypotheses That Explain the Paradox of the Plankton An Organismal Perspective on the Paradox of the Plankton: A Biodiversity Explosion from Within? Linking Individual Level Behaviors with Plankton Ecology Pervasive Intra-specific Variability in the Genetic Diversity, Physiological Capacity, and Behavioral Repertoire of Plankton Evolution: Generating and Structuring Diversity over the Long Term Opportunities for Progress References The Elongated, the Squat and the Spherical: Selective Pressures for Phytoplankton Shape / Lee Karp-Boss and Emmanuel Boss Introduction Effects of Shape on Diffusion Other Selective Pressures References Crossing the Freshwater/Saline Barrier: A Phylogenetic Analysis of Bacteria Inhabiting Both Freshwater and Marine Ecosystems / Mina Bižić-Ionescu and Danny Ionescu Introduction Recent Data on Shared Taxa Synthesis of Published Sequence Data Future Perspectives References Approaches and Challenges for Linking Marine Biogeochemical Models with the “Omics” Revolution / Victoria J. Coles and Raleigh R. Hood Introduction Bridging the Cultural and Structural Divide Relating Existing Omics to Current Biogeochemical Models Near-Term Innovation Conclusions References Part II Viewing Growth and Trophodynamics Through a Stoichiometric Lens Out of Africa and into Stoichiometry / Susan S. Kilham and Peter Kilham References Exploring the Implications of the Stoichiometric Modulation of Planktonic Predation / Aditee Mitra and Kevin J. Flynn Introduction Characterising the Predator–Prey Stoichiometric Link Elemental Stoichiometry and Commercial Microalgal Production Effects of Temperature, Ocean Acidification and Nutrient Excess Avoiding Predation Stoichiometry and Mixotrophy Conclusions References . Part III Understanding the Mysteries of Light and Nitrogen On Saturating Response Curves from the Dual Perspectives of Photosynthesis and Nitrogen Metabolism / Todd M. Kana and Patricia M. Glibert Introduction Static vs. Dynamic Behavior Gradient Signals and Dynamics of Response Curves Overall Perspective on Dynamic Kinetics References Nitrate Reductase: A Nexus of Disciplines, Organisms, and Metabolism / Erica B. Young and John A. Berges Introduction Why Nitrate Reductase? Understanding That Has Emerged from Recent NR Measurements Recent Advances and Emerging Challenges Conclusion References The Ammonium Paradox of an Urban High- Nutrient Low-Growth Estuary / Frances Wilkerson and Richard Dugdale High-Nutrient Low-Growth Estuaries and Oligotrophication Observation of an Ammonium Paradox Ammonium: The Gatekeeper Controlling Access to Nitrate References Why Is Planktonic Nitrogen Fixation So Rare in Coastal Marine Ecosystems? Insights from a Cross-Systems Approach / Roxanne Marino and Robert W. Howarth References Where Light and Nutrients Collide: The Global Distribution and Activity of Subsurface Chlorophyll Maximum Layers / Greg M. Silsbe and Sairah Y. Malkin At the Confluence of Light and Nutrients Distribution of Marine SCMLs Phytoplankton Production in SCMLs Subsurface Chlorophyll Maximum Layers in Lakes References Part IV Looking in the Rear View Mirror: The Long View on Changing Ecosystems An Ecosystem in Transition: The Emergence of Mixotrophy in the Arabian Sea / Joaquim I. Goes and Helga do R. Gomes Introduction Materials and Methods Results and Discussion References The Saint Lawrence Island Polynya: A 25-Year Evaluation of an Analogue for Climate Change in Polar Regions / Jacqueline M. Grebmeier and Lee W. Cooper Introduction Synthesis Results and Discussion The Northern Bering Sea: Interannual Variability and Change Benthivores Overall Summary References Ecological Processes and Nutrient Transfers from Land to Sea: A 25-Year Perspective on Research and Management of the Seine River System / Josette Garnier and Gilles Billen Introduction 1850–1990: Organic Pollution and Oxygen 1990–2000: Eutrophication and Algal Bloom 2000–2015: Agricultural Pollution and Nitrate Contamination Conclusion: From Microbial Ecology to Territorial Biogeochemistry References A Historical Perspective on Eutrophication in the Pensacola Bay Estuary, FL, USA / Jane M. Caffrey and Michael C. Murrell Introduction Pensacola Bay Physical Setting Human Colonization of Pensacola Bay River and Estuarine Water Quality Controls on Primary Production, Organic Matter, and Nutrient Cycling Summary References Unpublished Reports Websites Meeting in the Middle: On the Interactions Between Microalgae and Their Predators or Zooplankton and Their Food / Karen H. Wiltshire and Maarten Boersma Introduction Materials and Methods Results Discussion References Lake Transparency: A Window into Decadal Variations in Dissolved Organic Carbon Concentrations in Lakes of Acadia National Park, Maine / Collin Roesler and Charles Culbertson Introduction Methods Results Discussion References Part V Focusing on Unique Systems, Processes and Dynamics Phytoplankton Biodiversity in the Oligotrophic Northwestern Sargasso Sea / James L. Pinckney and Tammi L. Richardson Introduction Materials and Methods Results Discussion References Biological Oceanography of the Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia: A Review / Peter C. Rothlisberg and Michele A. Burford Introduction Study Area Currents and Hydrography Phytoplankton and the Role of Nutrients Zooplankton Penaeid Prawn Larval Ecology Larval Dispersal Mechanisms Summary Points References Discerning the Causes of Toxic Cyanobacteria (Lyngbya majuscula) Blooms in Moreton Bay, Australia / Judith M. O’Neil and William C. Dennison Introduction Nutrient Interactions Light Interactions Conceptual Model Broader Significance References Copepod, Ctenophore, and Schyphomedusae Control in Structuring the Chesapeake Bay Summer Mesohaline Planktonic Food Web / Kevin G. Sellner and Stella G. Sellner Introduction Methods Results and Discussion References Microbiogeochemical Ecophysiology of Freshwater Hydrothermal Vents in Mary Bay Canyon, Yellowstone Lake, Yellowstone National Park WY / Carmen Aguilar and Russell Cuhel Introduction Methods Big Picture Outcomes Closing Remarks References Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 29
    Call number: 9781493929818 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The meeting of Aquatic Noise 2013 will introduce participants to the most recent research data, regulatory issues and thinking about effects of man-made noise and will foster critical cross-disciplinary discussion between the participants. Emphasis will be on the cross-fertilization of ideas and findings across species and noise sources. As with its predecessor, The Effects of Noise on Aquatic Life: 3rd International Conference will encourage discussion of the impact of underwater sound, its regulation and mitigation of its effects. With over 100 contributions from leading researchers, a wide range of sources of underwater sound will be considered.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online Ressource ((XXX, 1292 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: Online-Ausg. Springer eBook Collection. Biomedical and Life Sciences
    ISBN: 9781493929818 , 978-1-4939-2981-8
    ISSN: 2214-8019 , 0065-2598
    Series Statement: Advances in experimental medicine and biology 875
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Noise-Induced Hearing Loss: Permanent Versus Temporary Threshold Shifts and the Effects of Hair Cell Versus Neuronal Degeneration / M. Charles Liberman 2 Modeled and Measured Underwater Sound Isopleths and Implications for Marine Mammal Mitigation in Alaska / Lisanne A.M. Aerts and Bill Streever 3 Peer-Reviewed Studies on the Effects of Anthropogenic Noise on Marine Invertebrates: From Scallop Larvae to Giant Squid / Natacha Aguilar de Soto 4 Sources of Underwater Sound and Their Characterization / Michael A. Ainslie and Christ A.F. de Jong 5 Assessment of Marine Mammal Impact Zones for Use of Military Sonar in the Baltic Sea / Mathias H. Andersson and Torbjörn Johansson 6 Contribution to the Understanding of Particle Motion Perception in Marine Invertebrates / Michel André, Kenzo Kaifu, Marta Solé, Mike van der Schaar, Tomonari Akamatsu, Andreu Balastegui, Antonio M. Sánchez, and Joan V. Castell 7 Functional Morphology and Symmetry in the Odontocete Ear Complex / William Ary, Ted W. Cranford, Annalisa Berta, and Petr Krysl 8 A Low-Cost Open-Source Acoustic Recorder for Bioacoustics Research / John Atkins and Mark Johnson 9 Assessment of Impulsive and Continuous Low- Frequency Noise in Irish Waters / Suzanne Beck, Joanne O’Brien, Simon Berrow, Ian O’Connor, and Dave Wall 10 Is the Venice Lagoon Noisy? First Passive Listening Monitoring of the Venice Lagoon: Possible Effects on the Typical Fish Community / Marta Bolgan, Marta Picciulin, Antonio Codarin, Riccardo Fiorin, Matteo Zucchetta, and Stefano Malavasi 11 Effect of Pile-Driving Sounds on the Survival of Larval Fish / Loes J. Bolle, Christ A.F. de Jong, Stijn M. Bierman, Pieter J.G. van Beek, Peter W. Wessels, Ewout Blom, Cindy J.G. van Damme, Hendrik V. Winter, and René P.A. Dekeling 12 Challenge of Using Passive Acoustic Monitoring in High-Energy Environments: UK Tidal Environments and Other Case Studies / Cormac G. Booth 13 Hearing Mechanisms and Noise Metrics Related to Auditory Masking in Bottlenose Dolphins (Tursiops truncatus) / Brian K. Branstetter, Kimberly L. Bakhtiari, Jennifer S. Trickey, and James J. Finneran 14 Effects of Hatchery Rearing on the Structure and Function of Salmonid Mechanosensory Systems / Andrew D. Brown, Joseph A. Sisneros, Tyler Jurasin, and Allison B. Coffin 15 Effects of Impulsive Pile-Driving Exposure on Fishes / Brandon M. Casper, Thomas J. Carlson, Michele B. Halvorsen, and Arthur N. Popper 16 Review of the Effects of Offshore Seismic Surveys in Cetaceans: Are Mass Strandings a Possibility? / Manuel Castellote and Carlos Llorens 17 Addressing Challenges in Studies of Behavioral Responses of Whales to Noise / Douglas H. Cato, Rebecca A. Dunlop, Michael J. Noad, Robert D. McCauley, Eric Kniest, David Paton, and Ailbhe S. Kavanagh 18 Measurements of Operational Wind Turbine Noise in UK Waters / Samuel Cheesman 19 A Bioenergetics Approach to Understanding the Population Consequences of Disturbance: Elephant Seals as a Model System / Daniel P. Costa, Lisa Schwarz, Patrick Robinson, Robert S. Schick, Patricia A. Morris, Richard Condit, Daniel E. Crocker, and A. Marm Kilpatrick 20 Singing Fish in an Ocean of Noise: Effects of Boat Noise on the Plainfin Midshipman (Porichthys notatus) in a Natural Ecosystem / Sarika Cullis-Suzuki 21 Detection of Complex Sounds in Quiet Conditions by Seals and Sea Lions / Kane A. Cunningham, Brandon L. Southall, and Colleen Reichmuth 22 Offshore Dredger Sounds: Source Levels, Sound Maps, and Risk Assessment / Christ A.F. de Jong, Michael A. Ainslie, Floor Heinis, and Jeroen Janmaat 23 Effects of Offshore Wind Farms on the Early Life Stages of Dicentrarchus labrax / Elisabeth Debusschere, Bert de Coensel, Sofie Vandendriessche, Dick Botteldooren, Kris Hostens, Magda Vincx, and Steven Degraer 24 The European Marine Strategy: Noise Monitoring in European Marine Waters from 2014 / René Dekeling, Mark Tasker, Michael Ainslie, Mathias Andersson, Michel André, Fabrizio Borsani, Karsten Brensing, Manuel Castellote, John Dalen, Thomas Folegot, Sandra van der Graaf, Russell Leaper, Alexander Liebschner, Jukka Pajala, Stephen Robinson, Peter Sigray, Gerry Sutton, Frank Thomsen, Stefanie Werner, Dietrich Wittekind, and John V. Young 25 Potential Population Consequences of Active Sonar Disturbance in Atlantic Herring: Estimating the Maximum Risk / Lise Doksæter Sivle, Petter Helgevold Kvadsheim, and Michael Ainslie 26 Fulfilling EU Laws to Ensure Marine Mammal Protection During Marine Renewable Construction Operations in Scotland / Sarah J. Dolman, Mick Green, Sarah Gregerson, and Caroline R. Weir 27 Expert Elicitation Methods in Quantifying the Consequences of Acoustic Disturbance from Offshore Renewable Energy Developments / Carl Donovan, John Harwood, Stephanie King, Cormac Booth, Bruno Caneco, and Cameron Walker 28 Masking Experiments in Humans and Birds Using Anthropogenic Noises / Robert J. Dooling and Sandra H. Blumenrath 29 Documenting and Assessing Dolphin Calls and Ambient and Anthropogenic Noise Levels via PAM and a SPL Meter / Kathleen M. Dudzinski, Kelly Melillo-Sweeting, and Justin D. Gregg 30 Soundscapes and Larval Settlement: Larval Bivalve Responses to Habitat-Associated Underwater Sounds / David B. Eggleston, Ashlee Lillis, and DelWayne R. Bohnenstiehl 31 Characterizing Marine Soundscapes / Christine Erbe, Robert McCauley, and Alexander Gavrilov 32 Pile-Driving Noise Impairs Antipredator Behavior of the European Sea Bass Dicentrarchus labrax / Kirsty A. Everley, Andrew N. Radford, and Stephen D. Simpson 33 Using Reaction Time and Equal Latency Contours to Derive Auditory Weighting Functions in Sea Lions and Dolphins / James J. Finneran, Jason Mulsow, and Carolyn E. Schlundt 34 Does Primary Productivity Turn Up the Volume? Exploring the Relationship Between Chlorophyll a and the Soundscape of Coral Reefs in the Pacific / Pollyanna I. Fisher-Pool, Marc O. Lammers, Jamison Gove, and Kevin B. Wong 35 Expert Elicitation of Population-Level Effects of Disturbance / Erica Fleishman, Mark Burgman, Michael C. Runge, Robert S. Schick, and Scott Kraus 36 Current Status of Development of Methods to Assess Effects of Cumulative or Aggregated Underwater Sounds on Marine Mammals / Erica Fleishman, Bill Streever, Robyn Angliss, Christopher W. Clark, William T. Ellison, Adam Frankel, Jason Gedamke, Matthias Leu, Megan McKenna, Roberto Racca, Samantha Simmons, and Robert Suydam 37 Seismic Survey Footprints in Irish Waters: A Starting Point for Effective Mitigation / Thomas Folegot, Dominique Clorennec, Gerald Sutton, and Mark Jessopp 38 Stochastic Modeling of Behavioral Response to Anthropogenic Sounds / Adam S. Frankel, William T. Ellison, Kathleen J. Vigness-Raposa, Jennifer L. Giard, and Brandon L. Southall 39 Underwater Sound Levels at a Wave Energy Device Testing Facility in Falmouth Bay, UK / Joanne K. Garrett, Matthew J. Witt, and Lars Johanning 40 Predicting Anthropogenic Noise Contributions to US Waters / Jason Gedamke, Megan Ferguson, Jolie Harrison, Leila Hatch, Laurel Henderson, Michael B. Porter, Brandon L. Southall, and Sofie Van Parijs 41 Auditory Sensitivity and Masking Profiles for the Sea Otter (Enhydra lutris) / Asila Ghoul and Colleen Reichmuth 42 Are Masking-Based Models of Risk Useful? / Robert C. Gisiner 43 “Large” Tank Acoustics: How Big Is Big Enough? / Michael D. Gray, Peter H. Rogers, Arthur N. Popper, Anthony D. Hawkins, and Richard R. Fay 44 High-Resolution Analysis of Seismic Air Gun Impulses and Their Reverberant Field as Contributors to an Acoustic Environment / Melania Guerra, Peter J. Dugan, Dimitri W. Ponirakis, Marian Popescu, Yu Shiu, Aaron N. Rice, and Christopher W. Clark 45 Underwater Sound Propagation Modeling Methods for Predicting Marine Animal Exposure / Craig A. Hamm, Diana F. McCammon, and Martin L. Taillefer 46 Investigating the Effect of Tones and Frequency Sweeps on the Collective Behavior of Penned Herring (Clupea harengus) / Nils Olav Handegard, Kevin Boswell, Alex de Robertis, Gavin John
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 30
    Call number: 9783319777887 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is the result of collaboration within the framework of the Third International Scientific School for Young Scientists held at the Ishlinskii Institute for Problems in Mechanics of Russian Academy of Sciences, 2017, November. The papers included describe studies on the dynamics of natural system – geosphere, hydrosphere, atmosphere—and their interactions, the human contribution to naturally occurring processes, laboratory modeling of earth and environment processes, and testing of new developed physical and mathematical models. The book particularly focuses on modeling in the field of oil and gas production as well as new alternative energy sources.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 382 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Karten, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319777887 , 978-3-319-77788-7
    ISSN: 2197-9545 , 2197-9553
    Series Statement: Springer geology
    Language: English
    Note: Contents The Tyrrhenian Continent Ragmentation / Al. A. Schreider, A. A. Schreider, and A. E. Sazhneva Long Waves Influence on Polarization Ratio for Microwave Backscattering from the Sea Surface / Alexandr Zapevalov Elimination of Hydrocarbons Spills on Water Objects and Fluorescent Diagnostics of Water Pureness / T. O. Chaplina and E. V. Stepanova Investigations of Internal Waves in the Seas of Russia and in the Central Atlantic / K. S. Grigorenko and S. M. Khartiev Critically Stressed Fractures and Their Relation to Elastic Moduli / Nikita Vladislavovich Dubinya and Ilya Vladimirovich Fokin Mechanical Properties of Thin Films of Coals by Nanoindentation / Elena Kossovich, Svetlana Epshtein, Nadezhda Dobryakova, Maxim Minin, and Darya Gavrilova Using the Variational Approach and Adjoint Equations Method Under the Identification of the Input Parameter of the Passive Admixture Transport Model / Sergey Germanovich Demyshev, Vladimir Sergeevich Kochergin, and Sergey Vladimirovich Kochergin Mechanisms Accounting for Interannual Variability of Advective Heat Transport in the North Atlantic Upper Layer / A. B. Polonsky and P. A. Sukhonos Convective Jets: Volcanic Activity and Turbulent Mixing in the Boundary Layers of the Atmosphere and Ocean / Alexander Vulfson, Oleg Borodin, and Petr Nikolaev Theoretical and Experimental Evaluation of Formation Fluid Composition Influence on Filtration and Elastic Properties of Porous Media / Daniil Karmanskiy and Andrey Maltsev Synchronous Changes of Geophysical Fields in the Earth’s Near-Surface Zone / Svetlana Riabova and Alexander Spivak Vertical Mass Transport by Weakly Nonlinear Inertia-Gravity Internal Waves / A. A. Slepyshev and D. I. Vorotnikov Field Investigation and Numerical Simulation of Wind-Wave Interaction at the Middle-Sized Inland Reservoirs / G. A. Baydakov, A. M. Kuznetsova, V. V. Papko, A. A. Kandaurov, M. I. Vdovin, D. A. Sergeev, and Yu. I. Troitskaya Multidecadal Variability of Hydro-Thermodynamic Characteristics and Heat Fluxes in North Atlantic / N. A. Diansky and P. A. Sukhonos Reconstruction of Hydrophysical Fields in the Coastal Region of the Black Sea on the Basis of Hydrodynamic Model with Assimilation of Observational Data / Demyshev Sergei and Evstigneeva Natalia The Vertical Turbulent Exchange Features in the Black Sea Active Layer / A. S. Samodurov and A. M. Chukharev Model of Oscillations of Earth’s Poles Based on Gravitational Tides / S. A. Kumakshev Laboratory Modeling of Ring Geophysical Structures / B. Shvilkin Principles of Controlling the Apparatus Function for Achieving Super-Resolution in Imagers / E. N. Terentiev, N. E. Terentiev, and I. I. Farshakova A Regular System of Vortices in a Circular Stratified Flow Behind the Edge of a Rotating Disk / Roman N. Bardakov Comparison of Empirical Sea-Surface Slopes Probability Densities for the Purposes of Satellite Sounding / Nick Evgenievich Lebedev and Alexandr Sergeevich Zapevalov Mathematical Modeling of Thermomechanical Behavior of Porous Impermeable Medium with Active Filler / M. V. Alekseev, E. B. Savenkov, and N. G. Sudobin Evaluation of the Temporal Dynamics of Oceanic Eddies with Initial Peripheral Rate Shift / Alexander Aleхeyevich Solovyev and Dmitry Alexandrovich Solovyev Reservoir Proxy Model as a Part of Geo-Technological Model of Gas Fields and Underground Gas Storages / Sergey A. Kirsanov, Andrey V. Chugunov, Oleg S. Gatsolaev, Yan S. Chudin, Ivan А. Fedorov, Aleksey A. Kontarev, and Alexandra P. Popovich Understanding of Rock Material Behavior Under Dynamic Loadings Based on Incubation Time Criteria Approach / A. N. Martemyanov and Yu. V. Petrov Analytical Research of Character of Relative Permeability Function Under Unsteady Two-Phase Filtration / D. U. Semiglasov and V. M. Maximov Estimation of the Hydraulic Fracture Propagation Rate in the Laboratory Experiment / M. Trimonova, E. Zenchenko, N. Baryshnikov, S. Turuntaev, P. Zenchenko, and A. Aigozhieva Paleomagnetism of Some Basalts Samples from the Red Sea Rift Zone / V. I. Maksimochkin and L. R. Preobrazhenskii Influence of Hydrodynamic Perturbations on Dispersion Characteristics of a Near-Water Aerosol / V. N. Nosov, S. G. Ivanov, V. I. Pogonin, V. I. Timonin, N. A. Zavyalov, E. A. Zevakin, and A. S. Savin A Comparative Analysis of Optical Methods for Detection and Prediction of Radionuclides Migration in the Geosphere / B. P. Yakimov, G. S. Budylin, V. G. Petrov, V. V. Fadeev, S. N. Kalmykov, S. A. Evlashin, and E. A. Shirshin Advanced Procedure for Estimation of Phytoplankton Fluorescence Quantum Yield Using Remote Sensing Data: A Comparative Study of the Amundsen Sea Polynyas / Elena E. Nikonova, Evgeny A. Shirshin, Victor V. Fadeev, and Maxim Y. Gorbunov The Exact Mathematical Models of Nonlinear Surface Waves / Anatoly Kistovich Numerical Analysis and Prediction of the Consequences of Natural and Technological Impacts in Coastal Areas of the Azov Sea / T. Ya. Shul’ga, S. M. Khartiev, and A. R. Ioshpa The Problem of Forecasting of Vertical Temperature Distribution in Inland Hydrophysical Objects with Experimental Data / D. Gladskikh, D. Sergeev, G. Baydakov, I. Soustova, and Yu. Troitskaya Modeling Geomechanical Processes in Oil and Gas Reservoirs at the True Triaxial Loading Apparatus / V. I. Karev, D. M. Klimov, and Yu. F. Kovalenko Modeling of Deformation and Filtration Processes Near Wells with Emphasis of their Coupling and Effects Caused by Anisotropy / V. I. Karev, D. M. Klimov, Yu. F. Kovalenko, and K. B. Ustinov Effect of a Tidal Wave Caused by Large Gliding Satellite on Formation of 220 km Seismic Boundary and Split of the Mantle into Blocks / S. Kasyanov and V. Samsonov Influence of Baroclinicity on Sea Level Oscillations in the Baltic Sea / Evgeny Zakharchuk, Natalia Tikhonova, Anatoly Gusev, and Nikolay Diansky Author Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 31
    Call number: 9783709118832 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxx, 765 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783709118832 , 978-3-7091-1883-2
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction 1 Cardiac Development and Animal Models of Congenital Heart Defects / Robert G. Kelly 2 Normal Cardiac Anatomy and Clinical Evaluation / David J. Driscoll Part II Development of the Heart and Its Vessels 3 First and Second Heart Field / Margaret Buckingham 4 Neural Crest / Bijoy Thattaliyath and Mary Hutson 5 Inflow Tract Development / Andy Wessels 6 Epicardium and Coronary Arteries / José C. Martín-Robles and José M. Pérez-Pomares 7 Establishment of Cardiac Laterality / George C. Gabriel and Cecilia W. Lo 8 Cardiac Conduction System / Rajiv Mohan and Vincent M. Christoffels 9 Hemodynamics During Development and Postnatal Life / David Sedmera 10 Evolutionary Aspects of Cardiac Development / Bjarke Jensen and Antoon F.M. Moorman Part III Central Molecular Pathways 11 Inter- and Intracellular Signaling Pathways / Jörg Heineke 12 Cardiac Transcription Factors and Regulatory Networks / Marcel Grunert, Cornelia Dorn, and Silke Rickert-Sperling 13 Post-transcriptional Regulation by Proteins and Non-coding RNAs / Amelia E. Aranega and Diego Franco 14 Post-translational Modification / Jun Wang and Robert J. Schwartz 15 Epigenetics / Rajan Jain, Mudit Gupta, and Jonathan A. Epstein 16 Environmental Signals / George A. Porter Jr. 17 The Contractile Apparatus of the Heart / Ingo Morano 18 Technologies to Study Genetics and Molecular Pathways / Cornelia Dorn, Marcel Grunert, Ana Dopazo, Fátima Sánchez-Cabo, Alberto Gatto, Jésus Vázquez, Silke Rickert-Sperling, and Enrique Lara-Pezzi Part IV Atrial Septal Defect 19 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Atrial Septal Defect / David J. Driscoll 20 Human Genetics of Atrial Septal Defect / Rabia Khan and Patrick Y. Jay 21 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Atrial Septal Defect / Patrick Y. Jay, Karl R. Degenhardt, and Robert H. Anderson Part V Ventricular Septal Defect 22 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Ventricular Septal Defect / David J. Driscoll 23 Human Genetics of Ventricular Septal Defect / Katherina Bellmann, Andreas Perrot, and Silke Rickert-Sperling 24 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Ventricular Septal Defect / Lucile Houyel Part VI Atrioventricular Septal Defect 25 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Atrioventricular Septal Defect / David J. Driscoll 26 Human Genetics of Atrioventricular Septal Defect / Cheryl L. Maslen 27 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Atrioventricular Septal Defect / Andy Wessels Part VII Total Anomalous Pulmonary Venous Return 28 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Total Anomalous Pulmonary Venous Return / David J. Driscoll 29 Human Genetics of Total Anomalous Pulmonary Venous Return / Robert E. Poelmann, Monique R.M. Jongbloed, Marco C. DeRuiter, and Adriana C. Gittenberger-de Groot 30 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Total Anomalous Pulmonary Venous Return / Robert E. Poelmann, Adriana C. Gittenberger-de Groot, Monique R.M. Jongbloed, and Marco C. DeRuiter Part VIII Tetralogy of Fallot and Double Outlet Right Ventricle 31 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Tetralogy of Fallot and Double Outlet Right Ventricle / David J. Driscoll 32 Human Genetics of Tetralogy of Fallot and Double Outlet Right Ventricle / Cornelia Dorn, Andreas Perrot, and Silke Rickert-Sperling 33 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Tetralogy of Fallot and Double Outlet Right Ventricle / Robert G. Kelly Part IX d-Transposition of the Great Arteries 34 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of d-Transposition of the Great Arteries / David J. Driscoll 35 Human Genetics of d-Transposition of the Great Arteries / Patrice Bouvagnet and Anne Moreau de Bellaing 36 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of d-Transposition of the Great Arteries / Amy-Leigh Johnson and Simon D. Bamforth Part X Defects of Situs 37 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Defects of Situs / David J. Driscoll 38 Human Genetics of Defects of Situs / Andreas Perrot and Silke Rickert-Sperling 39 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Defects of Situs / Nikolai T. Klena, George C. Gabriel, and Cecilia W. Lo Part XI Semilunar Valve and Aortic Arch Anomalies 40 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Semilunar Valve and Aortic Arch Anomalies / David J. Driscoll 41 Human Genetics of Semilunar Valve and Aortic Arch Anomalies / Matina Prapa and Siew Yen Ho 42 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Semilunar Valve and Aortic Arch Anomalies / Amy-Leigh Johnson and Simon D. Bamforth Part XII Coronary Artery Anomalies 43 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Coronary Artery Anomalies / David J. Driscoll 44 Human Genetics of Coronary Artery Anomalies / Beatriz Picazo and José M. Pérez-Pomares 45 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Coronary Artery Anomalies / Juan A. Guadix and José M. Pérez-Pomares Part XIII Truncus Arteriosus 46 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Truncus Arteriosus / David J. Driscoll 47 Human Genetics of Truncus Arteriosus / Hiroyuki Yamagishi 48 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Truncus Arteriosus / Amy-Leigh Johnson and Simon D. Bamforth Part XIV Tricuspid Atresia and Univentricular Heart 49 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Tricuspid Atresia and Univentricular Heart / David J. Driscoll 50 Human Genetics of Tricuspid Atresia and Univentricular Heart / Abdul-Karim Sleiman, Liane Sadder, and George Nemer 51 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Tricuspid Atresia and Univentricular Heart / Kamel Shibbani and George Nemer Part XV Ebstein Anomaly 52 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Ebstein Anomaly / David J. Driscoll 53 Human Genetics of Ebstein Anomaly / Gregor U. Andelfinger 54 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Ebstein Anomaly / Gregor U. Andelfinger Part XVI Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome 55 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome / David J. Driscoll 56 Human Genetics of Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome / Woodrow D. Benson 57 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Hypoplastic Left Heart Syndrome / Florian Wünnemann and Gregor U. Andelfinger Part XVII Cardiomyopathies 58 Clinical Presentation and Therapy of Cardiomyopathies / David J. Driscoll 59 Human Genetics of Cardiomyopathies / Alexa M.C. Vermeer, Arthur A.M. Wilde, and Imke Christiaans 60 Molecular Pathways and Animal Models of Cardiomyopathies / Enkhsaikhan Purevjav
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 32
    Call number: 9783319730165 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book focuses on the worldwide threats to mangrove forests and the management solutions currently being used to counteract those hazards. Designed for the professional or specialist in marine science, coastal zone management, biology, and related disciplines, this work will appeal to those not only working to protect mangrove forests, but also the surrounding coastal areas of all types. Examples are drawn from many different geographic areas, including North and South America, India, and Southeast Asia. Subject areas covered include both human-induced and natural impacts to mangroves, intended or otherwise, as well as the efforts being made by coastal researchers to promote restoration of these coastal fringing forests. .
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIII, 724 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Karten, Diagramme
    Edition: corrected publication 2018
    ISBN: 9783319730165 , 978-3-319-73016-5
    ISSN: 2211-0577 , 2211-0585
    Series Statement: Coastal research library Volume 25
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Natural Mangrove Systems 1 Australian Mangroves: Their Distribution and Protection / I. D. Cresswell and V. Semeniuk 2 The Dynamics of Expanding Mangroves in New Zealand / Erik M. Horstman, Carolyn J. Lundquist, Karin R. Bryan, Richard H. Bulmer, Julia C. Mullarney, and Debra J. Stokes 3 Mangrove Forests of the Persian Gulf and the Gulf of Oman / Alireza Salehipour Milani 4 Current Status of Mangrove Wetlands in Sinaloa: A Biological Corridor Along the Eastern Margin of the Gulf of California, México / Marlenne Manzano-Sarabia, Olivia Millán-Aguilar, Francisco Flores-Cárdenas, Lidia Rodríguez-Arredondo, Mayra I. Grano-Maldonado, and Mario Nieves-Soto 5 Geospatial Assessment of Spatio-Temporal Changes in Mangrove Vegetation of Pichavaram Region, Tamil Nadu, India / M. Vani and P. Rama Chandra Prasad Part II Threats, Vulnerability, and Impacts 6 Natural Threats and Impacts to Mangroves Within the Coastal Fringing Forests of India / Ashis Kr. Paul, Amrit Kamila, and Ratnadip Ray 7 An Assessment of Vulnerability and Adaptation of Coastal Mangroves of West Africa in the Face of Climate Change / Isaac Boateng 8 Historical Losses of Mangrove Systems in South America from Human-Induced and Natural Impacts / Daniel Gorman 9 Australian Mangroves: Anthropogenic Impacts by Industry, Agriculture, Ports, and Urbanisation / V. Semeniuk and I. D. Cresswell 10 Determining the Influence of Urbanization on Mangrove Zones of Northeastern Brazil: Characterization of Ceará State Coastal Zone Organic Matter Inputs / Stéphane Jean Louis Mounier, Rozane Valente Marins, and Luiz Drude de Lacerda 11 Vulnerability of Mangrove Forests and Wetland Ecosystems in the Sundarbans Natural World Heritage Site (Bangladesh) / Shafi Noor Islam, Sandra Reinstädtler, and Albrecht Gnauck Part III Pollution and Contamination by Hydrocarbons and Heavy Metals 12 The Impact of Oil and Gas Exploration: Invasive Nypa Palm Species and Urbanization on Mangroves in the Niger River Delta, Nigeria / Aroloye O. Numbere 13 Oil-Related Mangrove Loss East of Bonny River, Nigeria / Erich R. Gundlach 14 Sediment Hydrocarbons in Former Mangrove Areas, Southern Ogoniland, Eastern Niger Delta, Nigeria / David I. Little, Kay Holtzmann, Erich R. Gundlach, and Yakov Galperin 15 Heavy Metal Distribution and Accumulation from Natural and Anthropogenic Sources in Tropical Mangroves of India and Bangladesh / Prabhat Ranjan, Karuna Rao, Alok Kumar, and A. L. Ramanathan Part IV Assessment Techniques, Ecosystem Design, and Management Strategies 16 Ecosystem Design: When Mangrove Ecology Meets Human Needs / Martin Zimmer 17 Towards Sustainability and Protection of Threatened Coastal Ecosystems: Management Strategies for a Rare Stone Mangrove in Gorda Beach, Armação dos Búzios, Brazil / Marcelo Obraczka, Kátia Leite Mansur, and Gerson Cardoso da Silva, Jr. 18 Assessment and Management Strategies of Mangrove Forests Alongside the Mangsalut River Basin (Brunei Darussalam, on the Island of Borneo) / Shafi Noor Islam, Nurin Hidayati Hj Abd Rahman, Sandra Reinstädtler, and Mohd Nur Azri Bin Aladin 19 Mangrove Establishment in an Artificially Constructed Estuarine Channel, Sungei Api-Api, Singapore / Suzanna Ramos and Patrick A. Hesp 20 Interaction of Mangroves, Coastal Hydrodynamics, and Morphodynamics Along the Coastal Fringes of the Guianas / Erik A. Toorman, Edward Anthony, Pieter G. E. F. Augustinus, Antoine Gardel, Nicolas Gratiot, Oudho Homenauth, Nicolas Huybrechts, Jaak Monbaliu, Kene Moseley, and Sieuwnath Naipal 21 The Beneficial Effects of Mangrove Forest to Sea Defence Structures / Henk Jan Verhagen 22 Remote Sensing of Mangrove Forests: Current Techniques and Existing Databases / Stuart E. Hamilton, Gustavo A. Castellanos-Galindo, Marco Millones-Mayer, and Mara Chen 23 Urban Mangrove Biology and Ecology: Emergent Patterns and Management Implications / Benjamin Branoff 24 High-Throughput Techniques As Support for Knowledge-Based Spatial Conservation Prioritization in Mangrove Ecosystems / Véronique Helfer and Martin Zimmer Part V Conservation, Rehabilitation, and Governance 25 Mangrove Concessions: An Innovative Strategy for Community Mangrove Conservation in Ecuador / Fausto Vinicio López Rodríguez 26 Conserving Mangroves for Their Blue Carbon: Insights and Prospects for Community-Based Mangrove Management in Southeast Asia / Dixon T. Gevaña, Leni D. Camacho, and Juan M. Pulhin 27 Mangrove Habitats in São Tomé and Príncipe (Gulf of Guinea, Africa): Conservation and Management Status / R. Haroun, A. Herrero Barrencua, and A. D. Abreu 28 The Success of Hydrological Rehabilitation in Mangrove Wetlands Using Box Culverts Across Coastal Roads in Northern Yucatán (SE, México) / Claudia Teutli-Hernández and Jorge A. Herrera-Silveira 29 Mangroves on the Brazilian Amazon Coast: Uses and Rehabilitation / Marcus E. B. Fernandes, Francisco Pereira Oliveira, and Indira A. L. Eyzaguirre 30 Mangrove Restoration and Mitigation After Oil Spills and Development Projects in East Africa and the Middle East / David I. Little 31 Environmental Governance As a Framework for Mangrove Sustainability on the Brazilian Amazon Coast / Indira A. L. Eyzaguirre and Marcus E. B. Fernandes Erratum Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 33
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Associated volumes
    Call number: 9783319252025 (e-book)
    In: Theory and applications of transport in porous media, Volume 27
    Description / Table of Contents: This book treats the mechanics of porous materials infiltrated with a fluid (poromechanics), focussing on its linear theory (poroelasticity). Porous materials from inanimate bodies such as sand, soil and rock, living bodies such as plant tissue, animal flesh, or man-made materials can look very different due to their different origins, but as readers will see, the underlying physical principles governing their mechanical behaviors can be the same, making this work relevant not only to engineers but also to scientists across other scientific disciplines. Readers will find discussions of physical phenomena including soil consolidation, land subsidence, slope stability, borehole failure, hydraulic fracturing, water wave and seabed interaction, earthquake aftershock, fluid injection induced seismicity and heat induced pore pressure spalling as well as discussions of seismoelectric and seismoelectromagnetic effects. The work also explores the biomechanics of cartilage, bone and blood vessels. Chapters present theory using an intuitive, phenomenological approach at the bulk continuum level, and a thermodynamics-based variational energy approach at the micromechanical level. The physical mechanisms covered extend from the quasi-static theory of poroelasticity to poroelastodynamics, poroviscoelasticity, porothermoelasticity, and porochemoelasticity. Closed form analytical solutions are derived in details. This book provides an excellent introduction to linear poroelasticity and is especially relevant to those involved in civil engineering, petroleum and reservoir engineering, rock mechanics, hydrology, geophysics, and biomechanics.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (893 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319252025 (e-book) , 978-3-319-25202-5
    ISSN: 2213-6940 , 0924-6118
    Series Statement: Theory and applications of transport in porous media Volume 27
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 Porous Material 1.2 Physical Mechanism 1.2.1 Drained and Undrained Responses 1.2.2 Time and Length Scale 1.2.3 Skempton Pore Pressure Effect 1.2.4 Effective Stress for Volumetric Deformation 1.2.5 Effective Stress for Pore Collapse 1.2.6 Fluid Storage 1.2.7 Thermoelasticity Analogy 1.2.8 Coupled Versus Uncoupled Diffusion 1.3 Poroelastic Phenomena 1.3.1 Borehole Failure 1.3.2 Mandel-Cryer Effect 1.3.3 Noordbergum Effect 1.3.4 Land Subsidence 1.3.5 Slope Stability and Fault Slippage 1.3.6 Fluid Induced Seismicity 1.3.7 Outburst of Coal 1.3.8 Hydraulic Fracturing 1.3.9 Water Wave and Seabed Interaction 1.3.10 Tidal and Barometric Efficiency 1.3.11 Biomechanics 1.3.12 Poroviscoelasticity and Anelastic Strain Recovery 1.3.13 Porothermoelasticity and Thermal Fracturing 1.3.14 Poroelastodynamics and Seismoelectric Effect 1.3.15 Swelling of Clay and Shale 1.3.16 Nanoporous Material References 2 Constitutive Equation 2.1 Physical Versus Phenomenological Approach 2.2 Stress and Strain of Porous Medium 2.2.1 Stress 2.2.2 Strain 2.3 Poroelastic Constitutive Equation 2.3.1 Isotropic Elastic Material 2.3.2 Isotropic Poroelastic Material 2.3.3 Reciprocal Work Theorem 2.3.4 Stress-Strain Relation 2.3.5 Strain-Stress Relation 2.4 Bulk Material Constant 2.4.1 Drained and Undrained Constant 2.4.2 Effective Stress Coefficient 2.4.3 Pore Pressure Coefficient 2.4.4 Storage Coefficient References 3 Micromechanics 3.1 Micromechanical Analysis 3.1.1 Solid and Pore Volumetric Strain 3.1.2 Fluid Volumetric Strain 3.1.3 Link Among Material Constants 3.2 Ideal Porous Medium 3.3 Effective Modulus 3.3.1 Mackenzie Model 3.3.2 Walsh Model 3.3.3 Budiansky and O’Connell Model 3.3.4 Bounds on Material Constants 3.4 Nonlinear Model 3.4.1 Effective Stress Dependent Pore Compressibility 3.4.2 Compaction Induced Permeability Change 3.5 Laboratory Test 3.5.1 Drained Test 3.5.2 Undrained Test 3.5.3 Unjacketed Test 3.6 Table of Poroelastic Constants References 4 Variational Energy Formulation 4.1 Internal and External Stress and Strain 4.1.1 Porosity 4.1.2 Volume and Surface Averaging of Elastic Material 4.1.3 Volume and Surface Averaging of Porous Material 4.1.4 Linkage Between Internal and External Strains 4.2 Thermodynamic Principles 4.3 Variational Formulation 4.3.1 Virtual Work 4.3.2 Internal Energy 4.3.3 Porosity Equilibrium 4.4 Constitutive Equation 4.4.1 Linear Material Model 4.4.2 Linear Model 4.5 Intrinsic Material Constant 4.5.1 Effective Solid Bulk Modulus 4.5.2 Fundamental Deformation Mode 4.5.3 Microisotropy and Microhomogeneity: Ideal Porous Medium 4.6 Link with Phenomenological Model 4.6.1 Link with Bulk Continuum Model 4.6.2 Link with Micromechanics Model 4.7 Deviation from Ideal Porous Medium 4.8 Limiting Material Properties 4.8.1 Ideal Porous Medium 4.8.2 Granular Material 4.8.3 Soil Mechanics Model: Saturated 4.8.4 Soil Mechanics Model: Nearly Saturated 4.8.5 Highly Compressible Solid 4.8.6 Highly Compressible Fluid 4.9 Material Stability and Energy Diagram 4.10 Semilinear Model 4.10.1 Geometric Nonlinearity 4.10.2 Structural Nonlinearity 4.11 Laboratory Measurement of Intrinsic Constant References 5 Anisotropy 5.1 Anisotropic Constitutive Equation 5.1.1 Elasticity 5.1.2 Poroelastic Stress-Strain Relation 5.1.3 Poroelastic Strain-Stress Relation 5.2 Material Symmetry 5.2.1 Orthotropy 5.2.2 Transverse Isotropy 5.2.3 Isotropy 5.3 Micromechanics 5.4 Ideal Porous Medium 5.5 Example References 6 Governing Equation 6.1 Darcy’s Law 6.1.1 Darcy’s Empirical Law 6.1.2 Homogenization Theory 6.1.3 Intrinsic Permeability and Mobility Coefficient 6.1.4 Irreversible Thermodynamics Process 6.2 Other Physical Laws 6.2.1 Mass Conservation 6.2.2 Force Equilibrium 6.3 Governing Equation 6.3.1 Navier-Cauchy Equation 6.3.2 Diffusion Equation 6.3.3 Compatibility Equation 6.3.4 Harmonic Relation 6.3.5 Orthotropy 6.3.6 Transverse Isotropy 6.4 Degenerated Governing Equation 6.4.1 Drained and Undrained State 6.4.2 Soil Mechanics Model 6.4.3 Irrotational Displacement Field 6.4.4 Uncoupling of Diffusion Equation 6.5 Boundary Value Problem 6.5.1 Existence and Uniqueness 6.5.2 Boundary Condition 6.6 Field Equation 6.6.1 Biot Function 6.6.2 Biot Decomposition 6.6.3 McNamee-Gibson Displacement Function References 7 Analytical Solution 7.1 Review of Early Work 7.2 Uniaxial Strain 7.2.1 Isotropy 7.2.2 Transverse Isotropy 7.3 One-Dimensional Consolidation Problem 7.3.1 Terzaghi’s Consolidation Problem 7.3.2 Loading by Fluid Pressure 7.3.3 Variable Rete Loading 7.3.4 Harmonic Excitation 7.4 Plane Strain 7.4.1 Orthotropy 7.4.2 Isotropy 7.4.3 Volumetric Strain and Rotation Formulation 7.5 Generalized Plane Strain 7.5.1 Definition of Generalized Plane Strain 7.5.2 Pure Shear 7.5.3 Warping 7.5.4 Torsion 7.5.5 Plane Strain 7.5.6 Axial Strain 7.5.7 Pure Bending 7.6 Pure Bending of Plate 7.6.1 Bending of Cantilever Plate 7.6.2 Buckling of Axially Loaded Plate 7.7 Mandel Problem 7.8 Water Wave Over Seabed 7.9 Spherical Symmetry 7.10 Cryer Problem 7.11 Spherical Cavity 7.11.1 Pressurized Cavity 7.11.2 Excavated Cavity 7.11.3 Pore Pressure Meter Problem 7.12 Axial Symmetry 7.13 Cylinder Problem 7.13.1 Solid Cylinder 7.13.2 Hollow Cylinder 7.14 Borehole Problem 7.14.1 Plane Strain Borehole Problem 7.14.2 Inclined Borehole Problem 7.15 Borehole and Cylinder Application Problems 7.15.1 Retrieval of Cylindrical Core 7.15.2 Excavated Borehole 7.15.3 Fluid Extraction and Injection 7.15.4 Borehole Breakdown Pressure 7.15.5 Borehole Stability Analysis 7.16 Moving Load on Half Plane 7.17 Plane Strain Half Space and Layered Problem 7.17.1 General Solution for Layered Problem 7.17.2 Plane Strain Half Space Problem 7.18 Axial Symmetry Half Space Problem References 8 Fundamental Solution and Integral Equation 8.1 Reciprocal Theorem 8.1.1 Green’s Second Identity 8.1.2 Betti-Maxwell Reciprocal Theorem 8.1.3 Reciprocal Theorem of Poroelasticity 8.2 Somigliana Integral Equation 8.2.1 Green’s Third Identity 8.2.2 Elasticity 8.2.3 Poroelasticity 8.3 Fredholm Integral Equation 8.3.1 Potential Problem 8.3.2 Elasticity 8.3.3 Poroelasticity 8.4 Stress Discontinuity Method 8.5 Displacement Discontinuity Method 8.6 Dislocation Method 8.7 Galerkin Integral Equation 8.8 Fundamental Solution 8.8.1 Elementary Fundamental Solution 8.8.2 Elasticity Fundamental Solution 8.9 Poroelasticity Fundamental Solution 8.10 Fluid Source 8.10.1 Continuous Source 8.10.2 Instantaneous Source 8.11 Fluid Dipole 8.11.1 Continuous Dipole 8.11.2 Instantaneous Dipole 8.12 Fluid Dilatation 8.12.1 Continuous Fluid Dilatation 8.12.2 Instantaneous Fluid Dilatation 8.13 Fluid Force 8.13.1 Continuous Fluid Force 8.13.2 Instantaneous Fluid Force 8.14 Fluid Dodecapole 8.15 Total Force 8.15.1 Continuous Total Force 8.15.2 Instantaneous Total Force 8.16 Solid Quadrupole and Hexapole 8.17 Solid Center of Dilatation 8.18 Displacement Discontinuity 8.19 Edge Dislocation 8.20 Fundamental Solution Relation Based on Reciprocity References 9 Poroelastodynamics 9.1 Dynamic Equilibrium Equation 9.2 Dynamic Permeability 9.3 Governing Equation 9.4 Wave Propagation 9.4.1 Elastic Wave 9.4.2 Poroelastic Wave 9.5 Phase Velocity and Attenuation 9.5.1 Phase Velocity 9.5.2 Attenuation 9.5.3 Extended Biot Models 9.6 One-Dimensional Wave Problem 9.6.1 Half Space 9.6.2 Finite Thickness Layer 9.7 Thermoelasticity Analogy 9.8 Poroelastodynamics Fundamental Solution 9.8.1 Elastodynamics Fundamental Solution 9.8.2 Helmholtz Decomposition 9.8.3 Three-Dimensional Point Force Solution 9.8.4 Three-Dimensional Fluid Source Solution 9.8.5 Two-Dimensional Fundamental Solution 9.9 Integral Equation Representation 9.10 Plane Wave Reflection and Refraction 9.10.1 Plane Strain Wave Solution 9.10.2 Reflection on Free Surface—Non-Dissipative Medium 9.10.3 Reflection on Free Surface—Dissipative Medium 9.10.4 Impermeable Surface 9.10.5 Fluid and Porous Medium Interface References 10 Poroviscoelasticity 10.1 Viscoelasticity 10.1.1 Spring and Dashpot Model 10.1.2 Correspondence Principle
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 34
    Call number: 9783319761022 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This richly illustrated book presents Germany’s geological evolution in the context of the Earth’s dynamic history. It starts with an introduction to Geology and explains the plate tectonic development, as well as the formation of both ancient and recent mountain belts - namely the Caledonian, Variscan and the modern-day Alps - that formed this part of Europe. A dedicated chapter discusses the origin of earthquakes in Germany, the occurrence of young volcanic rocks and the various episodes of rock deformation and metamorphism at these complex crossroads of plate tectonic history. The book highlights Germany’s diverse geological history, ranging from the origin of the Earth, the formation of deep crystalline rocks, and their overlying sedimentary sequences, to its more recent “ice age” quaternary cover. The last chapter addresses the shaping of the modern landscape. Though the content is also accessible for non-geologists, it is primarily intended for geoscience students and an academic audience
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxxvii, 304 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Edition: Online edition Springer eBook Collection. Earth and Environmental Science
    ISBN: 9783319761022 , 978-3-319-76102-2
    ISSN: 2364-6438 , 2364-6446
    Series Statement: Regional Geology Reviews
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 2 Time and Geological Periods 3 Rocks and the Geological Record 4 The Age of the Rocks 5 Plate Tectonics, the Unifying Theory 6 Tectonics Units of Europe 6.1 Ancestral Europe 6.2 Paleo-Europe 6.3 Meso-Europe 6.4 Neo-Europe 7 Overview of the Plate Tectonic History of Europe 8 The Dynamic Earth, Earthquakes in Germany 9 Early Geological Evolution of Germany 9.1 The Pre-variscan Basement 9.2 Occurrences of Proterozoic and Early Paleozoic Units 9.2.1 Harz Mountains 9.2.2 Rheinisches Schiefergebirge 9.2.3 Lusatia 9.2.4 Elbe Zone 9.2.5 Erzgebirge 9.2.6 Schwarzburg Anticlinorium, Vesser Zone 9.2.7 Bohemian Massif 9.2.8 Black Forest 10 Late Paleozoic of Germany 10.1 The Variscan Orogeny 10.1.1 Rhenohercynian Zone 10.1.2 Saxothuringian Zone 10.1.3 Moldanubian Zone 10.2 Development of the Variscan Orogeny Through Time 10.2.1 Devonian 10.2.2 Carboniferous 10.3 The Variscides in Germany 10.3.1 Regional Geology of the Rhenohercynian 10.3.2 Northern Phyllite Zone 10.3.3 Regional Geology of the Saxothuringian 10.3.4 Saxothuringian (excluding the Mid-German Crystalline Zone) 10.3.5 Regional Geology of the Moldanubian 11 Permian and Mesozoic Geology of Germany 11.1 Post-Variscan History 11.2 Permian 11.2.1 Rotliegend 11.2.2 Zechstein 11.3 Permian/Triassic Boundary 11.4 Triassic 11.4.1 Buntsandstein (Bunter Sandstone) 11.4.2 Muschelkalk 11.4.3 Keuper 11.5 Triassic/Jurassic Boundary 11.6 Jurassic 11.6.1 Early Jurassic 11.6.2 Middle Jurassic 11.6.3 Late Jurassic 11.7 Cretaceous 11.7.1 Early Cretaceous 11.7.2 Late Cretaceous 11.8 Cretaceous/Tertiary Boundary 12 The Evolution of the Alps 12.1 Overview of the Tectonic Structure of the Alps 12.1.1 Helvetic 12.1.2 Penninic 12.1.3 Austroalpine and Southern Alpine Units 12.2 Development of the Alpine Region During the Permian 12.3 The Alpine Triassic 12.4 The Alpine Jurassic 12.5 The Alpine Region in the Cretaceous and Early Tertiary 12.6 The Tectonic Evolution of the Alps 13 Tertiary Basins 13.1 Tertiary Brown Coal Deposits 13.2 The Upper Rhine Graben 13.3 The Northern Alpine Foreland Basin—The Molasse 14 Tertiary and Quaternary Volcanism 14.1 Volcanism in the Eifel 14.2 Westerwald, Siebengebirge, Vogelsberg, Rhön, and Heldburger Gangschar 14.3 Small Chimneys in the Odenwald and the Messel Pit 14.4 Kaiserstuhl 14.5 Tuff Chimneys of Bad Urach, Hegau 14.6 Eger Graben Area, Fichtel Mountains, Vogtland, and Lusatia 15 Asteroid Craters 16 Germany During the Glacial Periods 16.1 Glacial and Interglacial Periods 16.2 Deposits and Erosion Forms of the Glacial Periods 16.3 The Baltic Sea—A Relic from the Last Glaciation Period Appendix References Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 35
    facet.materialart.12
    [New Delhi] : Springer
    Call number: 9788132227076 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The book presents recent research on marine ecology in different parts of the world. It aims to shed light on relevant topics for budding marine ecologists. The “blue soup” of Planet Earth, which comprises both biotic and abiotic components, is essential to keeping the wheel of civilization running. Four major ecosystem service categories have been identified within this context, namely provisioning services such as water, food, mangrove timber, honey, fish, wax, fuel wood, fodder and bioactive compounds from marine and estuarine flora and fauna; regulating services such as the regulation of climate, coastal erosion, coral bleaching and pollution;cultural services encompassing recreational (tourism), spiritual and other non-material benefits; and supporting services such as nutrient cycling and photosynthesis. These valuable services are obtained from various resources that must be conserved for the sake of humanity. This book presents data for each resource type, not just in the form of a simple description, but also through case studies that resulted from several research projec ts and pilot programs carried out in different parts of the world. Statistical tools were also used to critically analyze the influence of relevant hydrological parameters on the biotic community. Advanced research in marine and estuarine ecology is based on the use of sophisticated instruments, sampling precision, statistical tools, etc., which have also been highlighted in the book.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 481 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9788132227076 , 978-81-322-2707-6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Marine Ecosystem: An Overview 1.1 Benthic Compartment 1.1.1 Supralittoral Zone 1.1.2 Eulittoral Zone 1.1.3 Sublittoral Zone 1.1.4 Continental Shelf 1.1.5 Continental Slope 1.1.6 Bathyal Zone 1.1.7 Abyssal Plains 1.1.8 Hadal Zone 1.2 Aquatic Compartment 1.2.1 Classification on the Basis of Light Penetration 1.2.2 How to Estimate the Age of Ocean Water? 1.2.3 Dissolved Oxygen (DO) Consumption Method 1.2.4 Decay Rate of 14C Method 1.2.5 90Sr Content Method 1.2.6 Hydrogen Isotope Method Brain Churners Annexure References 2 Estuarine Ecosystem: An Overview 2.1 Definition and Ecosystem Services 2.1.1 Ecosystem Services 2.2 Classification Brain Churners Annexure References 3 Physical Processes in the Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 3.1 Waves and Tides 3.1.1 Tides 3.1.2 Theories Related to Tides 3.1.3 Tidal Bore and Tide in Rivers 3.2 Currents 3.2.1 Upwelling and Downwelling: Causes and Significance 3.2.2 Factors Regulating the Pattern and Distribution of Currents 3.2.3 What Happens Practically? 3.2.4 El Niño Brain Churners Annexure References 4 Abiotic Variables of the Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 4.1 Chemical Components 4.1.1 Spatio-temporal Variations of Salinity 4.1.2 Deep-Water Salinity 4.1.3 Conservative and Non-conservative Ions 4.1.4 Dissolved Gases in Seawater 4.1.5 Nutrients 4.2 Sediment Compartment 4.2.1 Transportation of Marine Sediments 4.2.2 Classification of Marine Sediments 4.2.3 Ooze: Definition and Type 4.2.4 Sediment Deposition: A Boon or a Curse? Brain Churners Annexure References 5 Producers of the Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 5.1 Phytoplankton Community 5.1.1 Diatoms 5.1.2 Dinoflagellates 5.1.3 Coccolithophores 5.1.4 Blue-Green Algae 5.1.5 Green Algae 5.1.6 Classification of Phytoplankton 5.2 Macrophytes 5.2.1 Seaweed Community 5.2.2 Mangroves 5.2.3 Seagrass and Salt Marsh Grass Brain Churners Annexure References 6 Consumers of the Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 6.1 Zooplankton Community 6.1.1 Zooplankton: Do They Maintain Uniformity in Their Life Timeline? 6.2 Vertebrate Community 6.2.1 Fishes 6.2.2 Reptiles 6.2.3 Sea Birds 6.2.4 Marine Mammals Brain Churners Annexure References 7 Decomposers of the Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 7.1 Overview of Marine and Estuarine Microbes 7.1.1 Marine Organisms as Habitats of Microorganisms 7.1.2 Identification of Marine and Estuarine Microorganisms: A Molecular Genetic Approach 7.2 Importance of Marine and Estuarine Microbes 7.2.1 Production of Antibiotics 7.2.2 Production of Antitumour Compounds 7.2.3 Production of Enzyme 7.2.4 Bioremediation of Petroleum Hydrocarbon 7.2.5 Degradation of Mangrove Litter 7.2.6 Drugs from Marine Microbes Brain Churners Annexure References 8 Adaptation of Marine and Estuarine Organisms 8.1 Adaptation of Organisms in the Intertidal Zone 8.1.1 Adaptation of Biota Inhabiting Rocky Shore 8.1.2 Adaptation of Biota Inhabiting Soft Substratum 8.2 Adaptation of Organisms Inhabiting Deep Sea 8.2.1 Morphological Adaptations 8.2.2 Biochemical Adaptations 8.2.3 Vent Communities of the Deep Sea 8.2.4 Properties of Vent Community Brain Churners Annexure References 9 Hot Spots of Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 9.1 Mangroves 9.2 Coral Reefs 9.2.1 Types of Coral Reefs 9.2.2 Coral Reef Characteristics 9.2.3 Reef Productivity Brain Churners Annexure References 10 Threats to Marine and Estuarine Ecosystems 10.1 Natural Threats 10.1.1 Alteration of the Earth’s Orbit 10.1.2 Natural Oscillation of Atmospheric Carbon Dioxide 10.1.3 Volcanic Activities 10.1.4 Variations in Solar Output 10.1.5 Plate Tectonics 10.1.6 Natural Disasters and Extreme Weather Events 10.2 Anthropogenic Threats 10.2.1 Pollution 10.2.2 Aquaculture 10.2.3 Unplanned Tourism 10.2.4 Introduction of Alien Species 10.2.5 Development of Coastal Structures 10.2.6 Negative Fishing Brain Churners Annexure References 11 Conservation of Marine and Estuarine Resources 11.1 Conservation or Preservation? 11.2 Tiers for Conservation 11.2.1 Habitat Diversity 11.2.2 Community and Ecosystem Diversity 11.2.3 Functional Diversity 11.2.4 Population Diversity 11.2.5 Phyletic Diversity 11.2.6 Species Diversity 11.2.7 Genetic Diversity Brain Churners Annexure References 12 Instruments and Methods 12.1 Instruments 12.1.1 Instruments Used for Physical Oceanographic Study 12.1.2 Instruments Used for Geological Oceanographic Study 12.1.3 Instruments Used for Chemical Oceanographic Study 12.1.4 Instruments Used for Biological Oceanographic Study 12.2 Application of Satellites in Marine and Estuarine Researches Brain Churners Annexure References Erratum
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 36
    Call number: 9783319400006 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book presents isotope data reflecting changes in temperature derived from core samples in South America. Marine Isotope Stage (MIS) is examined in detail with respect to Stage 3. With over 20 chapters, this detailed treatise discusses high climatic variability, paleoclimatic events, Dansgaard-Oeschger cycles, continental vertebrates, sea level changes, vegetation and climate changes based on pollen records, and the non-Amazon landscape and fauna from 65 to 20 ka B.P. The book also looks at the earth’s magnetic field and climate change during MIS 3 and MIS 5 and presents a comparison between both stages with respect to marine deposits in Uruguay. With case studies drawn from Brazil, Argentina and Uruguay this book presents research from the some of the worlds experts in this field.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (viii, 354 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319400006 , 978-3-319-40000-6
    ISSN: 2197-9596 , 2197-960X
    Series Statement: Springer Earth System Sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Introduction / Germán Mariano Gasparini, Jorge Rabassa, Cecilia Deschamps and Eduardo Pedro Tonni The Heinrich and Dansgaard–Oeschger Climatic Events During Marine Isotopic Stage 3 / Jorge Rabassa and Juan Federico Ponce On the Origin of the Dansgaard–Oeschger Events and Its Time Variability / Silvia Duhau and Cornelis de Jager The Influence of the Geomagnetic Field in Climate Changes / María Julia Orgeira, Ana María Sinito and Rosa Hilda Compagnucci Abrupt Climate Changes During the Marine Isotope Stage 3 (MIS 3) / Eduardo Andrés Agosta and Rosa Hilda Compagnucci Active Deformation, Uplift and Subsidence in Southern South America Throughout the Quaternary: A General Review About Their Development and Mechanisms / Andrés Folguera, Guido Gianni, Lucía Sagripanti, Emilio Rojas Vera, Bruno Colavitto, Darío Orts and Víctor Alberto Ramos The Marine Isotopic Stage 3 (MIS 3) in Valleys of the Undulated Pampa, Buenos Aires Province, Argentina / Adriana María Blasi, Carola Castiñeira Latorre, Gabriela Catalina Cusminsky and Ana Paula Carignano Sea Level Changes During Marine Isotopic Stage 3 (MIS 3) in Argentina / Federico Ignacio Isla and Enrique Jorge Schnack Paleogeographic Evolution of the Atlantic Coast of South America During Marine Isotope Stage 3 (MIS 3) / Juan Federico Ponce and Jorge Rabassa The Continental Record of Marine Isotope Stage 3 (MIS 3; ~60–25 ka) in Central Argentina: Evidence from Fluvial and Aeolian Sequences / Marcelo Zárate, Adriana Mehl and Alfonsina Tripaldi Marine Isotope Stage 3 (MIS 3) and Continental Beds from Northern Uruguay (Sopas Formation): Paleontology, Chronology, and Climate / Martín Ubilla, Andrea Corona, Andrés Rinderknecht, Daniel Perea and Mariano Verde The Brazilian Intertropical Fauna from 60 to About 10 ka B.P.: Taxonomy, Dating, Diet, and Paleoenvironments / Mário André Trinidade Dantas and Mario Alberto Cozzuol Continental Vertebrates During the Marine Isotope Stage 3 (MIS 3) in Argentina / Germán Mariano Gasparini, Esteban Soibelzon, Cecilia Deschamps, Analía Francia, Elisa Beilinson, Leopoldo Héctor Soibelzon and Eduardo Pedro Tonni Marine Isotope Stage 3 (MIS 3) Versus Marine Isotope Stage 5 (MIS 5) Fossiliferous Marine Deposits from Uruguay / Alejandra Rojas and Sergio Martínez Vegetation and Climate in Southern South America during Marine Isotope Stage 3 (MIS 3): an Overview of Existing Terrestrial Pollen Records / Ana María Borromei and Lorena Laura Musotto Response of Diatoms to Late Quaternary Climate Changes / Marcela Alcira Espinosa Silicophytolith Studies in South America and Argentina: Scope and Limitations for Paleoenvironmental Reconstruction of the Marine Isotope Stage 3 (MIS3) / Margarita Osterrieth, María Fernanda Alvarez, Mariana Fernández Honaine and Georgina Erra Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 37
    Call number: 9783319249452 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book covers the state-of-the-art of microalgae physiology and biochemistry (and the several –omics). It serves as a key reference work for those working with microalgae, whether in the lab, the field, or for commercial applications. It is aimed at new entrants into the field (i.e. PhD students) as well as experienced practitioners. It has been over 40 years since the publication of a book on algal physiology. Apart from reviews and chapters no other comprehensive book on this topic has been published. Research on microalgae has expanded enormously since then, as has the commercial exploitation of microalgae. This volume thoroughly deals with the most critical physiological and biochemical processes governing algal growth and production.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 681 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319249452 , 978-3-319-24945-2
    ISSN: 2543-0599 , 2543-0602
    Series Statement: Developments in applied phycology 6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I The Algae Cell The Cell Cycle of Microalgae / Vilém Zachleder, Kateřina Bišová, and Milada Vítová Biosynthesis of the Cell Walls of the Algae / David S. Domozych Part II The Fundamental Physiological Processes Photosynthesis and Light Harvesting in Algae / Anthony W. Larkum Carbon Acquisition by Microalgae / John Beardall and John A. Raven Fundamentals and Recent Advances in Hydrogen Production and Nitrogen Fixation in Cyanobacteria / Namita Khanna, Patrícia Raleiras, and Peter Lindblad Dark Respiration and Organic Carbon Loss / John A. Raven and John Beardall Part III Nutrients and Their Acquisition Combined Nitrogen / John A. Raven and Mario Giordano Nutrients and Their Acquisition: Phosphorus Physiology in Microalgae / Sonya T. Dyhrman Sulphur and Algae: Metabolism, Ecology and Evolution / Mario Giordano and Laura Prioretti Micronutrients / Antonietta Quigg Iron / Adrian Marchetti and Maria T. Maldonado Selenium in Algae / Hiroya Araie and Yoshihiro Shiraiwa Silicification in the Microalgae / Zoe V. Finkel Calcification / Alison R. Taylor and Colin Brownlee Part IV Algae Interactions with Environment Chemically-Mediated Interactions in Microalgae / Michael A. Borowitzka Coping with High and Variable Salinity: Molecular Aspects of Compatible Solute Accumulation / Martin Hagemann Effects of Global Change, Including UV and UV Screening Compounds / Richa, Rajeshwar P. Sinha, and Donat-P. Häder Part V Secondary Metabolites Lipid Metabolism in Microalgae / Inna Khozin-Goldberg Sterols in Microalgae / John K. Volkman Carotenoids / Einar Skarstad Egeland Exocellular Polysaccharides in Microalgae and Cyanobacteria: Chemical Features, Role and Enzymes and Genes Involved in Their Biosynthesis / Federico Rossi and Roberto De Philippis Algae Genome-Scale Reconstruction, Modelling and Applications / Cristiana G.O. Dal’Molin and Lars K. Nielsen Part VI Applications Algal Physiology and Large-Scale Outdoor Cultures of Microalgae / Michael A. Borowitzka Part VII Systematics and Taxonomy Systematics, Taxonomy and Species Names: Do They Matter? / Michael A. Borowitzka
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 38
    Call number: 9783319790992 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides important insights into the operating principles of plants by highlighting the relationship between structure and function. It describes the quantitative determination of structural and mechanical parameters, such as the material properties of a tissue, in correlation with specific features, such as the ability of the tissue to conduct water or withstand bending forces, which will allow advanced analysis in plant biomechanics. This knowledge enables researchers to understand the developmental changes that occur in plant organs over their life span and under the influence of environmental factors. The authors provide an overview of the state of the art of plant structure and function and how they relate to the mechanical behavior of the organism, such as the ability of plants to grow against the gravity vector or to withstand the forces of wind. They also show the sophisticated strategies employed by plants to effect organ movement and morphogenesis in the absence of muscles or cellular migration. As such, this book not only appeals to scientists currently working in plant sciences and biophysics, but also inspires future generations to pursue their own research in this area.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 441 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319790992 , 978-3-319-79099-2
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Organ and Tissue Mechanics Wood Cell Wall Structure and Organisation in Relation to Mechanics / Lennart Salmén Modelling, Evaluation and Biomechanical Consequences of Growth Stress Profiles Inside Tree Stems / Tancrède Alméras, Delphine Jullien and Joseph Gril Bending Stress in Plant Stems: Models and Assumptions / Christopher J. Stubbs, Navajit S. Baban, Daniel J. Robertson, Loay Alzube and Douglas D. Cook Tree Mechanics and Wind Loading / John Moore, Barry Gardiner and Damien Sellier Part II Growth, Morphogenesis and Motion The Mechanics of Leaf Growth on Large Scales / Eran Sharon and Michal Sahaf Twisting Growth in Plant Roots / Hirofumi Wada and Daichi Matsumoto Plants at Bodybuilding: Development of Plant “Muscles” / Tatyana Gorshkova, Polina Mikshina, Anna Petrova, Tatyana Chernova, Natalia Mokshina and Oleg Gorshkov Modeling Plant Morphogenesis: An Introduction / Anne-Lise Routier-Kierzkowska and Adam Runions Mechanical Conflicts in Growth Heterogeneity / Nathan Hervieux and Olivier Hamant Folding, Wrinkling, and Buckling in Plant Cell Walls / Dorota Borowska-Wykręt and Dorota Kwiatkowska Structural Principles in the Design of Hygroscopically Moving Plant Cells / Rivka Elbaum Using Modeling to Understand the Hygromechanical and Hysteretic Behavior of the S2 Cell Wall Layer of Wood / Dominique Derome, Karol Kulasinski, Chi Zhang, Mingyang Chen and Jan Carmeliet Part III Molecular Underpinnings of Cell Wall Mechanics Calcium–Pectin Chemistry and Biomechanics: Biological Background and Mathematical Modelling / Mariya Ptashnyk and Henry R. Allen Cell Wall Expansion as Viewed by the Creep Method / Dmitry Suslov and Kris Vissenberg Tensile Testing of Primary Plant Cells and Tissues / Amir J. Bidhendi and Anja Geitmann Part IV Water Transport, Mechanosensing and Biomimetics Water Motion and Sugar Translocation in Leaves / Tomas Bohr, Hanna Rademaker and Alexander Schulz Molecular Mechanisms of Mechanosensing and Mechanotransduction / Masatsugu Toyota, Takuya Furuichi and Hidetoshi Iida Biomechanics and Functional Morphology of Plants—Inspiration for Biomimetic Materials and Structures / Thomas Speck, Georg Bold, Tom Masselter, Simon Poppinga, Stefanie Schmier, Marc Thielen and Olga Speck Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 39
    facet.materialart.12
    [Singapore] : Springer
    Call number: 9789811054303 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book focuses on the environmental components of sustainability, including aspects of resourcing and the environmental impacts of human societies. Marine and tropical forest ecosystems, food security and other natural resources, as well as technologies for the environmental control of societal impacts are examined. This volume is multi-disciplinary, but with a consistent focus on the natural environment. This 2-volume set discusses a wide range of topics concerning sustainability and human security in Asia, particularly South East Asia. The individual chapters have been contributed by authors from various fields, and due to the breadth of the material are separated into two thematic volumes.The set offers a valuable resource for professionals and researchers in the urban planning industry, postgraduates, policymakers, government officials and natural resources managers. In addition, it can be used in courses on Environmental Engineering, Agriculture and Forestry, Public Policy and Earth Science.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (ix, 250 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789811054303 , 978-981-10-5430-3
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Natural Resource Conservation 1 Revegetation Prospects on Ex-illegal Gold Mining Sites Using Secondary Forest Seedling Materials / Wiwik Ekyastuti and Emi Roslinda 2 Hydrological Processes in Different Types of Teak (Tectona grandis L.) Plantation / Hatma Suryatmojo and M. Ali Imron 3 Sustainability Assessment of Highland Tropical Rainforest Ecosystem: A Case of Selupu Rejang Agropolitan Area, Indonesia / Sri Fatkhiati and Djoko Hartoyo Part II Environmental Control 4 The Diversity of Soil Fungus in and Around Termite Mounds of Globitermes sulphureus (Haviland) (Blattodea: Termitidae) and Response of Subterranean Termite to Fungi / Ikhsan Guswenrivo, Hideyuki Nagao, and Chow Yang Lee 5 Screening of Strains and Media of Termitomyces eurrhizus Collected from Japan Toward Nutritional Analyses / Kazuko Ono, Tsuyoshi Yoshimura, and Kazuhiko Kinjo 6 Volume Visualization of Hidden Gallery System of Drywood Termite Using Computed Tomography: A New Approach on Monitoring of Termite Infestation / S. Khoirul Himmi, Tsuyoshi Yoshimura, Yoshiyuki Yanase, Toshiyuki Torigoe, Masanori Akada, Motoko Ikeda, and Setsuo Imazu Part III Biomass and Microbiology in Tropical Regimes 7 The Potency of Fenton-Polyaluminum Chloride for Black Liquor Treatment / Ajeng Arum Sari, Anis Kristiani, Hendris Hendarsyah Kurniawan, and R. Irni Fitria Anggraini 8 Pretreatment of Sweet Sorghum Bagasse Using EFB-Based Black Liquor for Ethanol Production / Muryanto and Ajeng Arum Sari 9 Increasing Farmers’ Affordability for Anaerobic Digester Construction in Rural Area Using Spatial Cluster Analysis / Christia Meidiana, Siska Ita Selvia, and Dian Dinanti Part IV Marine Ecosystems 10 Marine Ecosystem Sustainability Post-Mine Closure Activities (Macrobenthos Dynamics Study Due to the Influence of Tailing Disposal in Buyat Bay, Minahasa, Indonesia) / Djoko Hartoyo, A. Harsono Soepardjo, Abimanyu T. Alamsyah, and Arie Herlambang 11 Reinventing Fiscal Policy on a Quintuple Helix Perspective Toward Indonesia-World Maritime Interaction: A Case in Batam Free Trade Zone and Lamongan, Indonesia / Haula Rosdiana, Inayati, and Maria R.U.D. Tambunan 12 Seaweed Utilization for Phytoremediation of Litopenaeus vannamei Shrimp Farming Waste in Recirculation Systems (Environmentally Friendly Design of Sustainable Shrimp Culture) / Sinung Rahardjo, A. Harsono Soepardjo, D. Djokosetiyanto, and Abimanyu T. Alamsyah Part V Food Security and Technology 13 Effect of Salt Stress on Growth Performance and Antioxidant Status of Local Black Rice (Oryza sativa L.) / Yuda C. Hariadi, Arry Y. Nurhayati, and Rida R. Akbar 14 Larvicidal Activity of Cerbera odollam Gaertn Against a Dengue Vector, Aedes aegypti (Diptera: Culicidae) / Didi Tarmadi, Dwi Jayanti Gunandini, and Sulaeman Yusuf 15 DNA-Based Occupancy Modeling: Human Activity Did Not Significantly Influence Common Palm Civet’s Occupancy / Sena A. Subrata, T.R.A. Budiman, and Fauzi Hamdan 16 Sustainable Development of Traditional Processed Fishery Products: A Feasibility and Risk Analysis of Small-Scale Businesses in West Kalimantan / Eva Dolorosa and Nurliza Nurliza 17 Obstacles to Achieving Food Security: The Failure of Rice Sector Policy and Its Impact on Peasant Deprivation in the Era of Political Reform in Indonesia / Sunardi Purwaatmoko 18 Identification of Phenotype and the Origin of Rambon Cattle of Indonesia / Yudi Adinata, Aryogi, Dicky Pamungkas, and Tety Hartatik 19 Machine Vision-Based Analysis for Black Tea Quality Evaluation / Avicienna Ulhaq Muqodas, Slamet Widodo, Kudang B. Seminar, and Mohamad Solahudin
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 40
    Call number: 9783319757414 (e-book)
    In: Geotechnical, geological and earthquake engineering, volume 46
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is a collection of invited lectures including the 5th Nicholas Ambraseys distinguished lecture, four keynote lectures and twenty-two thematic lectures presented at the 16th European Conference on Earthquake Engineering, held in Thessaloniki, Greece, in June 2018. The lectures are put into chapters written by the most prominent internationally recognized academics, scientists, engineers and researchers in Europe. They address a comprehensive collection of state-of-the-art and cutting-edge topics in earthquake engineering, engineering seismology and seismic risk assessment and management. The book is of interest to civil engineers, engineering seismologists, seismic risk managers, policymakers and consulting companies covering a wide spectrum of fields from geotechnical and structural earthquake engineering, to engineering seismology and seismic risk assessment and management. Scientists, professional engineers, researchers, civil protection policymakers and students interested in the seismic design of civil engineering structures and infrastructures, hazard and risk assessment, seismic mitigation policies and strategies, will find in this book not only the most recent advances in the state-of-the-art, but also new ideas on future earthquake engineering and resilient design of structures. Chapter 1 of this book is available open access under a CC BY 4.0 license.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 691 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319757414 , 978-3-319-75741-4
    ISSN: 1573-6059 , 1872-4671
    Series Statement: Geotechnical, geological and earthquake engineering volume 46
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Analysis in Seismic Provisions for Buildings: Past, Present and Future / Peter Fajfar 2 Implications of Site Specific Response Analysis / Atilla Ansal, Gökçe Tönük, and Aslı Kurtuluş 3 A Redefinition of Seismic Input for Design and Assessment / G. Michele Calvi, Daniela Rodrigues, and Vitor Silva 4 From Force- to Displacement-Based Seismic Design of Concrete Structures and Beyond / Michael N. Fardis 5 Seismic Assessment of Existing Irregular Masonry Buildings by Nonlinear Static and Dynamic Analyses / Sergio Lagomarsino, Daniela Camilletti, Serena Cattari, and Salvatore Marino 6 Capturing Geographically-Varying Uncertainty in Earthquake Ground Motion Models or What We Think We Know May Change / John Douglas 7 Implementation of Near-Fault Forward Directivity Effects in Seismic Design Codes / Sinan Akkar and Saed Moghimi 8 3D Physics-Based Numerical Simulations: Advantages and Current Limitations of a New Frontier to Earthquake Ground Motion Prediction. The Istanbul Case Study / Roberto Paolucci, Maria Infantino, Ilario Mazzieri, Ali Güney Özcebe, Chiara Smerzini, and Marco Stupazzini 9 Issues with the Use of Spatially Variable Seismic Ground Motions in Engineering Applications / Aspasia Zerva, Mohammad Reza Falamarz-Sheikhabadi, and Masoud Khazaei Poul 10 Bridging the Gap Between Seismology and Engineering: Towards Real-Time Damage Assessment / Stefano Parolai, Michael Haas, Massimiliano Pittore, and Kevin Fleming 11 Earthquake Geotechnics in Offshore Engineering / Amir M. Kaynia 12 The Dynamics of Rocking Isolation / Nicos Makris 13 Multistory Building Frames and Shear Walls Founded on “Rocking” Spread Footings / G. Gazetas, D. Dais, F. Gelagoti, and R. Kourkoulis 14 Seismic Design of Foundations in Difficult Soil Conditions: Examples of Solutions / Alain Pecker 15 Structural Health Monitoring for Seismic Protection of Structure and Infrastructure Systems / Oreste S. Bursi, Daniele Zonta, Emiliano Debiasi, and Davide Trapani 16 Large Scale Testing Facilities – Use of High Gravity Centrifuge Tests to Investigate Soil Liquefaction Phenomena / Gopal S. P. Madabhushi 17 Seismic Analysis and Design of Composite Steel/Concrete Building Structures Involving Concrete-Filled Steel Tubular Columns / Konstantinos A. Skalomenos, George D. Hatzigeorgiou, and Dimitri E. Beskos 18 Seismic Design of Steel Structures: New Trends of Research and Updates of Eurocode 8 / Raffaele Landolfo 19 Unreinforced Masonry Walls Subjected to In-Plane Shear: From Tests to Codes and Vice Versa / Elizabeth Vintzileou 20 Seismic Design of Bridges: Present and Future / Andreas J. Kappos 21 Technologies for Seismic Retrofitting and Strengthening of Earthen and Masonry Structures: Assessment and Application / Paulo B. Lourenço 22 Seismic Performance of a Full-Scale FRP Retrofitted Sub-standard RC Building / Alper Ilki, Erkan Tore, Cem Demir, and Mustafa Comert 23 Advances in the Assessment of Buildings Subjected to Earthquakes and Tsunami / Tiziana Rossetto, Crescenzo Petrone, Ian Eames, Camilo De La Barra, Andrew Foster, and Joshua Macabuag 24 Seismic Vulnerability of Classical Monuments / Ioannis N. Psycharis 25 What Seismic Risk Do We Design for When We Design Buildings? / Iunio Iervolino 26 The 2016–2017 Central Apennines Seismic Sequence: Analogies and Differences with Recent Italian Earthquakes / Mauro Dolce and Daniela Di Bucci 27 Eurocode 8. Evolution or Revolution? / Philippe Bisch 28 Research Needs Towards a Resilient Community / Paolo Franchin
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 41
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Associated volumes
    Call number: 9783319392646 (e-book)
    In: Modern approaches in solid earth sciences, volume 12
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a detailed overview of the operational principles of modern mining geology, which are presented as a good mix of theory and practice, allowing use by a broad range of specialists, from students to lecturers and experienced geologists. The book includes comprehensive descriptions of mining geology techniques, including conventional methods and new approaches. The attributes presented in the book can be used as a reference and as a guide by mining industry specialists developing mining projects and for optimizing mining geology procedures. Applications of the methods are explained using case studies and are facilitated by the computer scripts added to the book as Electronic Supplementary Material.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xx, 448 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319392646 , 978-3-319-39264-6
    ISSN: 1876-1682 , 1876-1690
    Series Statement: Modern approaches in solid earth sciences volume 12
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction References Part I Mine Design, Mine Mapping and Sampling 2 Mining Methods 2.1 Open Pit Mines 2.2 Underground Mines 2.2.1 Underground Selective Mining Methods 2.2.2 Underground Bulk Mining Methods 2.2.3 Mining of the Gently Dipping Ore Bodies 2.3 Unconventional Mining 2.3.1 In situ Leach (ISL) Technique 2.3.2 Dredging of the Mineral Sands References 3 Mine Mapping 3.1 Mine Mapping Principles 3.2 Mapping Open Pit Mines 3.3 Mapping of Underground Mines 3.4 Mapping Using Digital Photogrammetry and Laser Technologies 3.4.1 Mapping Mining Faces Using Photogrammetry 3.4.2 Remote Mapping of the Mines Using Laser 3.5 Optimisation of the Mine Mapping Procedures References 4 Drilling Techniques and Drill Holes Logging 4.1 Drilling Methods 4.2 Diamond Core Drilling 4.2.1 Core Quality and Representativeness 4.2.2 Orientated Core 4.2.3 Logging Diamond Core Holes 4.2.4 Sampling Diamond Core 4.3 Open Hole Percussion Drilling 4.3.1 Sampling Blastholes for Grade Control Purpose in the Open Pits 4.3.2 Use of ‘Jumbo’ Drilling for Delineation of Underground Stopes 4.4 Reverse Circulation (RC) Percussion Drilling 4.4.1 Logging RC Holes 4.4.2 Sampling RC Holes 4.5 Sonic Drilling Technologies 4.5.1 Strength and Weakness of the Sonic Drilling 4.5.2 Logging and Sampling Sonic Drill Holes 4.6 Auger Drilling 4.7 Rotary Drilling Using Tricone Bit References 5 Sampling of the Mine Workings 5.1 Sampling Rock Faces in the Underground Mines 5.1.1 Channel Sampling 5.1.2 Rock Chip Sampling 5.2 Sampling of the Broken Ore 5.3 Trenching and Winzing References 6 Geotechnical Logging and Mapping 6.1 Geotechnical Logging of the Drill Core 6.1.1 Drilling Parameters and Core Recovery 6.1.2 Rock Weathering 6.1.3 Rock Strength 6.1.4 Rock Quality Designation Index (RQD) 6.1.5 Natural Breaks 6.2 Geotechnical Mapping 6.3 Geotechnical Applications of Rock Mass Classification Schemes References 7 Dry Bulk Density (DBD) of Rocks 7.1 Types of the Rock Densities Used in the Mining Industry 7.2 Dry Bulk Density Measurement Techniques 7.2.1 Competent Non-porous Rocks 7.2.2 Porous and Weathered Rocks 7.2.3 Non-consolidated Sediments 7.3 Spatial Distribution of the Rock Density Measurements References 8 Data Points Location (Surveying) 8.1 Surface Points Location 8.2 Down-Hole Survey Reference Part II Sampling Errors 9 Introduction to the Theory of Sampling 9.1 Types of Sampling Errors 9.2 Fundamental Sampling Error 9.2.1 Theoretical Background 9.2.2 Experimental Calibration of the Sampling 9.2.3 Sampling Nomogram 9.3 Grouping – Segregation Error 9.4 Errors Related to the Sampling Practices 9.5 Instrumental Errors References 10 Quality Control and Assurance (QAQC) 10.1 Accuracy Control 10.1.1 Statistical Tests for Assessing Performance of the Standard Samples 10.1.2 Statistical Tests for Assessing the Data Bias Using the Duplicate Samples 10.1.3 Diagnostic Diagram: Pattern Recognition Method 10.2 Precision Control 10.2.1 Matching Pairs of Data 10.2.2 Processing and Interpretation of Duplicate Samples 10.3 Comparative Analysis of the Statistical Estimation Methods 10.4 Guidelines for Optimisation of the Sampling Programmes 10.4.1 Planning and Implementation of the Sampling Programmes 10.4.2 Frequency of Inserting QAQC Material to Assay Batches 10.4.3 Distribution of the Reference Materials 10.4.4 Distribution of the Duplicate Samples References 11 Twin Holes 11.1 Method Overview 11.1.1 Objectives of the Twinned Holes Study 11.1.2 Statistical Treatment of the Results 11.1.3 Distance Between Twinned Holes 11.1.4 Drilling Quality and Quantity 11.1.5 Comparison of Studied Variables 11.1.6 Practice of Drilling Twinned Holes for Mining Geology Applications 11.2 Case Studies 11.2.1 Gold Deposits: Confirmation of High-Grade Intersections 11.2.2 Twin Holes Studies in Iron Ore Deposits 11.2.3 Mineral Sands Deposits: Validation of Historic Drilling 11.2.4 Bauxites: Use of Twin Holes as a Routine Control of Drilling Quality References 12 Database 12.1 Construction of the Database 12.2 Data Entry 12.2.1 Electronic Data Transfer 12.2.2 Keyboard Data Entry 12.2.3 Special Values 12.3 Management of the Data Flow 12.4 Database Safety and Security References Part III Mineral Resources 13 Data Preparation 13.1 Data Compositing 13.1.1 Data Coding 13.1.2 Compositing Algorithms 13.1.3 Choice of the Optimal Compositing Intervals 13.1.4 Validating of the Composited Assays 13.2 High Grade Cut-Off References 14 Geological Constraints of Mineralisation 14.1 Introduction to Wireframing 14.2 Characterisation of the Mineralisation Contacts 14.2.1 Contact Profile 14.2.2 Determining of the Cut-Off Value for Constraining Mineralisation 14.2.3 Contact Topography 14.2.4 Uncertainty of the Contacts 14.3 Geometry and Internal Structure of the Mineralised Domains 14.3.1 Unfolding References 15 Exploratory Data Analysis 15.1 Objective of the EDA 15.2 Overview of the EDA Techniques 15.2.1 Spider Diagram 15.2.2 Data Declustering 15.2.3 Q-Q Plots 15.2.4 Box-and-Whisker Plot (Box Plot) 15.3 Grouping and Analysis of the Data 15.3.1 Data Types 15.3.2 Data Generations 15.3.3 Grouping Samples by Geological Characteristics 15.4 Statistical Analysis of the Resource Domains References 16 Resource Estimation Methods 16.1 Polygonal Method 16.2 Estimation by Triangulation 16.3 Cross-Sectional Method 16.3.1 Extrapolation of the Cross-Sections 16.3.2 Interpolation Between Cross-Sections 16.4 Estimation by Panels 16.5 Inverse Distance Weighting Method References Part IV Applied Mining Geostatistics 17 Introduction to Geostatistics 17.1 Regionalised Variable and Random Function 17.2 Stationarity and Intrinsic Hypothesis References 18 Variography 18.1 Quantitative Analysis of the Spatial Continuity 18.2 Intuitive Look at Variogram 18.3 Geostatistical Definition of Variogram 18.4 Directional, Omnidirectional and Average Variograms 18.5 Properties of the Variograms 18.5.1 Behaviour Near Origin 18.5.2 Anisotropy 18.6 Analysis of the Data Continuity Using a Variogram Map 18.7 Presence of Drift 18.8 Proportional Effect 18.9 Variogram Sill and the Sample Variance 18.10 Impact of the Different Support 18.11 Variogram Models 18.11.1 Common Variogram Models 18.11.2 Modelling Geometric Anisotropy 18.11.3 Nested Structures 18.11.4 Modelling Zonal Anisotropy 18.12 Troublesome Variograms 18.12.1 Hole Effect 18.12.2 Saw-Tooth Shaped and Erratic Variograms 18.13 Alternative Measures of a Spatial Continuity 18.13.1 Variograms of the Gaussian Transformed Values 18.13.2 Relative (Normalised) Variograms 18.13.3 Different Structural Tools 18.14 Indicator Variograms 18.15 Variograms in the Multivariate Environment 18.15.1 Multivariate Geostatistical Functions 18.15.2 Linear Model of Coregionalisation References 19 Methods of the Linear Geostatistics (Kriging) 19.1 Geostatistical Resource Estimation 19.2 Kriging System 19.2.1 Ordinary Kriging 19.2.2 Simple Kriging 19.2.3 Simple Versus Ordinary Kriging 19.3 Properties of Kriging 19.3.1 Exactitude Property of Kriging 19.3.2 Negative Kriging Weights and Screening Effect 19.3.3 Smoothing Effect 19.3.4 Kriging Variance 19.3.5 Conditional Bias 19.4 Block Kriging 19.4.1 Blocks and Point Estimates 19.4.2 Kriging of the Small Blocks References 20 Multivariate Geostatistics 20.1 Theoretical Background of Multivariate Geostatistics 20.1.1 Ordinary Co-kriging 20.1.2 Collocated Co-kriging 20.1.3 Properties of the Co-kriging 20.2 Kriging with External Drift References 21 Multiple Indicator Kriging 21.1 Methodology of the Multiple Indicator Kriging 21.2 Practical Notes on the Indicators Post-Processing References 22 Estimation of the Recoverable Resources 22.1 Change of Support Concept 22.1.1 Dispersion Variance 22.1.2 Volume Variance Relations 22.1.3 Conditions for Change-of-Support Models 22.2 Global Change of Support Methods 22.2.1 Affine Correction 22.2.2 Discrete Gaussian Change of Support 22.3 Local Change of Support Methods 22.3.1 Uniform Conditioning 22.3.2 Localised Uniform Conditioning 22.3.3 Application of the LUC
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 42
    Call number: 9783319645995 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book sheds new light on the limits of adaptation to anthropogenic climate change. The respective chapters demonstrate the variety of and interconnections between factors that together constitute the constraints on adaptation. The book pays special attention to evidence that illustrates how and where such limits have become apparent or are in the process of establishing themselves, and which indicates future trends and contexts that might prove helpful in understanding adaptation limits. In particular, the book provides an overview of the most important challenges and opportunities regarding adaptation limits at different temporal, jurisdictional, and spatial scales, while also highlighting case studies, projects and best practices that show how they may be addressed. The book presents innovative multi-disciplinary research and gathers evidence from various countries, sectors and regions, the goal being to advance our understanding of the limits to adaptation and ways to overcome or modify them
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 410 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319645995 , 978-3-319-64599-5
    ISSN: 1610-2002 , 1610-2010
    Series Statement: Climate change management
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction: Limits to Adaptation / Johanna Nalau and Walter Leal Filho Part I Limits to Climate Change Adaptation in Asia 2 Strategies and Barriers to Adaptation of Hazard-Prone Rural Households in Bangladesh / G. M. Monirul Alam, Khorshed Alam, Shahbaz Mushtaq, Most Nilufa Khatun and Walter Leal Filho 3 Governance Limits to Adaptation in Cambodia’s Health Sector / Daniel Gilfillan 4 Land-Based Strategic Model by Integrating Diverse Policies for Climate Change Adaptation in Nepal / Adish Khezri, Arbind Man Tuladhar and Jaap Zevenbergen 5 Climate Change and Migration in Bangladesh: Empirically Derived Lessons and Opportunities for Policy Makers and Practitioners / Johannes Luetz Part II Limits to Climate Change Adaptation in Africa 6 Limits to Climate Change Adaptation in Zimbabwe: Insights, Experiences and Lessons / Nelson Chanza 7 Pastoralists Shifting Strategies and Perceptions of Risk: Post-crisis Recovery in Damergou, Niger / Karen Marie Greenough 8 Political Limits to Climate Change Adaptation Practices: Insights from the Johannesburg Case / Karen Hetz 9 Constraints and Limits to Climate Change Adaptation Efforts in Nigeria / Idowu O. Ologeh, Joshua B. Akarakiri and Francis A. Adesina 10 Adapting Agriculture to Climate Change: Suitability of Banana Crop Production to Future Climate Change Over Uganda / Geoffrey Sabiiti, Joseph Mwalichi Ininda, Laban Ayieko Ogallo, Jully Ouma, Guleid Artan, Charles Basalirwa, Franklin Opijah, Alex Nimusiima, Saul Daniel Ddumba, Jasper Batureine Mwesigwa, George Otieno and Jamiat Nanteza 11 Local Adaptation to Climate Extremes in Domboshawa: Opportunities and Limitations / Vincent Itai Tanyanyiwa and Rejoice Madobi Part III Limits to Climate Change Adaptation in Australia, North-America and Europe 12 The Limits of Imagination / Liese Coulter 13 Climate Change Adaptation in Coastal East Arctic Ecosystems: Complexity and Challenges of Monitoring and Evaluation / Moktar Lamari, Line Poulin-Larivière and Johann L. Jacob 14 Limits to Adaptation on Climate Change in Bosnia and Herzegovina: Insights and Experiences / Goran Trbic, Davorin Bajic, Vladimir Djurdjevic, Vladan Ducic, Raduska Cupac, Đorđe Markez, Goran Vukmir, Radoslav Dekić and Tatjana Popov Part IV Limits to Climate Change Adaptation in the Pacific Region 15 Climate Change Adaptation Limits in Small Island Developing States / Stacy-ann Robinson 16 Limits to Coastal Adaptation in Samoa: Insights and Experiences / Richard Crichton and Miguel Esteban 17 Limits to Capital Works Adaptation in the Coastal Zones and Islands: Lessons for the Pacific / Brendan Mackey and Daniel Ware 18 A ‘Cost Barrier’ Perspective to Adaptation on a Coral Triangle Initiative (CTI) and Mangrove Rehabilitation Projects (MRP) in Solomon Islands / Michael Otoara Ha’apio, Walter Leal Filho and Morgan Wairiu 19 Customary Land and Climate Change Induced Relocation: A Case Study of Vunidogoloa Village, Vanua Levu, Fiji / Dhrishna Charan, Manpreet Kaur and Priyatma Singh 20 Limits to Adapting to Climate Change Through Relocations in Papua-New Guinea and Fiji / Dalila Gharbaoui and Julia Blocher 21 Atoll Habitability Thresholds / Mark H. N. Stege 22 Conclusions: Overcoming the Limits to Adaptation / Walter Leal Filho and Johanna Nalau
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 43
    Call number: 9783319969787 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Ecologists and natural resource managers are charged with making complex management decisions in the face of a rapidly changing environment resulting from climate change, energy development, urban sprawl, invasive species and globalization. Advances in Geographic Information System (GIS) technology, digitization, online data availability, historic legacy datasets, remote sensors and the ability to collect data on animal movements via satellite and GPS have given rise to large, highly complex datasets. These datasets could be utilized for making critical management decisions, but are often “messy” and difficult to interpret. Basic artificial intelligence algorithms (i.e., machine learning) are powerful tools that are shaping the world and must be taken advantage of in the life sciences. In ecology, machine learning algorithms are critical to helping resource managers synthesize information to better understand complex ecological systems. Machine Learning has a wide variety of powerful applications, with three general uses that are of particular interest to ecologists: (1) data exploration to gain system knowledge and generate new hypotheses, (2) predicting ecological patterns in space and time, and (3) pattern recognition for ecological sampling. Machine learning can be used to make predictive assessments even when relationships between variables are poorly understood. When traditional techniques fail to capture the relationship between variables, effective use of machine learning can unearth and capture previously unattainable insights into an ecosystem's complexity. Currently, many ecologists do not utilize machine learning as a part of the scientific process. This volume highlights how machine learning techniques can complement the traditional methodologies currently applied in this field
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiv, 441 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319969787 , 978-3-319-96978-7
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction 1 Machine Learning in Wildlife Biology: Algorithms, Data Issues and Availability, Workflows, Citizen Science, Code Sharing, Metadata and a Brief Historical Perspective / Grant R. W. Humphries and Falk Huettmann 2 Use of Machine Learning (ML) for Predicting and Analyzing Ecological and ‘Presence Only’ Data: An Overview of Applications and a Good Outlook / Falk Huettmann, Erica H. Craig, Keiko A. Herrick, Andrew P. Baltensperger, Grant R. W. Humphries, David J. Lieske, Katharine Miller, Timothy C. Mullet, Steffen Oppel, Cynthia Resendiz, Imme Rutzen, Moritz S. Schmid, Madan K. Suwal, and Brian D. Young 3 Boosting, Bagging and Ensembles in the Real World: An Overview, some Explanations and a Practical Synthesis for Holistic Global Wildlife Conservation Applications Based on Machine Learning with Decision Trees / Falk Huettmann Part II Predicting Patterns 4 From Data Mining with Machine Learning to Inference in Diverse and Highly Complex Data: Some Shared Experiences, Intellectual Reasoning and Analysis Steps for the Real World of Science Applications / Falk Huettmann 5 Ensembles of Ensembles: Combining the Predictions from Multiple Machine Learning Methods / David J. Lieske, Moritz S. Schmid, and Matthew Mahoney 6 Machine Learning for Macroscale Ecological Niche Modeling - a Multi-Model, Multi-Response Ensemble Technique for Tree Species Management Under Climate Change / Anantha M. Prasad 7 Mapping Aboveground Biomass of Trees Using Forest Inventory Data and Public Environmental Variables within the Alaskan Boreal Forest / Brian D. Young, John Yarie, David Verbyla, Falk Huettmann, and F. Stuart Chapin III Part III Data Exploration and Hypothesis Generation with Machine Learning 8 ‘Batteries’ in Machine Learning: A First Experimental Assessment of Inference for Siberian Crane Breeding Grounds in the Russian High Arctic Based on ‘Shaving’ 74 Predictors / Falk Huettmann, Chunrong Mi, and Yumin Guo 9 Landscape Applications of Machine Learning: Comparing Random Forests and Logistic Regression in Multi-Scale Optimized Predictive Modeling of American Marten Occurrence in Northern Idaho, USA / Samuel A. Cushman and Tzeidle N. Wasserman 10 Using Interactions among Species, Landscapes, and Climate to Inform Ecological Niche Models: A Case Study of American Marten (Martes americana) Distribution in Alaska / Andrew P. Baltensperger 11 Advanced Data Mining (Cloning) of Predicted Climate-Scapes and Their Variances Assessed with Machine Learning: An Example from Southern Alaska Shows Topographical Biases and Strong Differences / Falk Huettmann 12 Using TreeNet, a Machine Learning Approach to Better Understand Factors that Influence Elevated Blood Lead Levels in Wintering Golden Eagles in the Western United States / Erica H. Craig, Tim H. Craig, and Mark R. Fuller Part IV Novel Applications of Machine Learning Beyond Species Distribution Models 13 Breaking Away from ‘Traditional’ Uses of Machine Learning: A Case Study Linking Sooty Shearwaters (Ardenna griseus) and Upcoming Changes in the Southern Oscillation Index / Grant R. W. Humphries 14 Image Recognition in Wildlife Applications / Dawn R. Magness 15 Machine Learning Techniques for Quantifying Geographic Variation in Leach’s Storm-Petrel (Hydrobates leucorhous) Vocalizations / Grant R. W. Humphries, Rachel T. Buxton, and Ian L. Jones Part V Implementing Machine Learning for Resource Management 16 Machine Learning for ‘Strategic Conservation and Planning’: Patterns, Applications, Thoughts and Urgently Needed Global Progress for Sustainability / Falk Huettmann 17 How the Internet Can Know What You Want Before You Do: Web-Based Machine Learning Applications for Wildlife Management / Grant R. W. Humphries 18 Machine Learning and ‘The Cloud’ for Natural Resource Applications: Autonomous Online Robots Driving Sustainable Conservation Management Worldwide? / Grant R. W. Humphries and Falk Huettmann 19 Assessment of Potential Risks from Renewable Energy Development and Other Anthropogenic Factors to Wintering Golden Eagles in the Western United States / Erica H. Craig, Mark R. Fuller, Tim H. Craig, and Falk Huettmann Part VI Conclusions 20 A Perspective on the Future of Machine Learning: Moving Away from ‘Business as Usual’ and Towards a Holistic Approach of Global Conservation / Grant R. W. Humphries and Falk Huettmann Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 44
    Call number: 9789811002076 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This proceedings contains articles submitted to the fifth International Conference on Cognitive Neurodynamics (ICCN2015). In ICCN2015, twelve invited plenary lectures were presented by the leading scientists in their respective research fields. More than 15 mini-symposiums are organized by specialists with topics covering: motor control and learning, dynamic coding in distributed neural circuits, dynamics of firing patterns and synchronization in neuronal systems, information and signal processing techniques in neurotechnology, neural oscillations and synaptic plasticity in the hippocampus, new perspective on model-based vs. model-free brain process, neural mechanisms of internal switching, neuroinformation computation, neural model and dynamics, imaging human cognitive networks, neuroinformatics, neuroergonomics & neuroengineering, dynamic brain for communication, visual information processing and functional imaging and neural mechanisms of language processing. All articles are peer-reviewed. The ICCN is a series conference held every two years since 2007
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiii, 872 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789811002076 , 978-981-10-0207-6
    ISSN: 2213-3569 , 2213-3577
    Series Statement: Advances in Cognitive Neurodynamics
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Plenary Talk 1 Putting Sensory Back into Voluntary Motor Control / Stephen H. Scott 2 Is Visual Processing in Primates Strictly Hierarchical? / Mark A.G. Eldridge, Samarth Chandra and Barry J. Richmond 3 Self-organization of a Second Kind: General Scope and a Cortical Case Study / Ichiro Tsuda 4 Toward Autonomous Intelligence: From Active 3D Vision to Invariant Object and Scene Learning, Recognition, and Search / Stephen Grossberg 5 The Cognitive Control of Goal-Directed Action: How Predictive Learning Affects Choice / Bernard W. Balleine 6 Functional Connectivity Mapping of Decision-Making in Drosophila Melanogaster / Aike Guo, Ke Zhang, Q.Z. Ren, H.F. Su and N.N. Chen 7 Neurodynamics of Decision-Making—A Computational Approach / Azadeh Hassannejad Nazir and Hans Liljenström 8 Brain Pattern Analysis Based on Magnetic Resonance Imaging / Dewen Hu 9 Dopamine Prediction Errors and the Relativity of Value / Masamichi Sakagami and Shingo Tanaka 10 The Neural Mechanism of Direction- and Orientation-Selective Neurons for Processing Direction, Speed, and Axis of Motion in Early Visual Cortices / Hongliang Gong, Xu An, Liling Qian, Jiapeng Yin, Yiliang Lu and Wei Wang Part II Neural Dynamics in Motor and Sensory Systems 11 Stability and Flexibility During Human Motor Control / Taishin Nomura, Yasuyuki Suzuki, Chunjiang Fu, Naoya Yoshikawa, Ken Kiyono, Maura Casadio and Pietro Morasso 12 Context-Dependent Human Motor Memories: Function, Implementation, and Manipulation / Daichi Nozaki 13 A Model of Gait Cycle Variability During Human Walking / Chunjiang Fu, Yasuyuki Suzuki, Ken Kiyono and Taishin Nomura 14 Coordinate Systems in the Motor System: Computational Modeling and EEG Experiment / Hirokazu Tanaka, Makoto Miyakoshi and Scott Makeig 15 Simulation Study on Neuromuscular Model-Inspired Control Strategy for Variable Stiffness Actuators / Jun Zhu, Yu Wang and Heng Cao 16 Changes in the Inner Gene Expression of Lateral Olivocochlear Receptors After the Loss of the Descending Cortical Pathway / Miguel A. Merchan, Veronica Lamas and Jose Manuel Juiz 17 Effect of Parvalbumin Deficiency on Distributed Activity and Interactions in Neural Circuits Activated by Instrumental Learning / Agnès Gruart, José Maria Delgado-García and Alessandra Lintas 18 Dynamic Patterns of Cortical Activation During Different Types of Learning Tasks and Unpredictable Situations / José M. Delgado-García, Raudel Sánchez-Campusano, Iván Fernández-Lamo and Agnès Gruart 19 The Application of Spatiotemporal Energy Model in the Simulation of Population Responses in Early Visual Cortices / Yiliang Lu, Xu An, Hongliang Gong and Wei Wang 20 Aspect Ratio of the Receptive Field Makes a Major Contribution to the Bandwidth of Orientation Selectivity in Cat V1 / Tao Xu, Ming Li, Ke Chen, Ling Wang and Hong-Mei Yan 21 Nonlinear Dynamical Analysis of Spontaneous EEG Recordings in Rats After Chronic Spinal Cord Injury / Pu Jiangbo, Xu Hanhui, Wang Yazhou, Cui Hongyan and Hu Yong Part III Interactive Dynamics in Cognitive Functions 22 Causality in Neuroscience and Its Limitations: Bottom-up, Top-down, and Round-About / Hans A. Braun 23 Decisions and Downward Causation in Neural Systems / Hans Liljenström and Azadeh Hassannejad Nazir 24 Top-down and/or Bottom-up Causality: The Notion of Relatedness in the Human Brain / Kim C. Wende and Andreas Jansen 25 Overviewing Causality or Over-Interpreting Noise: Is Modern Neuroscience Shaping Our View of the Human Mind? / Kim C. Wende and Andreas Jansen 26 Theoretical Models of Decision-Making in the Ultimatum Game: Fairness vs. Reason / Tatiana V. Guy, Miroslav Kárný, Alessandra Lintas and Alessandro E.P. Villa 27 Dynamic Interactions in Prefrontal Functional Connectivity During Adolescence / Xin Zhou, Emilio Salinas, Terrence R. Stanford and Christos Constantinidis 28 Causal Interaction Between Prefrontal Cortex and Striatum Estimated by Granger Causality / Xiaochuan Pan, Rubin Wang and Masamichi Sakagami 29 Two Strategies for Interactive Planning / Jiro Okuda 30 TMS-EEG for Probing Distinct Modes of Neural Dynamics in the Human Brain / Keiichi Kitajo and Yuka O. Okazaki 31 Estimating Information Transmission Time Between Prefrontal Cortex and Striatum by Transfer Entropy / Kaidi Shao, Xiaochuan Pan and Rubin Wang 32 Reward-Modulated Functional Connectivity Between Prefrontal Cortex and Striatum / Yan Zhang, Xiaochuan Pan and Rubin Wang 33 On the Role of Intrinsic Rewards in Communication / Jan Lauwereyns and Shizuka Sakurai Lauwereyns Part IV Neural Dynamics in Hippocampus 34 Hydrogen Sulfide Prevents Synaptic Plasticity from Vascular Dementia-Induced Damage via Inhibiting Autophagy on Rats / Chunhua Liu, Tao Zhang and Zhuo Yang 35 The Impact of Nasal Copper Nanoparticle Exposure on Rats’ Synaptic Plasticity and Spatial Cognition / Ye Liu, Wei Guan, Jinzhe Liu and Zhuo Yang 36 Theta Phase Time-Delayed Modulating Low Gamma Amplitude in Hippocampal CA3–CA1 Network / Chenguang Zheng, Qun Li, Yiyi Wang and Tao Zhang 37 Roles of DA and 5-HT in Modulating Neural Oscillatory Synchronization / Chenguang Zheng and Tao Zhang 38 Dynamic Information Routing in the Hippocampus / Hiroshi Nishida, Muneyoshi Takahashi and Jan Lauwereyns 39 Rule Switching Affects Cross-Frequency Couplings in Rat Hippocampus / Tomoaki Nakazono, Susumu Takahashi and Yoshio Sakurai Part V Imaging Cognitive Networks 40 Functional Connectivity Analysis of Cognitive Reappraisal Using Sparse Spectral Clustering Method / Ling Zou, Yi Xu, Zhongyi Jiang, Zhuqing Jiao, Changjie Pan and Renlai Zhou 41 Theta Coupling in the Human EEG During the Control of Bottom-up and Top-down Attention / Dandan Zhao and Ling Li 42 Phase-Dependent Alteration of Functional Connectivity Density During Face Recognition in the Infra-slow Frequency Range / Yifeng Wang, Feng Liu, Xiujuan Jing, Zhiliang Long and Huafu Chen 43 The Supramodal Brain Network for the Recognition of Faces and Bodies: Is Visual Experience Necessary for the Development of High-Order Visual Cortices? / Ryo Kitada 44 Over-Complete Analysis for Resting-State fMRI Data / Ruiyang Ge, Li Yao, Hang Zhang, Xia Wu and Zhiying Long 45 Decoding Brain States with Simulated Microgravity from Baseline Using Functional Connectivity of Default Network / Ling-Li Zeng, Yang Liao, Hui Shen, Xufeng Liu and Dewen Hu 46 Experimental Studies on the Contralateral Regulation of Cerebral Blood Flow Using a Patient-Specific Aneurysm Model / Lizhong Mu, Ying He, Junyuan Chen, Xunjie Yu, Jianhui Wei, Changjin Ji and Jiaqi Lv 47 A Robust Coherence-Based Brain Connectivity Method with an Application to EEG Recordings / Jiaqing Yan, Jianbin Wen, Yinghua Wang, Xianzeng Liu and Xiaoli Li Part VI Advanced Brain Computer Interaction 48 Robust Averaging of Covariance Matrices by Riemannian Geometry for Motor-Imagery Brain–Computer Interfacing / Takashi Uehara, Toshihisa Tanaka and Simone Fiori 49 Vibrotactile Brain–Computer Interface with Error-Detecting Codes / Sittipong Apichartstaporn, Kitsuchart Pasupa and Yoshikazu Washizawa 50 Sparse Support Vector Machine for Simultaneous Feature Selection and Classification in Motor-Imagery-Based BCI / Yu Zhang, Yu Wang, Jing Jin and Xingyu Wang 51 QEEG Coherence Evaluation for Soccer Performance Level Analysis of the Striker / Kittichai Tharawadeepimuk and Yodchanan Wongsawat 52 BCI-Based Mobile Phone Using SSVEP Techniques / Dongsheng Wang, Toshiki Kobayashi, Gaochao Cui, Daishi Watabe and Jianting Cao 53 Two-Step Input Spatial Auditory BCI for Japanese Kana Characters / Moonjeong Chang and Tomasz M. Rutkowski 54 Resting-State Long-Range Functional Connectivity Density Reveals Sensorimotor Rhythm-Based BCI Performance Variations / Rui Zhang, Tao Zhang, Teng Ma, Fali Li, Dezhong Yao and Peng Xu 55 On the Correlations of Motor Imagery of Swallow with Motor Imagery of Tongue Movements and Actual Swallow / Huijuan Yang, Cuntai Guan, Chuan Chu Wang, Kai Keng Ang, Kok Soon Phua, See San Chok, Christina Ka Yin Tang and Karen Sui Geok Chua
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 45
    Call number: 9783319771076 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book promotes a better understanding of the role of the sun on natural climate variability. It is a comprehensive reference book that appeals to an academic audience at the graduate, post-graduate and PhD level and can be used for lectures in climatology, environmental studies and geography. This work is the collection of lecture notes as well as synthesized analyses of published papers on the described subjects. It comprises 18 chapters and is divided into three parts: Part I discusses general circulation, climate variability, stratosphere-troposphere coupling and various teleconnections. Part II mainly explores the area of different solar influences on climate. It also discusses various oceanic features and describes ocean-atmosphere coupling. But, without prior knowledge of other important influences on the earth’s climate, the understanding of the actual role of the sun remains incomplete. Hence, Part III covers burning issues such as greenhouse gas warming, volcanic influences, ozone depletion in the stratosphere, Arctic and Antarctic sea ice, etc. At the end of the book, there are few questions and exercises for students. This book is based on the lecture series that was delivered at the University of Oulu, Finland as part of M.Sc./ PhD module
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xviii, 218 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Karten, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319771076 , 978-3-319-77107-6
    ISSN: 2194-5217 , 2194-5225
    Series Statement: Springer atmospheric sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Climatology, General Circulation, Climate Variability and Stratosphere-Troposphere Coupling 1 Climatology and General Circulation 1.1 Climatology: SLP and SST 1.2 General Circulation 1.2.1 Meridional Circulation 1.2.2 Jet Formation: Thermal Wind Balance Relationship 1.2.3 Walker Circulation 2 Major Modes of Variability 2.1 Variability in the Troposphere 2.1.1 El Niño and Southern Oscillation (ENSO) 2.1.2 North Atlantic Oscillation (NAO) 2.1.3 Arctic Oscillation (AO) and Antarctic Oscillation (AAO) 2.1.4 Pacific Decadal Oscillation (PDO) 2.1.5 Atlantic Multidecadal Oscillation (AMO) 2.1.6 Indian Summer Monsoon (ISM) 2.1.7 Indian Ocean Dipole (IOD) 2.2 Variability in the Stratosphere 2.2.1 Quasi-Biennial Oscillation (QBO) 2.2.2 Stratospheric Sudden Warming (SSW) Referenes 3 Stratosphere-Troposphere Coupling 3.1 Background 3.2 Discussion with Schematic 3.3 Strength of Westerly: Solar Influence 3.4 Role of Zero Wind Line: QBO Influence 3.5 Sun, QBO and Polar Temperature in North Pole 3.6 Composites of Time Height Development of NAM 3.7 Annular Modes Pattern Similar 3.8 Solar Influence: Polar Vortex and Tropical Lower Stratosphere 3.9 Solar Influence: Tropical Lower Stratosphere to Troposphere References 4 Teleconnection Among Various Modes 4.1 Polar Vortex, QBO and ENSO 4.2 Polar Vortex and ENSO 4.3 ENSO and Polar Troposphere 4.4 ENSO, Polar Annular Modes and JET 4.5 ENSO Teleconnections 4.5.1 El Niño (Warm) and La Niña (Cold) Definition 4.5.2 El Niño or La Niña? 4.5.3 ENSO Seasonal Locking 4.5.4 Potential Problems with SST Data 4.5.5 Indian Summer Monsoon and Walker Circulation 4.5.6 Different Types of ENSO 4.5.7 Homogeneous Monsoon Region 4.5.8 ENSO ISM Correlation 4.5.9 SST Composites: EN vs. LN 4.5.10 ISM ENSO Teleconnection Compositing: EN vs. LN 4.5.11 Rainfall in South America ENSO (Different Types) Teleconnection 4.5.12 Summary: ENSO and Teleconnections References 5 Solar Influence Around Various Places: Robust Solar Signal on Climate 5.1 Signal on Sea Level Pressure (DJF) Using Multiple Linear Regression 5.1.1 Method of Multiple Regression Analysis 5.2 Solar Signal Around Aleutian Low (AL) and Pacific High (PH) 5.3 Solar Influence: Tropical Pacific SST 5.4 ENSO and Sun Phase Locking 5.5 Solar Signal in Tropical Pacific SST Using Compositing 5.5.1 Method of Solar Peak Year Compositing 5.6 Observation: Annual Mean Temperature References 6 Total Solar Irradiance (TSI): Measurements and Reconstructions References Part II Atmosphere-Ocean Coupling and Solar Variability 7 Ocean Coupling 7.1 Shallow Overturning Circulation 7.2 ENSO 7.2.1 ENSO, Thermocline and Upper Ocean Heat Content 7.2.2 ENSO and Delayed Oscillator Theory 7.2.3 ENSO and Shallow MOC in Tropical Pacific 7.2.4 Pycnocline Convergence vs. SST 7.2.5 Abrupt Rise in Temperature During 1977–1998 References 8 The Sun and ENSO Connection–Contradictions and Reconciliations 8.1 Solar Signal and ENSO 8.2 Contradiction (I): Solar Signal on Tropical Pacific SST-Active Solar Years and ENSO 8.3 Contradiction (II): Solar Signal on Tropical Pacific SST-El Niño or La Niña 8.4 Proposed Mechanism: Earlier Period 8.5 Proposed Mechanism: Later Period 8.6 Contradictions and Reconciliations References 9 A Debate: The Sun and the QBO 9.1 Data Analysis: Solar and QBO Separately 9.2 Polar Temperature During JF with Respect to QBO (40 hPa) and F10.7 9.3 Polar Temperature During JF for QBO (30 hPa) and F10.7 9.4 Time Series of QBO at Different Height and EOF Analysis 9.5 Combined Effects: Solar with QBO 9.6 Summary References 10 Solar Influence: ‘Top Down’ vs. ‘Bottom Up’ 10.1 Solar Influence: ‘Top Down’ 10.1.1 Solar Influence: ‘Top-Down’ – via Polar Vortex and Lower Stratosphere 10.1.2 Solar Influence: ‘Top-Down’ – via Lower Stratosphere to Troposphere 10.1.3 Solar Influence: ‘Top-Down’ – via Stratospheric Polar Vortex to Polar Troposphere 10.2 Solar Influence: ‘Bottom-Up’ References 11 An Overview of Solar Influence on Climate 11.1 Introduction 11.1.1 Methodology 11.2 Representative Results: Figure and Tables 11.3 Results Text 11.3.1 Atmosphere Only: Sun and QBO 11.3.2 Ocean (Only Pacific) and Atmosphere Coupling: Sun, QBO and ENSO 11.3.3 Atmosphere and Ocean (Only Pacific) Coupling: Sun, QBO, ENSO and Climate Change 11.4 Discussion References Part III Other Major Influences on Climate 12 Sun: Atmosphere-Ocean Coupling – Possible Limitations 12.1 Sun: Atmosphere-Ocean Coupling ‘Top-Down’ vs. ‘Bottom-Up’ Mechanism: a Case Study 12.2 Sun: Atmosphere-Ocean Coupling – Limitations of Peak Year Compositing 12.2.1 Solar Cycle Signals in Peak Year Compositing for SLP: a Case Study 12.2.2 Solar Cycle Signals in Peak Year Compositing for Indian Summer Monsoon: a Case Study 12.3 Difference in Winter Surface Climate Between Solar Minimum and Maximum 12.4 Sun (Using SSN) and NAO in Observation Using MLR Technique 12.4.1 Sun (Using SSN) and NAO in Two Different Time Periods (1856–1977) and (1878–1997) 12.4.2 Sun (SSN) and NAO Longer Period (1870–2010) 12.4.3 Sun (SSN) and NAO Lag Relationship 12.5 AMO and PDO Relationship References 13 The Arctic and Antarctic Sea Ice 13.1 Arctic Sea Ice: Last Few Years 13.2 Arctic Sea Ice: Change in 2014 13.3 Arctic Sea Ice and Solar Influence 13.4 Antarctic Sea Ice Reference 14 CMIP5 Project and Some Results 14.1 Global Climate Models (GCMs): Basic Equations 14.2 CMIP5 Project 14.3 Experiments: Historical and RCP (Representative Concentration Pathway) Scenarios 14.4 Some CMIP5 Models 14.5 Temperature in CMIP5 and Observation 14.6 Indian Summer Monsoon (ISM) and ENSO in CMIP5 Models 14.6.1 CMIP5 Models for ISM Are Performing Well 14.6.2 CMIP5 Models for ISM Not Performing Well 14.6.3 Models: CMIP5, AMIP5 and High Top, Low Top 14.6.4 Precipitation Composites- El Niño: (CMIP5 vs. AMIP5) 14.6.5 Changes in ENSO Variability 2050–2100 in CMIP3 Experiments 14.6.6 Stratospheric Features in CMIP5: Low and High Top Models 14.6.7 Simulated and Observed Stratospheric Temperature References 15 Green House Gas Warming 15.1 Laws of Radiation 15.2 Solar Radiation vs. Terrestrial Radiation 15.3 Radiation Transmitted by the Atmosphere and Atmospheric Windows 15.4 Absorption: Water Vapour and CO2 15.5 CO 2 as a Greenhouse Gas 15.6 Temperature and CO 2: 400,000 Years 15.7 Earth’s Temperature Change in the Last 2000 Years 15.8 Radiative Forcing 15.9 Global Energy Balance References 16 Volcanic Influences 16.1 Volcano Cooling Effect 16.2 Influences of Volcanic Eruption 16.3 Effect of Large Eruptions on Weather and Climate 16.4 Polar Warming Associated with Large Eruptions 16.5 Sun, Volcano and ENSO References 17 Ozone Depletion in the Stratosphere 17.1 Ozone Hole and Montreal Protocol 17.2 Ozone Hole Animation 17.3 Greenhouse Gases and Ozone in Model Reference 18 Influence of Various Other Solar Outputs 18.1 Mechanisms 18.2 Other Influences, e.g. Galactic Cosmic Rays 18.3 Sunspot vs. Galactic Cosmic Ray (GCR) References Few questions and Exercises for Students Further Reading Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 46
    Call number: 9781491903117 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xix, 590 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Edition: First edition
    ISBN: 9781491903117 (e-book) , 978-1-4919-0311-7
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents Preface Part I. Foundations of Data Systems 1. Reliable, Scalable, and Maintainable Applications Thinking About Data Systems Reliability Hardware Faults Software Errors Human Errors How Important Is Reliability? Scalability Describing Load Describing Performance Approaches for Coping with Load Maintainability Operability: Making Life Easy for Operations Simplicity: Managing Complexity Evolvability: Making Change Easy Summary 2. Data Models and Query Languages Relational Model Versus Document Model The Birth of NoSQL The Object-Relational Mismatch Many-to-One and Many-to-Many Relationships Are Document Databases Repeating History? Relational Versus Document Databases Today Query Languages for Data Declarative Queries on the Web MapReduce Querying Graph-Like Data Models Property Graphs The Cypher Query Language Graph Queries in SQL Triple-Stores and SPARQL The Foundation: Datalog Summary 3. Storage and Retrieval Data Structures That Power Your Database Hash Indexes SSTables and LSM-Trees B-Trees Comparing B-Trees and LSM-Trees Other Indexing Structures Transaction Processing or Analytics? Data Warehousing Stars and Snowflakes: Schemas for Analytics Column-Oriented Storage Column Compression Sort Order in Column Storage Writing to Column-Oriented Storage Aggregation: Data Cubes and Materialized Views Summary 4. Encoding and Evolution Formats for Encoding Data Language-Specific Formats JSON, XML, and Binary Variants Thrift and Protocol Buffers Avro The Merits of Schemas Modes of Dataflow Dataflow Through Databases Dataflow Through Services: REST and RPC Message-Passing Dataflow Summary Part II. Distributed Data 5. Replication Leaders and Followers Synchronous Versus Asynchronous Replication Setting Up New Followers Handling Node Outages Implementation of Replication Logs Problems with Replication Lag Reading Your Own Writes Monotonic Reads Consistent Prefix Reads Solutions for Replication Lag Multi-Leader Replication Use Cases for Multi-Leader Replication Handling Write Conflicts Multi-Leader Replication Topologies Leaderless Replication Writing to the Database When a Node Is Down Limitations of Quorum Consistency Sloppy Quorums and Hinted Handoff Detecting Concurrent Writes Summary 6. Partitioning Partitioning and Replication Partitioning of Key-Value Data Partitioning by Key Range Partitioning by Hash of Key Skewed Workloads and Relieving Hot Spots Partitioning and Secondary Indexes Partitioning Secondary Indexes by Document Partitioning Secondary Indexes by Term Rebalancing Partitions Strategies for Rebalancing Operations: Automatic or Manual Rebalancing Request Routing Parallel Query Execution Summary 7. Transactions The Slippery Concept of a Transaction The Meaning of ACID Single-Object and Multi-Object Operations Weak Isolation Levels Read Committed Snapshot Isolation and Repeatable Read Preventing Lost Updates Write Skew and Phantoms Serializability Actual Serial Execution Two-Phase Locking (2PL) Serializable Snapshot Isolation (SSI) Summary 8. The Trouble with Distributed Systems Faults and Partial Failures Cloud Computing and Supercomputing Unreliable Networks Network Faults in Practice Detecting Faults Timeouts and Unbounded Delays Synchronous Versus Asynchronous Networks Unreliable Clocks Monotonic Versus Time-of-Day Clocks Clock Synchronization and Accuracy Relying on Synchronized Clocks Process Pauses Knowledge, Truth, and Lies The Truth Is Defined by the Majority Byzantine Faults System Model and Reality Summary 9. Consistency and Consensus Consistency Guarantees Linearizability What Makes a System Linearizable? Relying on Linearizability Implementing Linearizable Systems The Cost of Linearizability Ordering Guarantees Ordering and Causality Sequence Number Ordering Total Order Broadcast Distributed Transactions and Consensus Atomic Commit and Two-Phase Commit (2PC) Distributed Transactions in Practice Fault-Tolerant Consensus Membership and Coordination Services Summary Part III. Derived Data 10. Batch Processing Batch Processing with Unix Tools Simple Log Analysis The Unix Philosophy MapReduce and Distributed Filesystems MapReduce Job Execution Reduce-Side Joins and Grouping Map-Side Joins The Output of Batch Workflows Comparing Hadoop to Distributed Databases Beyond MapReduce Materialization of Intermediate State Graphs and Iterative Processing High-Level APIs and Languages Summary 11. Stream Processing Transmitting Event Streams Messaging Systems Partitioned Logs Databases and Streams Keeping Systems in Sync Change Data Capture Event Sourcing State, Streams, and Immutability Processing Streams Uses of Stream Processing Reasoning About Time Stream Joins Fault Tolerance Summary 12. The Future of Data Systems Data Integration Combining Specialized Tools by Deriving Data Batch and Stream Processing Unbundling Databases Composing Data Storage Technologies Designing Applications Around Dataflow Observing Derived State Aiming for Correctness The End-to-End Argument for Databases Enforcing Constraints Timeliness and Integrity Trust, but Verify Doing the Right Thing Predictive Analytics Privacy and Tracking Summary Glossary Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 47
    Call number: 9789811084171 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book summarizes the application of plant derived anticancer compounds as chemopreventives to treat several cancer types, focusing on the molecular mechanisms of action of phytocompounds and providing an overview of the basic processes at the cellular and molecular level that are involved in the progression of the cancer and can be employed in targeted preventive therapies. In addition, it highlights the development of novel anticancer drugs from plant sources using bioinformatics approaches. The compiled chapter data aids readers understanding of issues related to bioavailability, toxic effects and mechanisms of action of phytocompounds, and helps them identify the leads and utilize them against various cancer types effectively. Furthermore, it promotes the use of bioinformatics tools in medicinal plants to expedite their use in plant breeding programs to develop molecular markers to distinguish disease subtypes and predicting mutation, which in turn improves cancer diagnosis and prognosis, and to develop new lead compounds computationally. Thebook provides scientific verifications of plant compounds mechanisms of action against various cancers and offers useful information for students, teachers, and healthcare professionals involved in drug discovery, and clinical and therapeutic research.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 360 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789811084171 , 978-981-10-8417-1
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Omics: A Holistic Approach in Cancer Treatment / Madhumati Bora and Pratibha Parihar 2 Plant miRNAs and Phytomolecules As Anticancer Therapeutics / Nikita Shukla, Virendra Shukla, and Sangeeta Saxena 3 Potential of Herbal Medicines in Colorectal Carcinoma and Their Mechanism of Action / Navina Panneerselvan, Rajeswari Ravindran, Palanisamy Arulselvan, and Ravindran Jaganathan 4 Elucidation of Mechanisms of Anticancer Plant Compounds Against the Tumor Cells / Radhakrishnan Narayanaswamy and Mallappa Kumara Swamy 5 Computational Approach Towards Exploring Interaction of Target Protein-Phytocompounds in Drug Development for Breast Cancer / Asita Elengoe and Salehhuddin Hamdan 6 Anticancer Potential of Andrographolide, a Diterpenoid Lactone from Andrographis paniculata: A Nature’s Treasure for Chemoprevention and Therapeutics / Imran Khan, Mohd Aslam Yusuf, Irfan Ahmad Ansari, and Mohd Sayeed Akhtar 7 Anticancer Activity of Herbal Medicine: Mechanism of Action / Nand Kumar Singh, Alok Kumar Yadav, Preeti Sirohi, Manjoo Rani, Saurabh Saraswat, Manish Pratap Singh, Ashutosh Mani, and Sameer Srivastava 8 Metabolomic Study of Chemo-preventive Phytochemicals and Their Therapeutic Prospects / Nibir Ranjan Parasar, Channakeshavaiah Chikkaputtaiah, Mohan Lal, and Mohd Sayeed Akhtar 9 CADD Studies Applied to Secondary Metabolites in the Anticancer Drug Research / Luciana Scotti, Nagendra Sastry Yarla, Francisco J. B. Mendonça Filho, José M. Barbosa Filho, Marcelo S. da Silva, Josean F. Tavares, and Marcus Tullius Scotti 10 Anticancerous Plant Compounds Affecting the Power House of Cancerous Cells: A Possible Herbal Mitocan / Shalini Mani, Nancy Taneja, Sweekriti Jain, and Manisha Singh 11 Phytoestrogens as a Natural Source for the Possible Colon Cancer Treatment / Suresh Challa, Rajanna Ajumeera, and Naresh Venna 12 Bioinformatics Approaches for Genomics and Post Genomics Applications of Anticancer Plants / Avni Mehta and Yasha Hasija 13 Fruits of Rosaceae Family as a Source of Anticancer Compounds and Molecular Innovations / Muhammad Sameeullah, Muttalip Gündoğdu, İhsan Canan, Turan Karadeniz, Muhammad Aasim, and Khalid Mahmood Khawar 14 Mechanism of Action of Anticancer Herbal Medicines / Mohd Gulfishan, Muhammad Afzal, Imran Kazmi, Anwarulabedin Mohsin Quazi, Tariq Ahmad Bhat, and Ajmat Jahan
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 48
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Call number: 9783319256917 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The book presents a collection of accepted papers from the 3DGeoinfo 2015 international conference held in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia from October 28 - 30, 2015. All papers underwent double-blind review by experts from around the globe. The conference brought together pioneering international researchers and practitioners to facilitate the dialogue on emerging topics in the field of 3D geo-information. The focus areas include: - Data Collection and Modeling: advanced approaches for 3D data collection, reconstruction and methods for representation - Data Management: topological, geometrical and network models for maintenance of 3D geoinformation - Data Analysis and Visualization: frameworks for representing 3D spatial relationships, 3D spatial analysis and algorithms for navigation, interpolation, advanced VR, AR and MR visualisation, as well as 3D visualization on mobile devices - 3D Applications: city models, Cadastre, LBS, etc.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (vii, 512 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319256917 , 978-3-319-25691-7
    ISSN: 1863-2246 , 1863-2351
    Series Statement: Lecture notes in geoinformation and cartography
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Realistic Benchmarks for Point Cloud Data Management Systems / Peter van Oosterom, Oscar Martinez-Rubi, Theo Tijssen and Romulo Gonçalves Does a Finer Level of Detail of a 3D City Model Bring an Improvement for Estimating Shadows? / Filip Biljecki, Hugo Ledoux and Jantien Stoter Interactive and View-Dependent See-Through Lenses for Massive 3D Point Clouds / Sören Discher, Rico Richter and Jürgen Döllner Representation of CityGML Instance Models in BaseX / Sabine Koch and Marc-O. Löwner A Spatio-Semantic Query Language for the Integrated Analysis of City Models and Building Information Models / S. Daum, A. Borrmann and T.H. Kolbe A Methodology for Modelling of 3D Spatial Constraints / Daniel Xu, Peter van Oosterom and Sisi Zlatanova Reconstructing 3D Building Models with the 2D Cadastre for Semantic Enhancement / Frédéric Pedrinis and Gilles Gesquière A 3D LADM Prototype Implementation in INTERLIS / Eftychia Kalogianni, Efi Dimopoulou and Peter van Oosterom Web-Based Tool for the Sustainable Refurbishment in Historic Districts Based on 3D City Model / Iñaki Prieto, Jose Luis Izkara and Rubén Béjar Terrestrial Laser Scanners Self-calibration Study: Datum Constraints Analyses for Network Configurations / Mohd Azwan Abbas, Halim Setan, Zulkepli Majid, Albert K. Chong, Lau Chong Luh, Khairulnizam M. Idris and Mohd Farid Mohd Ariff Managing Versions and History Within Semantic 3D City Models for the Next Generation of CityGML / Kanishk Chaturvedi, Carl Stephen Smyth, Gilles Gesquière, Tatjana Kutzner and Thomas H. Kolbe Cartographic Enrichment of 3D City Models—State of the Art and Research Perspectives / Stefan Peters, Mathias Jahnke, Christian E. Murphy, Liqiu Meng and Alias Abdul-Rahman Comparison of 2D & 3D Parameter-Based Models in Urban Fine Dust Distribution Modelling / Yahya Ghassoun and M.-O. Löwner Investigating Semantic Functionality of 3D Geometry for Land Administration / George Floros, Eva Tsiliakou, Dimitrios Kitsakis, Ioannis Pispidikis and Efi Dimopoulou 3D Complete Traffic Noise Analysis Based on CityGML / Lu Lu, Thomas Becker and Marc-Oliver Löwner Highly Efficient Computer Oriented Octree Data Structure and Neighbours Search in 3D GIS / Noraidah Keling, Izham Mohamad Yusoff, Habibah Lateh and Uznir Ujang Framework for on an Open 3D Urban Analysis / Marc-O. Löwner and Thomas Becker Usability Assessment of a Virtual Globe-Based 4D Archaeological GIS / Berdien De Roo, Jean Bourgeois and Philippe De Maeyer Temporal and Spatial Database Support for Geothermal Sub-surface Applications / M. Jahn, M. Breunig, E. Butwilowski, P.V. Kuper, A. Thomsen, M. Al-Doori and E. Schill Automatic Semantic and Geometric Enrichment of CityGML Building Models Using HOG-Based Template Matching / Jon Slade, Christopher B. Jones and Paul L. Rosin Stochastic Buildings Generation to Assist in the Design of Right to Build Plans / Mickaël Brasebin, Julien Perret and Romain Reuillon 3D Marine Administration System Based on LADM / Aikaterini Athanasiou, Ioannis Pispidikis and Efi Dimopoulou Assessing the Suitability of Using Google Glass in Designing 3D Geographic Information for Navigation / Kelvin Wong and Claire Ellul Review and Assessment of Current Cadastral Data Models for 3D Cadastral Applications / Ali Aien, Abbas Rajabifard, Mohsen Kalantari and Ian Williamson The Hierarchical Three-Dimensional (3D) Dynamic Water Infiltration on Multi-layers of Soil According to Voronoi Sequence Nodes Based on the Three-Dimensional Triangular Irregular Network (3D TIN) / Siti Nurbaidzuri Reli, Izham Mohamad Yusoff, Habibah Lateh and Uznir Ujang A Data Model for the Interactive Construction and Correction of 3D Building Geometry Based on Planar Half-Spaces / Martin Kada, Andreas Wichmann, Nina Manzke and Yevgeniya Filippovska The Potential of the 3D Dual Half-Edge (DHE) Data Structure for Integrated 2D-Space and Scale Modelling: A Review / Hairi Karim, Alias Abdul Rahman, Pawel Boguslawski, Martijn Meijers and Peter van Oosterom Towards Integrating BIM and GIS—An End-to-End Example from Point Cloud to Analysis / Claire Ellul, Gareth Boyes, Charles Thomson and Dietmar Backes
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 49
    Call number: 9780191091926 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xviii, 231 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Edition: Second edition
    ISBN: 978-0-19-109192-6 , 9780191091926 (e-book)
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface Introduction to the second edition What this book is about How the book is organized Why R? Updates Acknowledgements Chapter 1: Getting and Getting Acquainted with R 1.1 Getting started 1.2 Getting R 1.3 Getting R Studio 1.4 Let's play 1.5 Usin g R as a giant calculator (the size of your computer) 1.6 Your first script 1.7 Intermezzo remarks 1.8 Important functionality: packages 1.9 Getting help 1.10 A mini-practical - some in-depth play 1.11 Some more top tips and hints for a successful first (and more) R experience Appendix 1a Mini-tutorial solutions Appendix 1b File extensions and operating systems Chapter 2: Getting Your Data into R 2.1 Getting data ready for R 2.2 Getting your data into R 2.3 Checking that your data are your data 2.4 Basic troubleshooting while importing data 2.5 Summing up Appendix Advanced activity: dealing with untidy data Chapter 3: Data Management, Manipulation, and Exploration with dplyr 3.1 Summary statistics for each variable 3.2 dplyr verbs 3.3 Subsetting 3.4 Transforming 3.5 Sorting 3.6 Mini-summary and two top tips 3.7 Calculating summary statistics about groups of your data 3.8 What have you learned ... lots Appendix 3a Comparing classic methods and dplyr Appendix 3b Advanced dplyr Chapter 4: Visualizing Your Data 4.1 The first step in every data analysis — making a picture 4.2 ggplot2: a grammar for graphics 4.3 Box-and-whisker plots 4.4 Distributions: making histograms of numeric variables 4.5 Saving your graphs for presentation, documents, etc. 4.6 Closing remarks Chapter 5: Introducing Statistics in R 5.1 Getting started doing statistics in R 5.2 x2 contingency table analysis 5.3 Two-sample t-test 5.4 Introducing ... linear models 5.5 Simple linear regression 5.6 Analysis of variance: the one-way ANOVA 5.7 Wrapping up Appendix Getting packages not on CRAN Chapter 6: Advancing Your Statistics in R 6.1 Getting started with more advanced statistics 6.2 The two-way ANOVA 6.3 Analysis of covariance (ANCOVA) 6.4 Overview: an analysis workflow Chapter 7: Getting Started with Generalized Linear Models 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Counts and rates — Poisson GLMs 7.3 Doing it wrong 7.4 Doing it right — the Poisson GLM 7.5 When a Poisson GLM isn’t good for counts 7.6 Summary, and beyond simple Poisson regression Chapter 8: Pimping Your Plots: Scales and Themes in ggplot2 8.1 What you already know about graphs 8.2 Preparation 8.3 What you may want to customize 8.4 Axis labels, axis limits, and annotation 8.5 Scales 8.6 The theme 8.7 Summing up Chapter 9: Closing Remarks: Final Comments and Encouragement General Appendices Appendix 1 Data Sources Appendix 2 Further Reading Appendix 3 R Markdown Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 50
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cambridge, MA : Elsevier Science
    Call number: IASS 17.90954
    Description / Table of Contents: Title page -- Table of Contents -- Copyright -- Dedication -- Acronyms -- List of Boxes -- List of Figures -- List of Tables -- List of Plates -- Preface -- Acknowledgments -- 1. The Automotive System -- In Love With the Automobile -- Growth of the Automobile System -- 2. The Psychology of the Car -- Car Culture -- The Car in Movies -- Advancing the Understanding of Automobility -- The Complexity of Transport Behavior -- A More Comprehensive Transport Psychology -- 3. Automobile Personalities and (Co)Identities -- Car Driver Personalities -- Cars With Personalities -- Car Identity -- Driver-Car Coidentities -- 4. Feelings, Emotions and the Car -- Emotions and the Car -- Fear, Anxieties, and Phobias -- Power, Dominance, and Control -- Anger and Aggression -- Anger and Contempt -- Revenge -- Rebellion -- Escape -- 5. Automobility, Gender and Sex -- Car Semiotics: The Evolutionary Social Psychology of Attraction -- The Car as Space for Sexual Activity -- Sex on the Road -- Dominance and Submission -- Automobile Sexuality in Movies -- Paraphilia -- 6. Speed -- Speeding Up -- Psychological Reasons for Speed -- Speed=Friction -- Speed and Accidents -- Video Games and Speed -- 7. Rights, Authority, and the Police -- The Right to Automobility -- Hatred of Government -- Police, Authority, and the Law -- Driving Outside the Law -- Popular Culture and Perspectives of the Police -- 8. Community, Friends, Family -- The Importance of Relations -- Community in Car Cultures -- Community in Car Movies -- Community and Automobility -- 9. Risk and Death -- Risk and Death in the Automotive System -- Seeking Death -- Racer Biographies: Troubled Childhoods -- Movies and Automobile Death -- 10. The Clinical Psychology of the Car -- Being Mentally Ill -- Personality Disorders and Transport Behavior -- Communicative Violence, Private Languages, and Personality Disorders
    Description / Table of Contents: Trauma, Neglect, Abuse: Car Movies and Real World -- 11. Barriers to Automobile Change -- Defining Desirable Transport Futures -- Car Order, Car Identity -- Reconsidering Structures of Automotive Dependency -- Maintaining and Validating the Automotive System -- The Risk of Psychological "Tipping Points" -- Towards Systemic Change -- 12. Sustainable Automotive Futures -- Structures of Dependency -- Interventions: Regime Change, Habits, and Car Values -- Successful Interventions: Positive Communication and Reward Systems -- Further Insights for the Design of Interventions -- The Future is an Open Road -- References -- Index
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxvi, 313 Seiten , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9780128110089
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 51
    Call number: 9783319429281 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This Handbook presents a complete and rigorous overview of the fundamentals, methods and applications of the multidisciplinary field of Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS), providing an exhaustive, one-stop reference work and a state-of-the-art description of GNSS as a key technology for science and society at large. All global and regional satellite navigation systems, both those currently in operation and those under development (GPS, GLONASS, Galileo, BeiDou, QZSS, IRNSS/NAVIC, SBAS), are examined in detail. The functional principles of receivers and antennas, as well as the advanced algorithms and models for GNSS parameter estimation, are rigorously discussed. The book covers the broad and diverse range of land, marine, air and space applications, from everyday GNSS to high-precision scientific applications and provides detailed descriptions of the most widely used GNSS format standards, covering receiver formats as well as IGS product and meta-data formats. The full coverage of the field of GNSS is presented in seven parts, from its fundamentals, through the treatment of global and regional navigation satellite systems, of receivers and antennas, and of algorithms and models, up to the broad and diverse range of applications in the areas of positioning and navigation, surveying, geodesy and geodynamics, and remote sensing and timing. Each chapter is written by international experts and amply illustrated with figures and photographs, making the book an invaluable resource for scientists, engineers, students and institutions alike.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 online resource (1,335 pages) : , illustrations (some color), photographs, tables.
    ISBN: 9783319429267 , 9783319429281 (e-book)
    Series Statement: Springer Handbooks
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 52
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Publishing
    Call number: PIK B 160-16-90168
    Description / Table of Contents: Front matter -- Copyright -- Contents -- Figures -- Tables -- Contributors -- 1. They've 'never had it so good': the rise and rise of the super-rich and wealth inequality -- 2. Reconsidering the super-rich: variations, structural conditions and urban consequences -- PART I WEALTH, SELF AND SOCIETY -- 3. Historical geographies of wealth: opportunities, institutions and accumulation, c. 1800-1930 -- 4. On plutonomy: economy, power and the wealthy few in the second Gilded Age -- 5. Interrogating the legitimacy of extreme wealth: a moral economic perspective
    Description / Table of Contents: 6. Billionaire philanthropy: 'decaf capitalism' -- 7. Making money and making a self: the moral career of entrepreneurs -- 8. Taking up Caletrío's challenge: silence and the construction of wealth eliteness in Jamie Johnson's documentary film Born Rich -- 9. 'One time I'ma show you how to get rich!' Rap music, wealth and the rise of the hip-hop mogul -- 10. Biographies of illicit super-wealth -- PART II LIVING WEALTHY -- 11. Capital city? London's housing markets and the 'super-rich' -- 12. The residential spaces of the super-rich
    Description / Table of Contents: 13. Reconfiguring places - wealth and the transformation of rural areas -- 14. Performing wealth and status: observing super-yachts and the super-rich in Monaco -- 15. Flights of indulgence (or how the very wealthy fly): the aeromobile patterns and practices of the super-rich -- 16. Looking at luxury: consuming luxury fashion in global cities -- 17. The luxury of nature: the environmental consequences of super-rich lives -- PART III WEALTH AND POWER -- 18. Attracting wealth: crafting immigration policy to attract the rich -- 19. Sovereign wealth and the nation-state
    Description / Table of Contents: 20. Super-rich capitalism: managing and preserving private wealth management in the offshore world -- 21. Troubling tax havens: multi-jurisdictional arbitrage and corporate tax footprint reduction -- 22. No change there! Wealth and oil -- Index
    Description / Table of Contents: Fewer than 100 people own and control more wealth than 50 per cent of the world's population. The Handbook on Wealth and the Super-Rich is a unique examination of both the lives and lifestyles of the super-rich, as well as the processes that underpin super-wealth generation and its unequal distribution. Drawing on a multiplicity of international examples, leading experts from across the social sciences offer a landmark multidisciplinary contribution to emerging analyses of the global super-rich and their astonishing wealth. The book's 22 accessible and coherently organised chapters cover a ran
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XI, 482 Seiten , Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 1783474041 (print) , 9781783474042 (print) , 9781783474035 (print)
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 53
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Redlands, California : Esri Press
    Call number: IASS 16.90055
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 507 Seiten , Illustraionen
    Edition: Second edition
    ISBN: 9781589484603
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 54
    Call number: M 16.90059
    Description / Table of Contents: This handbook brings together a great deal of new data on the static and dynamic elastic properties of granular and other composite material. The authors are at the very center of today's research and present new and imported theoretical tools that have enabled our current understanding of the complex behavior of rocks.There are three central themes running throughout the presentation: ? Rocks as the prototypical material for defining a class of materials? The PM space model as a useful theoretical construct for developing a phenomenology? A sequence of refined analysis methods. This suite of
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XIII, 395 S. , ill., maps
    ISBN: 9783527407033
    Classification:
    Planetary Interiors
    Language: English
    Note: Nonlinear Mesoscopic Elasticity; Contents; Preface; Acknowledgements; 1 Introduction; 1.1 Systems; 1.2 Examples of Phenomena; 1.3 The Domain of Exploration; 1.4 Outline; References; 2 Microscopic/Macroscopic Formulation of the Traditional Theory of Linear and Nonlinear Elasticity; 2.1 Prefatory Remarks; 2.2 From Microscopic to Continuum; 2.2.1 A Microscopic Description; 2.2.2 Microscopic Description and Thermodynamics; 2.2.3 From Microscopic Model to Continuum Elasticity; 2.3 Continuum Elasticity and Macroscopic Phenomenology; 2.3.1 Displacement, Strain, and Stress. , 2.3.2 Dynamics of the Displacement Field2.3.3 Coupling Continuum Elasticity to Auxiliary Fields; 2.3.4 Inhomogeneous Elastic Systems; 2.4 Thermodynamics; 2.4.1 Thermodynamic Derivatives; 2.4.2 Series Expansion for ES; 2.4.3 Series Expansion for EZ; 2.4.4 Series Expansion for FT; 2.4.5 Assemble the Pieces; 2.5 Energy Scales; References; 3 Traditional Theory of Nonlinear Elasticity, Results; 3.1 Quasistatic Response; Linear and Nonlinear; 3.1.1 Quasistatic Response; Linear; 3.1.2 Quasistatic Response; Nonlinear; 3.2 Dynamic Response; Linear; 3.3 Quasistatic/Dynamic Response; Nonlinear. , 3.4 Dynamic Response Nonlinear; 3.4.1 Basic Equations; 3.4.2 Wave Propagation; 3.4.3 Resonant Bar; 3.5 Exotic Response; Nonlinear; 3.6 Green Functions; 3.6.1 Green Function, Free Space; 3.6.2 Green Function, Resonant Bar; References; 4 Mesoscopic Elastic Elements and Macroscopic Equations of State; 4.1 Background; 4.2 Elastic Elements; 4.2.1 Hertz-Mindlin Contacts; 4.2.2 Hysteretic Hertzian Contacts; 4.2.3 Hertzian Asperities; 4.2.4 Van der Waals Surfaces; 4.2.5 Other; 4.3 Effective Medium Theory; 4.4 Equations of State; Examples; 4.4.1 Hertzian Contacts; 4.4.2 Van der Waals Surfaces. , 4.4.3 Generalization and CaveatsReferences; 5 Auxiliary Fields; 5.1 Temperature; 5.2 Saturation; 5.2.1 Saturation/Strain Coupling; 5.2.2 Saturation/Strain Response; 5.3 The Conditioning Field, X; References; 6 Hysteretic Elastic Elements; 6.1 Finite Displacement Elastic Elements; Quasistatic Response; 6.1.1 Finite Displacement Elastic Elements: The Model; 6.1.2 Finite Displacement Elastic Element: Implementing the Model; 6.2 Finite Displacement Elastic Elements: Inversion; 6.3 Finite Displacement Elastic Elements: Dynamic Response; 6.3.1 Finite Displacement Elastic Element: Resonant Bar. , 6.3.2 Finite Displacement Elastic Element: Wave Mixing6.4 Models with Hysteresis; 6.5 Summary; 6.6 Models with Hysteresis, Detail; 6.6.1 Hertzian Contacts; 6.6.2 The Masing Rules; 6.6.3 The Endochronic Formalism; References; 7 The Dynamics of Elastic Systems; Fast and Slow; 7.1 Fast/Slow Linear Dynamics; 7.1.1 Quasistatic Response; 7.1.2 AC Response; 7.2 Fast Nonlinear Dynamics; 7.3 Auxiliary Fields and Slow Dynamics; 7.3.1 X = The Conditioning Field; 7.3.2 X = Temperature; 7.4 Summary; References; 8 Q and Issues of Data Modeling/Analysis; 8.1 Attenuation in Linear Elastic Systems. , 8.1.1 Wave Vector Dispersion.
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 55
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    Call number: PIK O 040-16-90328
    Description / Table of Contents: This lucid and comprehensive book explores the ways in which the State, the market and the citizen can collaborate to satisfy people's health care needs. It argues that health care is not a commodity like any other. It asks if its unique properties mean that there is a role for social regulation and political management. Apples and oranges can be left to the buyers and the sellers. Health care may require an input from the consensus, the experts, the insurers, the politicians and the bureaucrats as well. David Reisman makes a fresh contribution to the debate. He argues that the three policy is
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: viii, 371 Seiten
    ISBN: 9781785365201 (print) , 1785365215 (print) , 9781785365218 (print)
    Language: English
    Note: Contents: Front Matter -- Copyright -- Contents -- Acknowledgements -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Good health -- 3. The invisible mind -- 4. Inputs and outcomes -- 5. The individual -- 6. The practitioner -- 7. The public -- 8. The logic of insurance -- 9. Insurance: private and public -- 10. Equity and equality -- 11. The right to health -- 12. Inequality and health -- 13. Narrowing the gap -- 14. Equalising medical care -- 15. The cost of care -- 16. Cost containment -- 17. State, market and cost -- 18. Conclusion -- References -- Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 56
    Call number: ISO 19119
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: Online Ressource
    Edition: August 2016
    Series Statement: DIN EN ISO 19119
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 57
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Amsterdam : Elsevier
    Call number: M 17.90812
    Description / Table of Contents: Front Cover -- ADDRESSES/INSTITUTIONS -- A Concise Geologic Time Scale -- A Concise Geologic Time Scale -- Copyright -- CONTENTS -- 1 - Introduction -- Geologic time scale and this book -- International divisions of geologic time and their global boundaries (GSSPs) -- Biologic, chemical, sea-level, geomagnetic, and other events or zones -- Assigned numerical ages -- Time Scale Creator database and chart-making package -- Geologic Time Scale 2020 -- Selected publications and websites -- 2 - PLANETARY TIME SCALE -- Introduction -- The Moon -- Mars -- Mercury -- Venus
    Description / Table of Contents: Other solar system bodies -- Selected publications and websites -- 3 - Precambrian -- Status of international subdivisions -- Summary of Precambrian trends and events, and a potential revised time scale -- Hadean -- Archean -- Proterozoic -- Acknowledgments -- Selected publications and websites -- 4 - Cryogenian and Ediacaran -- Basal definitions and status of international subdivisions -- Cryogenian -- Selected main stratigraphic scales and events -- (1) Stable-isotope stratigraphy, magnetostratigraphy, and selected events -- (2) Biostratigraphy and major trends -- Numerical age model
    Description / Table of Contents: GTS2012 age model and potential future enhancements -- Revised ages compared to GTS2012 -- Acknowledgments -- Selected publications and websites -- 5 - CAMBRIAN -- Basal definition and status of international subdivisions -- Terreneuvian series -- Series 2 -- Series 3 -- Furongian series -- Selected main stratigraphic scales and events -- (1) Biostratigraphy and major trends -- (2) Stable-isotope stratigraphy, magnetostratigraphy, and selected events -- Numerical age model -- GTS2012 age model and potential future enhancements -- Revised ages compared to GTS2012
    Description / Table of Contents: Estimated uncertainties on assigned ages on stage boundaries -- Acknowledgments -- Selected publications and websites -- 6 - ORDOVICIAN -- Basal definition and international subdivisions -- Selected main stratigraphic scales and events -- (1) Biostratigraphy and major trends -- (2) Stable-isotope stratigraphy and selected events -- Numerical age model -- GTS2012 age model and potential future enhancements -- Estimated uncertainties on assigned ages on stage boundaries -- Acknowledgments -- Selected publications and websites -- 7 - SILURIAN -- Basal definition and international subdivisions
    Description / Table of Contents: Selected main stratigraphic scales and events -- (1) Biostratigraphy (marine -- terrestrial) -- (2) Stable-isotope stratigraphy, magnetostratigraphy, and selected events -- Numerical age model -- GTS2012 age model and potential future enhancements -- Estimated uncertainties on assigned ages on stage boundaries -- Acknowledgments -- Selected publications and websites -- 8 - DEVONIAN -- Basal definition and international subdivisions -- Selected main stratigraphic scales and events -- Biostratigraphy (marine -- terrestrial) -- Magnetostratigraphy -- Stable-isotope stratigraphy and selected events
    Description / Table of Contents: Numerical age model
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: 243 Seiten
    ISBN: 9780444637710 , 9780444594679
    Classification:
    Historical Geology
    Parallel Title: Print version A Concise Geologic Time Scale : 2016
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 58
    Call number: 6/M 17.91060
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction -- Writing code for Scientific Software -- Using a code toolbox -- Controlling a Laser Ranging System -- Controlling a VLBI system from remote -- Coordination, communication and automation for the GGOS -- A Style Guide for Geodetic Software in C and C++ -- Precise telescope mount model parameters based on the least squares method
    Description / Table of Contents: This book combines elementary theory from computer science with real-world challenges in global geodetic observation, based on examples from the Geodetic Observatory Wettzell, Germany. It starts with a step-by-step introduction to developing stable and safe scientific software to run successful software projects. The use of software toolboxes is another essential aspect that leads to the application of generative programming. An example is a generative network middleware that simplifies communication. One of the book’s main focuses is on explaining a potential strategy involving autonomous production cells for space geodetic techniques. The complete software design of a satellite laser ranging system is taken as an example. Such automated systems are then combined for global interaction using secure communication tunnels for remote access. The network of radio telescopes is used as a reference. Combined observatories form coordinated multi-agent systems and offer solutions for operational aspects of the Global Geodetic Observing System (GGOS) with regard to “Industry 4.0”
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XV, 546 p. 244 illus., 165 illus. in color, online resource
    ISBN: 9783319401379
    Series Statement: Springer Textbooks in Earth Sciences, Geography and Environment
    Classification:
    Geodesy
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 59
    Call number: IASS 19.93024
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: xxvii, 645 Seiten , graphische Darstellungen
    Edition: 1st ed. 2019
    ISBN: 9783030299958 , 3030299953 , 9783030299965 (electronic)
    Series Statement: IFIP Advances in Information and Communication Technology 567
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 60
    Call number: IASS 19.93023
    Description / Table of Contents: The two-volume set IFIP AICT 566 and 567 constitutes the refereed proceedings of the International IFIP WG 5.7 Conference on Advances in Production Management Systems, APMS 2019, held in Austin, TX, USA. The 161 revised full papers presented were carefully reviewed and selected from 184 submissions. They discuss globally pressing issues in smart manufacturing, operations management, supply chain management, and Industry 4.0. The papers are organized in the following topical sections: lean production; production management in food supply chains; sustainability and reconfigurability of manufacturing systems; product and asset life cycle management in smart factories of industry 4.0; variety and complexity management in the era of industry 4.0; participatory methods for supporting the career choices in industrial engineering and management education; blockchain in supply chain management; designing and delivering smart services in the digital age; operations management in engineer-to-order manufacturing; the operator 4.0 and the Internet of Things, services and people; intelligent diagnostics and maintenance solutions for smart manufacturing; smart supply networks; production management theory and methodology; data-driven production management; industry 4.0 implementations; smart factory and IIOT; cyber-physical systems; knowledge management in design and manufacturing; collaborative product development; ICT for collaborative manufacturing; collaborative technoloy; applications of machine learning in production management; and collaborative technology
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXVII, 735 Seiten , graphische Darstellungen
    Edition: 1st ed. 2019
    ISBN: 9783030299996
    Series Statement: IFIP Advances in Information and Communication Technology 566
    URL: Cover
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 61
    facet.materialart.12
    facet.materialart.12
    Paris : International Energy Agency
    Call number: 20-94078
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 464 pages , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 62
    Call number: 9781351698757 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Science during the Cold War has become a matter of lively interest within the historical research community, attracting the attention of scholars concerned with the history of science, the Cold War, and environmental history. The Arctic--recognized as a frontier of confrontation between the superpowers, and consequently central to the Cold War--has also attracted much attention. This edited collection speaks to this dual interest by providing innovative and authoritative analyses of the history of Arctic science during the Cold War.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 Seiten) , Illustrationen , 24 cm
    ISBN: 9781351698757 (e-book)
    Series Statement: Routledge studies in the history of science, technology and medicine 38
    Language: English
    Note: Table of Contents Introductory perspectives Chapter 1: Introduction: Cold War science in the North American Arctic / by Stephen Bocking, Daniel Heidt Strategic science Chapter 2: Ice and the depths of the ocean: probing Greenland's Melville Bay during the Cold War / by Mark Nuttall Chapter 3: Leadership, cultures, the Cold War and the establishment of Arctic scientific stations: situating the Joint Arctic Weather Stations (JAWS) / by P. Whitney Lackenbauer, Daniel Heidt Chapter 4: Frontier footage: science and colonial attitudes on film in Northern Canada, 1948–1954 / by Matthew S. Wiseman Chapter 5: Portraying America's last frontier: Alaska in the media during the Second World War and the Cold War / by Victoria Herrmann Chapter 6: Making “Man in the Arctic”: academic and military entanglements, 1944–49 / by Matthew Farish Cold War economies Chapter 7: Arctic pipelines and permafrost science: North American rivalries in the shadow of the Cold War, 1968–1982 / by Robert Page Chapter 8: Cold oil: linking strategic and resource science in the Canadian Arctic / by Stephen Bocking Chapter 9: Icebergs in Iowa: Saudi dreams, Antarctic hydrologics and the production of Cold War environmental knowledge / by Rafico Ruiz Chapter 10: Science and Indigenous knowledge in land claims settlements: negotiating the Inuvialuit Final Agreement, 1977–1978 / by Andrew Stuhl Science crossing borders Chapter 11: Knowledge base: polar explorers and the integration of science, security, and US foreign policy in Greenland, from the Great War to the Cold War / by Dawn Alexandrea Berry Chapter 12: Institutions and the changing nature of Arctic research during the early Cold War / by Lize-Marié van der Watt, Peder Roberts, Julia Lajus Chapter 13: Rockets over Thule? American hegemony, ionosphere research and the politics of rockets in the wake of the 1968 Thule B-52 accident / by Henrik Knudsen Chapter 14: Applied science and practical cooperation: Operation Morning Light and the recovery of cosmos 954 in the Northwest Territories, 1978 / by P. Whitney Lackenbauer, Ryan Dean Chapter 15: Melting the ice curtain: indigeneity and the Alaska Siberia Medical Research Program, 1982–1988 / by Tess Lanzarotta Epilogue: global Cold War—the Antarctic and the Arctic Chapter 16: Antarctic science and the Cold War / by Adrian Howkins
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 63
    Call number: 9783319714042 (e-book)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xv, 435 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    Edition: Second edtion
    ISBN: 9783319714042 (e-book)
    Series Statement: Use R!
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 Why Numerical Ecology? 1.2 Why R? 1.3 Readership and Structure of the Book 1.4 How to Use This Book 1.5 The Data Sets 1.5.1 The Doubs Fish Data 1.5.2 The Oribatid Mite Data 1.6 A Quick Reminder About Help Sources 1.7 Now It Is Time 2 Exploratory Data Analysis 2.1 Objectives 2.2 Data Exploration 2.2.1 Data Extraction 2.2.2 Species Data: First Contact 2.2.3 Species Data: A Closer Look 2.2.4 Ecological Data Transformation 2.2.5 Environmental Data 2.3 Conclusion 3 Association Measures and Matrices 3.1 Objectives 3.2 The Main Categories of Association Measures (Short Overview) 3.2.1 Q Mode and R Mode 3.2.2 Symmetrical or Asymmetrical Coefficients in Q Mode: The Double-Zero Problem 3.2.3 Association Measures for Qualitative or Quantitative Data 3.2.4 To Summarize 3.3 Q Mode: Computing Dissimilarity Matrices Among Objects 3.3.1 Q Mode: Quantitative Species Data 3.3.2 Q Mode: Binary (Presence-Absence) Species Data 3.3.3 Q Mode: Quantitative Data (Excluding Species Abundances) 3.3.4 Q Mode: Binary Data (Excluding Species Presence-Absence Data) 3.3.5 Q Mode: Mixed Types Including Categorical (Qualitative Multiclass) Variables 3.4 R Mode: Computing Dependence Matrices Among Variables 3.4.1 R Mode: Species Abundance Data 3.4.2 R Mode: Species Presence-Absence Data 3.4.3 R Mode: Quantitative and Ordinal Data (Other than Species Abundances) 3.4.4 R Mode: Binary Data (Other than Species Abundance Data) 3.5 Pre-transformations for Species Data 3.6 Conclusion 4 Cluster Analysis 4.1 Objectives 4.2 Clustering Overview 4.3 Hierarchical Clustering Based on Links 4.3.1 Single Linkage Agglomerative Clustering 4.3.2 Complete Linkage Agglomerative Clustering 4.4 Average Agglomerative Clustering 4.5 Ward's Minimum Variance Clustering 4.6 Flexible Clustering 4.7 Interpreting and Comparing Hierarchical Clustering Results 4.7.1 Introduction 4.7.2 Cophenetic Correlation 4.7.3 Looking for Inteipretable Clusters 4.8 Non-hierarchical Clustering 4.8.1 k-means Partitioning 4.8.2 Partitioning Around Medoids (PAM) 4.9 Comparison with Environmental Data 4.9.1 Comparing a Typology with External Data (ANOVA Approach) 4.9.2 Comparing Two Typologies (Contingency Table Approach) 4.10 Species Assemblages 4.10.1 Simple Statistics on Group Contents 4.10.2 Kendall's W Coefficient of Concordance 4.10.3 Species Assemblages in Presence-Absence Data 4.10.4 Species Co-occurrence Network 4.11 Indicator Species 4.11.1 Introduction 4.11.2 IndVal: Species Indicator Values 4.11.3 Correlation-Type Indices 4.12 Multivariate Regression Trees (MRT): Constrained Clustering 4.12.1 Introduction 4.12.2 Computation (Principle) 4.12.3 Application Using Packages mvpart and MVPARTwrap 4.12.4 Combining MRT and IndVal 4.13 MRT as a Monothetic Clustering Method 4.14 Sequential Clustering 4.15 A Very Different Approach: Fuzzy Clustering 4.15.1 Fuzzy c-means Using Package cluster's Function fanny () 4.15.2 Noise Clustering Using the vegclust () Function 4.16 Conclusion 5 Unconstrained Ordination 5.1 Objectives 5.2 Ordination Overview 5.2.1 Multidimensional Space 5.2.2 Ordination in Reduced Space 5.3 Principal Component Analysis (PCA) 5.3.1 Overview 5.3.2 PCA of the Environmental Variables of the Doubs River Data Using rda () 5.3.3 PCA on Transformed Species Data 5.3.4 Domain of Application of PCA 5.3.5 PCA Using Function PCA. newr () 5.3.6 Imputation of Missing Values in PCA 5.4 Correspondence Analysis (CA) 5.4.1 Introduction 5.4.2 CA Using Function cca () of Package vegan 5.4.3 CA Using Function CA. newr () 5.4.4 Arch Effect and Detrended Correspondence Analysis (DCA) 5.4.5 Multiple Correspondence Analysis (MCA) 5.5 Principal Coordinate Analysis (PCoA) 5.5.1 Introduction 5.5.2 Application of PCoA to the Doubs Data Set Using cmdscaleO and vegan 5.5.3 Application of PCoA to the Doubs Data Set Using pcoa () 5.6 Nonmetric Multidimensional Scaling (NMDS) 5.6.1 Introduction 5.6.2 Application to the Doubs Fish Data 5.6.3 PCoA or NMDS? 5.7 Hand-Written PCA Ordination Function 6 Canonical Ordination 6.1 Objectives 6.2 Canonical Ordination Overview 6.3 Redundancy Analysis (RDA) 6.3.1 Introduction 6.3.2 RDA of the Doubs River Data 6.3.3 Distance-Based Redundancy Analysis (db-RDA) 6.3.4 A Hand-Written RDA Function 6.4 Canonical Correspondence Analysis (CCA) 6.4.1 Introduction 6.4.2 CCA of the Doubs River Data 6.5 Linear Discriminant Analysis (LDA) 6.5.1 Introduction 6.5.2 Discriminant Analysis Using Ida () 6.6 Other Asymmetric Analyses 6.6.1 Principal Response Curves (PRC) 6.6.2 Co-correspondence Analysis (CoCA) 6.7 Symmetric Analysis of Two (or More) Data Sets 6.8 Canonical Correlation Analysis (CCorA) 6.8.1 Introduction 6.8.2 Canonical Correlation Analysis Using CCorA () 6.9 Co-inertia Analysis (CoIA) 6.9.1 Introduction 6.9.2 Co-inertia Analysis Using Function coinertia () of ade4 6.10 Multiple Factor Analysis (MFA) 6.10.1 Introduction 6.10.2 Multiple Factor Analysis Using FactoMineR 6.11 Relating Species Traits and Environment 6.11.1 The Fourth-Corner Method 6.11.2 RLQ Analysis 6.11.3 Application in R 6.12 Conclusion 7 Spatial Analysis of Ecological Data 7.1 Objectives 7.2 Spatial Structures and Spatial Analysis: A Short Overview 7.2.1 Introduction 7.2.2 Induced Spatial Dependence and Spatial Autocorrelation 7.2.3 Spatial Scale 7.2.4 Spatial Heterogeneity 7.2.5 Spatial Correlation or Autocorrelation Functions and Spatial Correlograms 7.2.6 Testing for the Presence of Spatial Correlation: Conditions 7.2.7 Modelling Spatial Structures 7.3 Multivariate Trend-Surface Analysis 7.3.1 Introduction 7.3.2 Trend-Surface Analysis in Practice 7.4 Eigenvector-Based Spatial Variables and Spatial Modelling 7.4.1 Introduction 7.4.2 Distance-Based Moran's Eigenvector Maps (dbMEM) and Principal Coordinates of Neighbour Matrices (PCNM) 7.4.3 MEM in a Wider Context: Weights Other than Geographic Distances 7.4.4 MEM with Positive or Negative Spatial Correlation: Which Ones should Be Used? 7.4.5 Asymmetric Eigenvector Maps (AEM): When Directionality Matters 7.5 Another Way to Look at Spatial Structures: Multiscale Ordination (MSO) 7.5.1 Principle 7.5.2 Application to the Mite Data - Exploratory Approach 7.5.3 Application to the Detrended Mite and Environmental Data 7.6 Space-Time Interaction Test in Multivariate ANOVA, Without Replicates 7.6.1 Introduction 7.6.2 Testing the Space-Time Interaction with the sti Functions 7.7 Conclusion 8 Community Diversity 8.1 Objectives 8.2 The Multiple Facets of Diversity 8.2.1 Introduction 8.2.2 Species Diversity Measured by a Single Number 8.2.3 Taxonomic Diversity Indices in Practice 8.3 When Space Matters: Alpha, Beta and Gamma Diversities 8.4 Beta Diversity 8.4.1 Beta Diversity Measured by a Single Number 8.4.2 Beta Diversity as the Variance of the Community Composition Table: SCBD and LCBD Indices 8.4.3 Partitioning Beta Diversity into Replacement, Richness Difference and Nestedness Components 8.5 Functional Diversity, Functional Composition and Phylogenetic Diversity of Communities 8.5.1 Alpha Functional Diversity 8.5.2 Beta Taxonomic, Phylogenetic and Functional Diversities 8.6 Conclusion Bibliography Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 64
    Call number: 9783319773155 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Intended as a text for upper-division undergraduates, graduate students and as a potential reference, this broad-scoped resource is extensive in its educational appeal by providing a new concept-based organization with end-of-chapter literature references, self-quizzes, and illustration interpretation. The concept-based, pedagogical approach, in contrast to the classic discipline-based approach, was specifically chosen to make the teaching and learning of plant anatomy more accessible for students. In addition, for instructors whose backgrounds may not primarily be plant anatomy, the features noted above are designed to provide sufficient reference material for organization and class presentation. This text is unique in the extensive use of over 1150 high-resolution color micrographs, color diagrams and scanning electron micrographs. Another feature is frequent side-boxes that highlight the relationship of plant anatomy to specialized investigations in plant molecular biology, classical investigations, functional activities, and research in forestry, environmental studies and genetics, as well as other fields. Each of the 19 richly-illustrated chapters has an abstract, a list of keywords, an introduction, a text body consisting of 10 to 20 concept-based sections, and a list of references and additional readings. At the end of each chapter, the instructor and student will find a section-by-section concept review, concept connections, concept assessment (10 multiple-choice questions), and concept applications. Answers to the assessment material are found in an appendix. An index and a glossary with over 700 defined terms complete the volume
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XVI, 723 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: corrected publication 2019
    Edition: Online edition Springer eBook Collection. Biomedical and Life Sciences
    ISBN: 9783319773155 , 978-3-319-77315-5
    Language: English
    Note: Contents I Plants as Unique Organisms; History and Tools of Plant Anatomy 1 The Nature of Plants 1.1 Plants Have Multiple Pigments with Multiple Functions 1.2 Plants Use Water, and the Properties of Water, in Unique Ways 1.3 Plants Use Anabolic Metabolism to Manufacture Every Molecule Needed for Growth and Produce Virtually No Waste 1.4 Cell Walls Are Nonliving Matrices Outside the Plant Cell Membrane that House and/or Perform a Variety of Functions 1.5 The Plant Life Cycle Alternates Between a Haploid Gametophyte Stage and a Diploid Sporophyte Stage 1.6 Meristematic Activity Continues Throughout the Life of a Plant 1.7 Fruits Disperse Seeds Through Space: Dormancy Disperses Seeds Through Time 1.8 Earth’s History Is Divided into Four Major Time Periods 1.8.1 The Precambrian: 4550 to 542 mya 1.8.2 The Paleozoic Era: 542 to 251 mya 1.8.3 The Mesozoic Era: 251–66 mya 1.8.4 The Cenozoic Era: 66 mya to Present 1.9 Life on Earth Has Experienced Five Mass Extinctions: A Sixth Is in Progress 1.10 Many Plants and Animals Have Coevolved 1.11 The Plant Body Consists of Four Organs 1.11.1 Roots 1.11.2 Stems 1.11.3 Leaves 1.11.4 Flowers and Fruit 1.12 Plant Organs Are Initially Made of Three Tissues 1.13 “Plant” Can Be Broadly Defined 1.14 Bryophytes Lack Vasculature and Produce Spores 1.15 Ferns and Fern Allies Are Seedless Tracheophytes 1.16 Gymnosperms Are Seed-Producing Tracheophytes that Lack Flowers and Fruit 1.17 Monocots and Eudicots Are the Two Largest Groups of Angiosperms 1.18 Understanding Plant Structure Requires a Sense of Scale 1.19 “Primary” and “Secondary” Are Important Concepts in Plant Anatomy 1.19.1 Primary Versus Secondary Growth and Meristems 1.19.2 Primary Versus Secondary Xylem and Phloem 1.19.3 Primary Versus Secondary Cell Walls 1.20 Chapter Review References and Additional Readings 2 Microscopy and Imaging 2.1 Robert Hooke, 1635–1703, Described a Cell as the Basic Unit of Life by Studying the Bark of the Cork Oak Tree, Quercus suber 2.2 Antoni Van Leeuwenhoek, 1632–1723, Was the First Scientist to Observe Microorganisms 2.3 Nehemiah Grew, 1641–1712, Was the Father of Plant Anatomy 2.4 Robert Brown, 1773–1858, Discovered the Nucleus of the Cell by Studying Orchid Petals 2.5 Katherine Esau, 1898–1997, Advanced the Field of Plant Anatomy with Her Influential Textbooks 2.6 Light Microscopy: The Most Useful Tool of the Plant Anatomist 2.7 The Compound Light Microscope Uses Multiple Lenses to Form and Capture Images 2.8 The Resolving Power of a Lens Places Limits on Resolution and Magnification 2.9 The Confocal Microscope Allows for Sharper Detail, Computer Control, and 3-D Imaging with a Modified Compound Microscope 2.10 Electron Microscopy Allows a View into the World of Cellular Ultrastructure 2.11 The Transmission Electron Microscope Reveals Internal Cellular Detail 2.12 The Scanning Electron Microscope Resolves Surface Detail 2.13 Different Microscopies Produce Different Images of the Same Specimen 2.14 Chapter Review References and Additional Readings II Cellular Plant Anatomy 3 Plant Cell Structure and Ultrastructure 3.1 Plant Cells Are Complex Structures 3.2 Plant Cells Synthesize an External Wall and Contain a Variety of Internal Compartments 3.3 Cells and Cell Organelles Are Typically Bound by Lipid Bilayer Membranes 3.4 Vacuoles Play a Role in Water and Ion Balance 3.5 Plastids Are a Diverse Family of Anabolic Organelles 3.5.1 Proplastid 3.5.2 Etioplast 3.5.3 Elaioplast 3.5.4 Amyloplast 3.5.5 Chromoplast 3.5.6 Gerontoplast 3.5.7 Chloroplast 3.5.8 Chloroplast Functions 3.5.9 The Dimorphic Chloroplasts of C 4 Photosynthesis 3.5.10 Guard Cell Chloroplasts 3.5.11 Sun Versus Shade Chloroplasts 3.6 All Plastids Are Developmentally Related 3.7 Mitochondria Synthesize ATP and Small Carbon Skeletons 3.8 Microbodies Are the Site of Specific Biochemical Pathways 3.9 The Endoplasmic Reticulum Synthesizes Proteins and Some Lipids 3.10 The Golgi Apparatus Processes and Packages Polysaccharides and Proteins for Secretion 3.11 The Nucleus Houses the Cell’s Genetic Material and Participates in Ribosome Synthesis 3.12 The Cytoskeleton Organizes the Cell and Helps Traffic Organelles 3.13 Chapter Review References and Additional Readings 4 Mitosis and Meristems 4.1 The Plant Cell Cycle Includes Interphase, Mitosis, and Cytokinesis 4.2 A Pre-prophase Microtubule Band Precedes Mitosis and Defines the Plane of Cell Division 4.3 Mitosis May Be Divided into Distinct, but Continuous, Stages 4.4 Cytokinesis Begins with Initiation of the Cell Plate and Grows by the Deposition of Callose 4.5 Microtubules Play a Critical Role in Mitosis and Cytokinesis 4.6 Apical Meristems Are the Sites of Primary Growth 4.7 The Shoot Apical Meristem Is the Site of Lateral Organ Initiation 4.8 Axillary Buds Arise De Novo in the Developing Leaf Axis 4.9 Tunica-Corpus Organization Describes Shoot Apical Meristem Growth in Many Eudicots 4.10 Gymnosperms Do Not Possess a Tunica-Corpus 4.11 The Root Apical Meristem Provides the Primary Growth of Roots 4.12 Lateral Roots Originate from Inside the Pericycle, Not from the Root Apical Meristem 4.13 Intercalary Meristems Contribute to Stem and Leaf Growth in Monocots 4.14 Many Lower Vascular Plants Have a Single Initial Cell in the Shoot and Root Apical Meristems 4.15 Lateral Meristems Are the Site of Secondary Growth in Eudicots 4.16 Chapter Review References and Additional Readings 5 Cell Walls 5.1 Transparent Plant Cell Walls Contain Cellulose and Are Synthesized to the Exterior of the Protoplast 5.2 Primary Cell Walls Are a Structural Matrix of Cellulose and Several Other Components 5.3 Plasmodesmata Connect Adjacent Cells Via Holes in the Primary Cell Wall 5.4 Secondary Cell Walls Are Rigid, Thick, and Lignified 5.5 Pits Are Holes in the Secondary Cell Wall 5.6 Transfer Cells Have Elaborated Primary Cell Walls for High Rates of Transport 5.7 Chapter Review References and Additional Readings 6 Parenchyma, Collenchyma, and Sclerenchyma 6.1 Parenchyma Cells Are the Most Common Plant Cell Type 6.2 Parenchyma Cells May Exhibit Totipotency 6.3 Collenchyma Cells Are Used for Support and Are the Least Common Cell Type 6.4 Birefringence Is a Common Phenomenon in Collenchyma Walls 6.5 Sclerenchyma Cells Provide Support, Protection, and Long-Distance Water Transport 6.6 Fibers Impart Support and Protection 6.7 Sclereids Are Reduced Sclerenchyma Cells That Occur Singly or in Clumps 6.8 Xylem Vessel Elements Are Water-Conducting Sclerenchyma 6.9 Chapter Review References and Additional Readings III Vascular Tissues 7 Xylem 7.1 Xylem Is a Complex Tissue Containing Multiple Cell Types, Each with a Specific Structure and Function 7.2 The Primary Functions of Xylem Are Water Conduction, Mineral Transport, and Support 7.3 Tracheids Are Imperforate Tracheary Elements and the Sole Water Conductors in Gymnosperms 7.4 Angiosperm Tracheids, Fiber Tracheids, and Libriform Fibers Represent a Continuum of Imperforate Tracheary Element Design and Function 7.5 Vessel Elements Are Perforate Cells and the Main Water Conductors in Angiosperms 7.6 Vessel Element Side Walls Are Patterned for Strength and Water Movement 7.7 Most Vessel Elements End in a Perforation Plate and Are Connected to Another Vessel Element 7.8 Xylem Parenchyma Are Living Cells Involved in Xylem Metabolism and Protection 7.9 Chapter Review References and Additional Readings 8 Phloem 8.1 Phloem Is a Complex Tissue Containing Multiple Cell Types, Each with a Specific Structure and Function 8.2 Phloem’s Main Function Is Photosynthate Translocation 8.3 Sieve Tube Elements Are Living Cells Responsible for Translocation 8.4 Companion Cells Support the Sieve Tube Element and Are Involved in Phloem Loading and Unloading in Angiosperms 8.5 Phloem Parenchyma Cells Are Involved in Radial Translocation, Xylem/Phloem Coordination, and Storage 8.6 Phloem Fibers Protect the Delicate Sieve Tubes 8.7 Secondary Phloem Typically Only Functions for One Growing Season 8.8 Gymnosperm Phloem Is Simpler Than An
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 65
    Call number: 9783030104665 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: It is not so long ago (a mere 17,000 years – a blink in geologic time) that vast areas of the Northern Hemisphere were covered with ice sheets up to two miles thick, lowering the oceans by more than 120 m. By 11,000 years ago, most of the ice was gone. Evidence from polar ice cores and ocean sediments show that Ice Ages were persistent and recurrent over the past 800,000 years. The data suggests that Ice Ages were the normal state, and were temporarily interrupted by interglacial warm periods about nine times during this period. Quasi-periodic variations in the Earth cause the solar input to high northern latitudes to vary with time over thousands of years. The widely accepted Milankovitch theory implies that the interglacial warm periods are associated with high solar input to high northern latitudes. However, many periods of high solar input to high northern latitudes occur during Ice Ages while the ice sheets remain. The data also indicates that Ice Ages will persist regardless of solar input to high northern latitudes, until several conditions are met that are necessary to generate a termination of an Ice Age. An Ice Age will not terminate until it has been maturing for many tens of thousands of years leading to a reduction of the atmospheric CO2 concentration to less than 200 ppm. At that point, CO2 starvation coupled with lower temperatures will cause desertification of marginal regions, leading to the generation of large quantities of dust. High winds transfer this dust to the ice sheets greatly increasing their solar absorptivity, and at the next up-lobe in the solar input to high northern latitudes, solar power melts the ice sheets over about a 6,000-year interval. A warm interglacial period follows, during which dust levels drop remarkably. Slowly but surely, ice begins accumulating again at high northern latitudes and an incipient new Ice Age begins. This third edition presents data and models to support this theory
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiii, 346 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten (überwiegend farbig)
    Edition: Tthird edition
    ISBN: 9783030104665 , 978-3-030-10466-5
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 History and Description of Ice Ages 1.1 Discovery of Ice Ages 1.2 Description of Ice Sheets 1.3 Vegetation During LGM 1.3.1 LGM Climate 1.3.2 Global Flora 1.3.3 Ice Age Forests 1.4 Vegetation and Dust Generation During the LGM 1.4.1 Introduction: Effect of Low CO2 on Plants 1.4.2 C3 and C4 Flora Differences 1.4.3 Effects of Low CO2 on Tree Lines 1.4.4 Source of the LGM Dust 2 Variability of the Earth’s Climate 2.1 Factors that Influence Global Climate 2.2 Stable Extremes of the Earth’s Climate 2.3 Ice Ages in the Recent Geological Past 3 Ice Core Methodology 3.1 History of Ice Core Research 3.2 Dating Ice Core Data 3.2.1 Introduction 3.2.2 Age Markers 3.2.3 Counting Layers Visually 3.2.4 Layers Determined by Measurement 3.2.5 Ice Flow Modeling 3.2.6 Other Dating Methods 3.2.7 Synchronization of Dating of Ice Cores from Greenland and Antarctica 3.2.8 GISP2 Experience 3.2.9 Tuning 3.2.10 Flimsy Logic 3.3 Processing Ice Core Data 3.3.1 Temperature Estimates from Ice Cores 3.3.2 Temperature Estimates from Borehole Models 3.3.3 Climate Variations 3.3.4 Trapped Gases 4 Ice Core Data 4.1 Greenland Ice Core Historical Temperatures 4.2 Antarctica Ice Core Historical Temperatures 4.2.1 Vostok and EPICA Data 4.2.2 Homogeneity of Antarctic Ice Cores 4.3 North-South Synchrony 4.3.1 Direct Comparison of Greenland and Antarctica Ice Core Records 4.3.2 Sudden Changes 4.3.3 Interpretation of Sudden Change in Terms of Ocean Circulation 4.3.4 Seasonal Variability of Precipitation 4.4 Data from High-Elevation Ice Cores 4.5 Carbon Dioxide 4.5.1 Measurements 4.5.2 Explanations 4.6 Dust in Ice Cores 5 Ocean Sediment Data 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Chronology 5.3 Universality of Ocean Sediment Data 5.4 Summary of Ocean Sediment Ice Volume Data 5.5 Comparison of Ocean Sediment Data with Polar Ice Core Data 5.6 Historical Sea Surface Temperatures 5.7 Ice-Rafted Debris 6 Other Data Sources 6.1 Devil’s Hole 6.1.1 Devil’s Hole Data 6.1.2 Comparison of Devil’s Hole Data with Ocean Sediment Data 6.1.3 Devil’s Hole: Global or Regional Data? 6.1.4 Comparison of Devil’s Hole Data with Vostok Data 6.1.5 The Continuing Controversy 6.2 Speleothems in Caves 6.3 Magnetism in Rocks and Loess 6.3.1 Magnetism in Loess 6.3.2 Rock Magnetism in Lake Sediments 6.4 Pollen Records 6.5 Physical Indicators 6.5.1 Ice Sheet Moraines 6.5.2 Coral Terraces 6.5.3 Mountain Glaciers 6.6 Red Sea Sediments 7 Overview of the Various Models for Ice Ages 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Variability of the Sun 7.3 Astronomical Theory 7.4 Volcanism 7.5 Greenhouse Gases 7.6 Role of the Oceans 7.6.1 Glacial-Interglacial Cycles: The Consensus View 7.6.2 Sudden Climate Change - The Consensus View 7.6.3 Wunsch’s Objections 7.7 Models Based on Clouds 7.7.1 Extraterrestrial Dust Accretion 7.7.2 Clouds Induced by Cosmic Rays 7.7.3 Ocean–Atmosphere Model 7.8 Models Based on the Southern Hemisphere 8 Variability of the Earth’s Orbit: Astronomical Theory 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Variability of the Earth’s Orbit 8.2.1 Variability Within the Orbital Plane 8.2.2 Variability of the Orbital Plane 8.3 Calculation of Solar Intensities 8.4 Importance of Each Orbital Parameter 8.5 Historical Solar Irradiance at Higher Latitudes 8.6 Connection Between Solar Variability and Glaciation/Deglaciation Cycles According to Astronomical Theory 8.6.1 Models for Ice Volume 8.6.2 Review of the Imbries’ Model 8.6.3 Memory Model 8.6.4 Modification of Paillard Model 8.7 Models Based on Eccentricity or Obliquity 8.7.1 A Model Based on Eccentricity 8.7.2 The Middle-Pleistocene Transition (MPT) 9 Comparison of Astronomical Theory with Data 9.1 Ice Volume Versus Solar Input 9.2 Spectral Analysis 9.2.1 Introduction 9.2.2 Spectral Analysis of Solar and Paleoclimate Data 10 Interglacials 11 Terminations of Ice Ages 11.1 Abstract 11.2 Background 11.3 Terminations 11.4 North or South (or Both)? 11.5 Models Based on CO 2 and the Southern Hemisphere 11.6 Climate Models for Terminations of Ice Ages 11.7 Model Based on Solar Amplitudes 11.8 Dust as the Driver for Terminations 11.8.1 Introduction 11.8.2 Antarctic Dust Data 11.8.3 Correlation of Ice Core Dust Data with Terminations 11.8.4 Dust Levels on the Ice Sheets 11.8.5 Optical Properties of Surface Deposited Dust 11.8.6 Source of the Dust 11.8.7 Ice Sheet Margins 11.9 Model Based on Solar Thresholds 11.10 The Milankovitch Model Versus the Most Likely Model 11.10.1 Criteria for a Theory 11.10.2 The “Milankovitch” Model 11.10.3 The Most Likely Model 11.10.4 Unanswered Questions 12 Status of Our Understanding References Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 66
    Call number: 9783319601564 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This handbook is the first of its kind to provide a clear, accessible, and comprehensive introduction to the most important scientific and management topics in marine environmental protection. Leading experts discuss the latest perspectives and best practices in the field with a particular focus on the functioning of marine ecosystems, natural processes, and anthropogenic pressures. The book familiarizes readers with the intricacies and challenges of managing coasts and oceans more sustainably, and guides them through the maze of concepts and strategies, laws and policies, and the various actors that define our ability to manage marine activities. Providing valuable thematic insights into marine management to inspire thoughtful application and further study, it is essential reading for marine environmental scientists, policy-makers, lawyers, practitioners and anyone interested in the field.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 1024 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: Online edition Springer eBook Collection. Earth and Environmental Science
    ISBN: 9783319601564 , 978-3-319-60156-4
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Volume 1 Part I Natural Science Basics 1 Introduction into Physical Oceanography / Rebecca Hummels 2 Ecological Organization of the Sea / Birte Matthiessen, Franziska Julie Werner, and Matthias Paulsen 3 Marine Ecosystem Services / Markus Salomon and Henriette Dahms Part II Impacts of Sectoral Marine Activities 4 Impact of Fishing Activities on Marine Life / Gerd Kraus and Rabea Diekmann 5 Mariculture / Thomas A. Wilding, Kenneth D. Black, Steven Benjamins, and Iona Campbell 6 Shipping / Alan Simcock 7 Impacts of Coastal Developments on Ecosystems / Christian Winter 8 Offshore Oil and Gas Production and Transportation / Stanislav Patin 9 Exploitation of Offshore Wind Energy / Jens Lüdeke 10 Dredging for Navigation, for Environmental Cleanup, and for Sand/Aggregates / Craig Vogt, Eugene Peck, and Gregory Hartman 11 Environmental Risks of Deep-sea Mining / Philip P. E. Weaver, David S. M. Billett, and Cindy L. Van Dover 12 Dumped Chemical Weapons / Jacek Bełdowski 13 Marine Climate Engineering / David P. Keller Part III Impacts of Land-Based Activities 14 Agriculture / Oene Oenema, Qian Liu, and Jingmeng Wang 15 Land-Based Industries / Elisabeth Schmid 16 Land-Based Wastewater Management / Stephan Koester 17 Tourism / Alan Simcock Part IV Pollution from Diffuse Sources 18 Climate Change: Warming Impacts on Marine Biodiversity / Helmut Hillebrand, Thomas Brey, Julian Gutt, Wilhelm Hagen, Katja Metfies, Bettina Meyer, and Aleksandra Lewandowska 19 Ocean Acidification / Peter Thor and Sam Dupont 20 Pollution with Hazardous Substances / Katja Broeg and Norbert Theobald 21 Pollution with Radioactive Substances / Hartmut Nies 22 Eutrophication / Justus E. E. van Beusekom 23 Marine Litter / Stefanie Werner and Aleke Stöfen O’Brien 24 Input of Energy/Underwater Sound / Olaf Boebel, Elke Burkhardt, and Ilse van Opzeeland 25 Introduction of Non-indigenous Species / Ralph Kuhlenkamp and Britta Kind Volume 2 Part V Social Drivers, Developments, and Perspectives of Increasing Ocean Uses 26 A Short History of the Use of Seas and Oceans / Sunhild Kleingärtner 27 Factors Behind Increasing Ocean Use: The IPAT Equation and the Marine Environment / Troels J. Hegland Part VI General Aspects of Management and Governance of Human Activities 28 Challenges and Foundations of Sustainable Ocean Governance / Till Markus 29 Institutional Framework for Marine Environmental Governance / Pradeep Singh 30 International Principles of Marine Environmental Protection / Gerd Winter 31 Overview of Management Strategies and Instruments / Carolin Kieß 32 Future Prospects of Marine Environmental Governance / Pradeep Singh and Aline Jaeckel Part VII Traditional Marine Management Topics 33 The International Legal Framework for Conservation and Management of Fisheries and Marine Mammals / Andrew Serdy 34 Aqua- and Mariculture Management: A Holistic Perspective on Best Practices / Marc H. Taylor and Lotta C. Kluger 35 Offshore Oil and Gas Exploitation / Henning Jessen 36 Sustainable Shipping / Ciarán McCarthy and Bénédicte Sage-Fuller 37 Management of Hazardous Substances in the Marine Environment / Mikael Karlsson and Michael Gilek 38 Origin and Management of Radioactive Substances in the Marine Environment / Hartmut Nies 39 Waste/Litter and Sewage Management / Aleke Stöfen-O’Brien and Stefanie Werner 40 Coastal and Ocean Tourism / Stefan Gössling, C. Michael Hall, and Daniel Scott Part VIII Emerging Management Topics 41 The Greening of Ports / Bénédicte Sage-Fuller 42 Offshore Windfarms / Greg Severinsen 43 Wave and Tidal Energy / Kate Johnson and Sandy Kerr 44 Deep-Seabed Mining / Philomene Verlaan 45 Marine Biodiversity: Opportunities for Global Governance and Management Coherence / Daniela Diz 46 Marine Protected Areas: Global Framework, Regional MPA Networks and a National Example / Henning von Nordheim 47 Marine Environmental Protection and Climate Change / Birgit Peters 48 Management of Non-indigenous Species and Invasive Alien Species / Wolfgang Köck and Bjørn-Oliver Magsig 49 Integrating Sectoral Ocean Policies / Markus Salomon and Miriam Dross 50 Marine Scientific Research / Anna-Maria Hubert 51 An Emerging Environmental Issue: Marine Discharge of Mine Tailings / Craig Vogt and Jens Skei 52 Managing and Regulating Underwater Noise Pollution / Till Markus and Pedro Pablo Silva Sánchez 53 Marine Geo-Engineering / Harald Ginzky 54 Marine Spatial Planning / Mathias Schubert
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 67
    Call number: 9783030015992 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Middle East and Mediterranean region locates at a crossroad of global climatic patterns. The region is under the influence of a convergence of different maritime conditions which together with extensive adjacent land masses marked by extreme differences in topographical features transporting continental air masses lead to a diverse climate. This edited volume is based on the best papers accepted for presentation during the 1st Springer Conference of the Arabian Journal of Geosciences (CAJG-1), Tunisia 2018. It gives new insights on patterns and mechanisms of past, present and future climate/environmental changes mainly on Middle East and Mediterranean region by international researchers. The book is of interest to all researchers in the fields of climate, paleo-climate and paleo-environmental studies. Main topics include: • Spatio-temporal Patterns of Climate Change • Sea Level Variability • Climate Change Impacts and Migration Schemes • Paleoclimate Evolution • Paleoenvironmental Evolution
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxv, 188 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: Online edition Springer eBook Collection. Earth and Environmental Science
    ISBN: 9783030015992 , 978-3-030-01599-2
    ISSN: 2522-8722 , 2522-8714
    Series Statement: Advances in science, technology & innovation
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Keynote Fifty Years of Paleoceanography: Major Achievements in Our Understanding of Past and Future Climate Change - Some Memories and Hearsay / Michael Sarnthein Part II Paleoceanographic Evolution Orbital-Scale Paleoceanographic Response to the Indian Monsoon in the Laxmi Basin of the Eastern Arabian Sea / Boo-Keun Khim, Ji-Eun Kim, Keiji Horikawa, Minoru Ikehara, Yoshihiro Asahara, and Jongmin Lee The 4.2 ka Event in the Euro-Mediterranean Region - A Study from the MISTRALS/PALEOMEX Program / Bassem Jalali and Marie-Alexandrine Sicre Record of Early Cretaceous Oceanic Anoxic Events in Adriatic Platform, Croatia / Antun Husinec and J. Fred Read Sedimentological and Geochemical Records of Lower Cretaceous Carbonate Successions Around Trabzon (NE Turkey): Implications for Paleoenvironmental Evolution and Paleoclimatological Conditions of Tethys / Merve Özyurt, M. Ziya Kirmaci, İ. Ömer Yılmaz, and Raif Kandemir Part III Paleoclimate Evolution Paleoclimate Evolution of the Kordofan Region (Sudan), During the Last 13 ka / Ahmed Dawelbeit, Etienne Jaillard, and Ali Eisawi Use of Paleoclimate Rainfall Data to Detect Mega Drought Signals / Joo-Heon Lee, Chanyang Sur, and Seo-Yeon Park Paleoclimatology Evidence of Eocene from Jaddala Formation in Northwestern Iraq / Alaa Al-Zubaidi and Omar Al-Badrani Holocene Paleoclimatic Variation Inferred from Study of Sediments in the Gulf of Tunis (North Africa) / Nizar Ouertani and Soumaya Yahyaoui Noble Gas Recharge Temperature of Sfax Deep Groundwater (Southeastern of Tunisia) / Rim Trabelsi, Mahdi Trabelsi, Kamel Zouari, and Takuya Matsumoto Time Analysis of Emberger’s Pluviothermic Q Index in the SW of the Iberian Peninsula / Leoncio García-Barrón, Julia Morales, and Arturo Sousa Systematic and Palaeoclimatic Investigations of Sivalhippus from the Late Miocene Siwaliks (Pakistan) / Muhammad tahir Waseem, Abdul majid Khan, Rana Mansoor Ahmad, Ayesha Iqbal, and Muhammad Ameen The Thar Desert Calcretes: A Proxy for Understanding Late Quaternary Paleoclimate Shifts / Hema Achyuthan Part IV Paleoenvironmental Evolution Using Environmental Isotopes and Krypton-81 to Characterize and Date Continental Intercalaire Paleogroundwater (Southern Tunisia) / Kamel Zouari, Takuya Matsumoto, Rim Trabelsi, and Pradeep Aggarwal Water Column Chemistry of Late Holocene Lake Bafa, Eastern Coast of the Aegean Sea (Turkey) / Özlem Bulkan, Ummuhan Sancar, Wei Wei, Xiaomin Zhu, and M. Namık Çağatay New Reports of Messinian Lago-Mare Episodes from Tunisia: Ostracods and Paleoenvironmental Implications / Rim Temani, Hayet Khayati Ammar, and Francesco Sciuto Geochemical Evidences of Paleoenvironmental Changes in Late Quaternary Lacustrine Sediments of the Konya Closed Basin (Konya, Turkey) / Hükmü Orhan, Arif Delikan, Ahmet Demir, Sevinç Kapan, Kemal Olgun, Ayhan Özmen, Ülkü Sayin, Gamze Ekici, Hülya Aydin, and Atike Nazik Reconstruction of Holocene Paleoenvironmental Changes Along Northern Coast of Sfax: Analysis of Foraminiferal Associations / Afef Khadraoui, Jérôme Bonnin, Chahira Zaïbi, and Fekri Kamoun Evolution of Korba Lagoon (Cap Bon, Tunisia) During the Last Millennia Based on the Analysis of Foraminiferal Assemblages / Asma Ben Hamad, Chahira Zaïbi, Martin R. Langer, and Fekri Kamoun Paleoenvironment Evolution of a Paralic System, El Guettiate and Dreïaa Sebkhas (Gulf of Gabès, Tunisia) / Zeineb Gargouri and Kamel Zouari Part V Spatio-temporal Patterns of Climate Change Testing for Collective Statistical Significance in Climate Change Detection Studies / Radan Huth and Martin Dubrovský Long-Term Variability of Gauged Precipitation Over California and Its Links to Circulation Patterns / Luciano Rodriguez, Cyril Rakovski, Mohamed Allali, and Hesham El-Askary Sensitivity of IDF Curves to Rainfall Gauge Type / A. S. Al-Wagdany Structural Characteristics of Precipitation in Jordan / Fayez A. Abdulla and Abdulelah Al-Qadami The Shift of the Atmospheric Circulation Patterns and Its Impacts on Western Mediterranean / Mohammed-Said Karrouk Recent Rainfall Variability in the South-West Mediterranean Region and Links with Teleconnection Patterns / Sabrina Taibi, Imane Messelmi, Mohamed Meddi, and Mohamed Amine Feddal Regionalization of Precipitation in Jordan / Abdulelah Al-Qadami and Fayez A. Abdulla Correlation Between NAO and Radio Refractive Index Over Africa / Joseph Dada, Adekunle Titus Adediji, Kayode Adedayo, and Moses Ajewole Convective Cloud Climatology Over Indian Tropics and Nearby Regions Using Multi-spectral Satellite Observations / Anoop Kumar Mishra, Mohammd Rafiq, Sagarika Chandra, and Nagaiyavedu Adalarasu Sivarajan Analysis of Trend and Variability in Time Series of Extreme Daily Temperature of Abu Dhabi City (UAE) / Nishi Bhuvandas Black Carbon Aerosol Characteristics and Its Radiative Effect in Xuzhou City, China / Mengdie Xie and Wei Chen Part VI Sea Level Variability: Past, Present and Future On the Long-Term Mediterranean Sea Level Variability / Mahdi Haddad and Antonio Bonaduce Impacts of Relative Sea Level Change and Sedimentary Dynamic on an Historic Site Expansion Along the Coast Between Sfax and Jebeniena, Tunisia / Mohamed Kamoun, Afef Khadraoui, Asma Ben Hamad, Chahira Zaïbi, Martin R. Langer, Nejib Bahrouni, Mohamed Ben Youssef, and Fekri Kamoun Sedimentary Dynamic and Sea Level Variation Along Hachichina Coast (Sebkha Ras Younga, Gulf of Gabes, Tunisia) During Holocene: Response of Ostracods and Foraminifera Assemblages / Khaoula Ben Khlifa, Chahira Zaïbi, Jérome Bonnin, and Fekri Kamoun New Experimental Low Cost Technique of Sea-Level Monitoring: Toward a Sea-Level Monitoring for All / Yacine Hemdane, Mohamed Bouhmadouche, Bachir Hamadache, and Mohamed Aounallah Part VII Climate Change Impacts and Migration Schemes Economic Impact of Sand and Dust Storms on the Oil Sector in Kuwait / Ali Al-Hemoud and Safaa Al-Awadhi Spatial and Temporal Variations of Bare Land in Beijing, China: A 30-Year Analysis / Yating Chen and Aobo Liu Appraising Climate Change and Its Influence on Glaciers of South Asian Himalayan Region / Sheikh Saeed Ahmad, Javeria Saleem, and Marria Ghalib World Population: Its Connection with Climate Variations / Alexey V. Byalko Groundwater Resources Sustainability in Africa Under a Climate Change Scenario: Knowledge Gaps and Needs / Ahzegbobor P. Aizebeokhai, Kehinde D. Oyeyemi, and Adebola E. Adeniran Adaptation Strategies and Resilience to Climate Change for Warm, Dry-Summer Continental Climate in Iran / Gholamreza Roshan, José A. Orosa, Ángel M. Costa, and Rebeca Bouzón Building Energy Consumption and Carbon Dioxide Emissions in a Small Region with a Warm and Semi-humid Climate Type (Iran) / Gholamreza Roshan, José A. Orosa, Ángel M. Costa, and Rebeca Bouzón Climate-Driven Migration Assessment of Southwestern Coast of Bangladesh / Iftekharul Anam Saikat, Nabila Nawshin, and M. Tauhid Ur Rahman
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 68
    Call number: 9789811058011 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book contains seven parts. The first part deals with some aspects of rainfall analysis, including rainfall probability distribution, local rainfall interception, and analysis for reservoir release. Part 2 is on evapotranspiration and discusses development of neural network models, errors, and sensitivity. Part 3 focuses on various aspects of urban runoff, including hydrologic impacts, storm water management, and drainage systems. Part 4 deals with soil erosion and sediment, covering mineralogical composition, geostatistical analysis, land use impacts, and land use mapping. Part 5 treats remote sensing and geographic information system (GIS) applications to different hydrologic problems. Watershed runoff and floods are discussed in Part 6, encompassing hydraulic, experimental, and theoretical aspects. Water modeling constitutes the concluding Part 7. Soil and Water Assessment Tool (SWAT), Xinanjiang, and Soil Conservation Service-Curve Number (SCS-CN) models are discussed. The book is of interest to researchers and practitioners in the field of water resources, hydrology, environmental resources, agricultural engineering, watershed management, earth sciences, as well as those engaged in natural resources planning and management. Graduate students and those wishing to conduct further research in water and environment and their development and management find the book to be of value
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxi, 731 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789811058011 , 978-981-10-5801-1
    ISSN: 0921-092X , 1872-4663
    Series Statement: Water science and technology library 81
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Rainfall Analysis Rainfall Probability Distribution Analysis in Selected Lateral Command Area of Upper Krishna Project (Karnataka), India / N. K. Rajeshkumar, P. Balakrishnan, G. V. Srinivas Reddy, B. S. Polise Gowdar and U. Satishkumar Analyzing Rainfall and Reservoir Release Pattern for Ajwa Reservoir: A Case Study / Pushkar Sharma and Sanskriti Mujumdar Preliminary Investigations on Localized Rainfall Interception Losses Under Real Field Observations / M. L. Gaur and Saket Kumar Probabilistic Estimation of Design Daily Runoff from Bamhani Watershed, India / Sarita Gajbhiye Meshram and Vijay P. Singh Part II Evapotranspiration Development of Generalized Higher-Order Neural Network-Based Models for Estimating Pan Evaporation / Sirisha Adamala, N. S. Raghuwanshi and Ashok Mishra Sensitivity Analysis of FAO-56 Penman–Monteith Reference Evapotranspiration Estimates Using Monte Carlo Simulations / Gicy M. Kovoor and Lakshman Nandagiri Quantification of Error in Estimation of Reference Crop Evapotranspiration by Class A Pan Evaporimeter and Its Correction / S. Praharaj, P. K. Mohanty and B. C. Sahoo Part III Urban Runoff Spatial and Temporal Analyses of Impervious Surface Area on Hydrological Regime of Urban Watersheds / Tauseef A. Ansari and Y. B. Katpatal An Assessment of Hydrological Impacts Due to Changes in the Urban Sprawl in Bhopal City and its Peripheral Urban-Rural Fringe / L. Patel, S. Goyal and T. Thomas Simulation of Urban Drainage System Using Disaggregated Rainfall Data / Vinay Ashok Rangari, K. Veerendra Gopi, N. V. Umamahesh and Ajey Kumar Patel Investigation of Drainage for Structures, Lithology and Priority (Flood and Landslide) Assessment Using Geospatial Technology, J&K, NW Himalaya / Umair Ali and Syed Ahmad Ali Hydrologic Design Parameters Database for Water Harvesting Structures in Madhya Pradesh / Ramadhar Singh, Karan Singh and D. M. Bhandarkar Application of Storm Water Management Model to an Urban Catchment / V. Swathi, K. Srinivasa Raju and Ajit Pratap Singh Part IV Soil Erosion and Sediment A Study of Erosional Depositional Activity and Land Use Mapping of Majuli River Island Using Landsat Data / Dipsikha Devi, Nilutpal Phukan and Bibhash Sarma Study of Soil Erosion and Deposition Around an Island in a Natural Stream / Snigdhadip Ghosh, Saptarshi Das and Vijay Kumar Dwivedi Impact Assessment of Alternate Land Cover and Management Practices on Soil Erosion: A Case Study / T. R. Nayak, R. K. Jaiswal, R. V. Galkate and T. Thomas Geostatistical Analysis of River Sedimentation Behavior in Kerala State / Mathew K. Jose, T. Chandramohan, B. K. Purandara and B. Venkatesh Study of Mineralogical Composition of Sediment in Brahmaputra River in Urban Stretch of Guwahati City, Assam, India / Mamata Das and Triptimoni Borah Part V Remote Sensing and GIS Applications Hypsometric Analysis for Assessing Erosion Status of Watershed Using Geographical Information System / S. K. Sharma, S. Gajbhiye, S. Tignath and R. J. Patil Assessment of Different Bathymetry Statistical Models Using Landsat-8 Multispectral Images / Omar Makboul, Abdelazim Negm, Saleh Mesbah and Mohamed Mohasseb Estimation of Minimum and Maximum Air Temperature Using MODIS Remote Sensing Imagery and Geographical Information System (GIS) / P. Sardhara Bharatkumar, P. Dholariya Jay, M. K. Tiwari and M. L. Gaur A RS and GIS Approaches for the Estimation of Runoff and Soil Erosion in SA-13 Watershed / H. N. Bhange and V. V. Deshmukh Rainwater Harvesting Structure Site Suitability Using Remote Sensing and GIS / B. K. Gavit, R. C. Purohit, P. K. Singh, Mahesh Kothari and H. K. Jain Land Surface Temperature Estimation Using Remote Sensing Data / Vijay Solanky, Sangeeta Singh and S. K. Katiyar Watershed Prioritization of Wardha River Basin, Maharashtra, India Using Morphometric Parameters: A Remote Sensing and GIS-Based Approach / B. S. Manjare, S. Khan, S. A. Jawadand and M. A. Padhye Flood Assessment of Lolab Valley from Watershed Characterization Using Remote Sensing and GIS Techniques / Mannan Bashir Wani, Syed Ahmad Ali and Umair Ali Delineation of Paleochannels in Periyar River Basin of Kerala Using Remote Sensing and Electrical Resistivity Methods / C. P. Priju, Jiby Francis, P. R. Arun and N. B. Narasimha Prasad Application of EO-1 Hyperion Data for Mapping and Discrimination of Agricultural Crops / H. Ramesh and P. P. Soorya Geomatica-Based Approach for Automatic Extraction of Lineaments from ASTER-GDEM Data, in Part of Al-Rawdah, Shabwah, Southeast Yemen / Mohammed Sultan Alshayef and Akram Javed Part VI Watershed Runoff and Floods Morpho-Mathematical Analysis of Bharar River Basin District Chhatarpur-Central India / Pradeep Kumar Jain Application of Principal Component Analysis for Grouping of Morphometric Parameters and Prioritization of Watershed / Sarita Gajbhiye Meshram and S. K. Sharma Velocity Distribution in Vortex Chamber at High Water Abstraction Ratio / Mohammad Athar and Shivani Srotriya Performance Appraisal of Friction Factor Estimators / Abhishek Mishra, Aditya Deshpande and Bimlesh Kumar Experimental Investigations of Wave Height Attenuation by Submerged Artificial Vegetation / Beena Mary John, I. Mohit Babu, Kiran G. Shirlal and Subba Rao Developing Rating Curves for Nubia Lake, Sudan, Using RS/GIS / Mohamed Elsahabi, Abdelazim Negm and Kamal Ali A Spreadsheet Approach for Prediction of Rating Curve Parameters / Mohammad Muzzammil, Javed Alam and Mohammad Zakwan Experimental Study on Role of Emergent Artificial Coastal Vegetation in Controlling Wave Run Up / Beena Mary John, R. T. Arun Vignesh, Kiran G. Shirlal and Subba Rao Development of Regional Soil Water Retention (SWR) Characteristics / R. K. Jaiswal, T. Thomas, R. V. Galkate, S. Singh and J. V. Tyagi Revision of Empirical Coefficients of Commonly Used Flood Formulae Using Flow Data from Karnataka Rivers / T. Chandramohan, Mathew K. Jose, B. K. Purandara and B. Venkatesh Reservoir Inflow Forecasting Using Extreme Learning Machines / Mukesh Kumar Tiwari and Sanjeet Kumar Quantifying Discontinuity, Connectivity, Variability, and Hierarchy in Overland Flow Generation: Comparison of Different Modeling Methods / Xuefeng Chu Nondimensional UH-Based Smoothing of S-Curve-Derived UH Oscillations / P. R. Patil, S. K. Mishra, Nayan Sharma and Vijay P. Singh Fuzzy-Based Comprehensive Evaluation of Environmental Flow Alteration / Kairong Lin, Fan Zhang, Qiang Zhang, Xinjun Tu and Yang Hu Part VII Watershed Modeling Spatial Characters of a Tropical River Basin, South-West Coast of India / Girish Gopinath, N. Ramisha, Ajith G. Nair and N. P. Jesiya Streamflow Estimation Using SWAT Model Over Seonath River Basin, Chhattisgarh, India / Sabyasachi Swain, Mani Kant Verma and M. K. Verma Revisiting the Soil Conservation Service Curve Number Method / S. K. Mishra, Vijay P. Singh and P. K. Singh Hydrological Impacts of Rejuvenating Degraded Hilly Watershed in Shivalik Region / A. K. Tiwari and V. K. Bhatt Modeling of a River Basin Using SWAT Model / B. Venkatesh, T. Chandramohan, B. K. Purandara, Mathew K. Jose and P. C. Nayak Performance of the Xinanjiang Model / A. Ahirwar, M. K. Jain and M. Perumal
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 69
    facet.materialart.12
    Singapore : Springer | Beijing : Geological Publishing House
    Call number: 9789811005602 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a review of mechanical ice drilling technology, including the design, parameters, and performance of various tools and drills for making holes in snow, firn and ice. The material presents the historical development of ice drilling tools and devices from the first experience taken place more than 170 years ago to the present day and focuses on the modern vision of ice drilling technology. It is illustrated with numerous pictures, many of them published for the first time. This book is intended for specialists in ice core sciences, drilling engineers, glaciologists, and can be useful for high-school students and other readers who are very interested in engineering and cold regions technology
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIV, 284 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: Online edition Springer eBook Collection. Earth and Environmental Science
    ISBN: 9789811005602 , 978-981-10-0560-2
    ISSN: 2364-9119 , 2364-9127
    Series Statement: Springer Geophysics
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface 1 Introduction to Ice Drilling Technology 1.1 Ice Drilling Targets and Aims 1.2 Structure of Ice Sheets and Glaciers 1.3 Classification of Ice Drilling Methods References 2 Yearly History of Ice Drilling from Nineteeth to the First Half of Twentieth Century References 3 Direct-Push Drilling 3.1 Drive Sampling 3.1.1 Basic Principles 3.1.2 Mt. Rose Sampler 3.1.3 Utah Snow Sampler 3.1.4 Federal Snow Sampler 3.1.5 Bowman Sampler 3.1.6 Rosen Sampler 3.1.7 Large Diameter Snow Samplers 3.1.8 Vibratory Drill 3.2 Penetrative Testing 3.2.1 Ski Pole Penetrometer 3.2.2 Ram Penetrometer 3.2.3 Snow Resistograph 3.2.4 Digital Thermo-Resistograph 3.2.5 Snow Micro-Penetrometer 3.2.6 SABRE Probe 3.2.7 Cone Penetrometer Testing 3.3 Summary References 4 Hand- and Power-Driven Portable Drills 4.1 Noncoring Augers 4.1.1 SFFEL Noncoring Auger 4.1.2 SIPRE/CRREL Ice Thickness Kit 4.1.3 Kovacs Ice Thickness Kit 4.1.4 AARI Portable Sled-Mounted Drilling Rig 4.1.5 Handheld Coal-Boring Augers 4.1.6 Ice Augers for Winter Fishing 4.2 Noncoring “Piston” Drill 4.3 Core Augers. 4.3.1 General Principles 4.3.2 SFFEL Auger 4.3.3 SIPRE Auger 4.3.4 CRREL Auger 4.3.5 Rand Auger 4.3.6 Big John 12″ Auger 4.3.7 PICO Lightweight Auger 4.3.8 Kovacs Auger 4.3.9 IGAS Hand Auger 4.3.10 Swiss Hand Auger 4.3.11 UCPH Hand Auger 4.3.12 “Prairie Dog” Auger 4.3.13 “Sidewinder” 4.3.14 IDDO Hand Auger 4.4 Core Drills with Teeth and Annular Bits 4.4.1 Taku Glacier Hand Drill 4.4.2 Canadian Portable Ice Drill 4.4.3 Tsykin’s Hand Drill 4.4.4 5th CAE Drill 4.4.5 Ice Core Drill with Annular Bit PI-8 4.5 Mini Drills 4.5.1 Livingston Island Mini Drill 4.5.2 Chipmunk Drill 4.6 Summary References 5 Percussion Drills 5.1 Cable-Tool Drill Rigs 5.1.1 IGAS Cable-Tool Rig 5.1.2 Cable-Tool of California Institute of Technology 5.1.3 Star Iron Works Cable-Tool 5.2 Pneumatic Drills 5.3 Rotary-Percussion Drills 5.4 Summary References 6 Conventional Machine-Driven Rotary Drill Rigs 6.1 Dry Drilling 6.1.1 Expéditions Polaires Françaises in Greenland 6.1.2 Baffin Island Expedition 6.1.3 Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition 6.1.4 Mirny Station, Antarctica 6.2 Auger Drilling 6.2.1 Mirny Station, Antarctica 6.2.2 McMurdo Station, Antarctica 6.2.3 Amundsen–Scott Station, South Pole 6.2.4 Subglacial Lake Ellsworth Camp 6.3 Commercial Drill Rigs for Ice Fishing 6.4 Air Rotary Drilling 6.4.1 Mirny, Antarctica 6.4.2 Site 2, Greenland 6.4.3 Byrd Station, Antarctica 6.4.4 Little America V, Antarctica 6.4.5 Franz Josef Land, Russian Arctic 6.4.6 Base Roi Baudouin, Antarctica 6.5 Rotary Drilling with Fluid Circulation 6.5.1 Taku Glacier, Alaska 6.5.2 Mer de Glace, French Alps 6.5.3 South Leduc Glacier, British Columbia 6.5.4 McMurdo Station, Antarctica 6.6 Wire-Line Drills 6.6.1 International Antarctic Glaciological Project, East Antarctica 6.6.2 Ross Ice Shelf Project 6.6.3 Base Druzhnaya, Antarctica 6.6.4 Black Rapids Glacier, Alaska 6.6.5 Isua Greenstone Belt, Southwestern Greenland 6.6.6 Foremore Glacier, British Columbia, Western Canada 6.6.7 Rapid Access Ice Drill (RAID) 6.6.8 Agile Sub-ice Geological (ASIG) Drill 6.7 Drilling in Rock Glaciers 6.7.1 Overview of Projects Using Conventional Drilling Equipment 6.7.2 Koci Drill 6.8 Summary References 7 Flexible Drill-Stem Drill Rigs 7.1 Rapid Shallow Drill Rigs 7.2 Rapid-Access Drill Rigs 7.2.1 Thermomechanical Drill 7.2.2 Coiled-Tubing Drill Rigs 7.2.3 RADIX 7.2.4 SUBGLACIOR Drilling Probe 7.3 Summary References 8 Cable-Suspended Electromechanical Auger Drills 8.1 Basic Principles 8.2 University of Iceland (UI) Drill 8.3 University of Bern (UB) Drills 8.3.1 Rufli Drill 8.3.2 Further Improved UB Drills 8.4 CRREL Drill 8.5 Institute of Low Temperature Science (ILTS) Drills 8.5.1 First Prototypes 8.5.2 ID-140 Drill 8.5.3 ILTS-140 Drill 8.5.4 MID-140 Drill 8.5.5 Portable ILTS-130 and -100 Drills 8.5.6 ILTS-130E(F) and ILTS-150 Drills 8.5.7 New Portable ILTS Drill 8.6 University of Copenhagen (UCPH) Drill 8.7 Laboratoire de Glaciologie et Géophysique de l’Environnement (LGGE) Drills 8.8 National Hydrology Research Institute (NHRI) Drill 8.9 Polar Ice Coring Office (PICO) 4″ Drill 8.10 Alfred-Wegener Institute (AWI) Drills 8.11 Australian National Antarctic Research Expedition (ANARE) Drill 8.12 BZXJ Drills 8.13 Geo Tecs Drills 8.13.1 Geo Tecs Prototype Shallow Drill 8.13.2 Further Improvements 8.13.3 Field Testing and Operations 8.14 Hilda/Simon/Eclipse Drills 8.14.1 Hilda/Simon Drills 8.14.2 Eclipse Drill 8.14.3 Field Testing and Coring 8.14.4 Badger-Eclipse Drill 8.15 Byrd Polar Research Center (BPRC) Drills 8.16 British Antarctic Survey (BAS) Drills 8.16.1 BAS/IMAU Drill 8.16.2 Rapid-Access Isotope Drill 8.17 FELICS Drills 8.17.1 3″ Drill 8.17.2 “Backpack Drill” 8.18 Blue Ice Drill (BID) 8.18.1 BID General Fescription 8.18.2 Operation and Performance 8.18.3 BID-Deep System 8.19 Summary References 9 Cable-Suspended Electromechanical Drills with Bottom-Hole Circulation 9.1 CRREL Electromechanical Drill 9.1.1 Drilling Equipment 9.1.2 Camp Century, Greenland 9.1.3 Byrd Station, Antarctica 9.2 ISTUK Drill 9.2.1 Drill System 9.2.2 Dye 3, Greenland (GISP) 9.2.3 Summit, Greenland (GRIP) 9.2.4 Law Dome, Antarctica 9.3 LGGE Electromechanical Drills 9.4 PICO-5.2″ Electromechanical Drill 9.4.1 Drill System 9.4.2 Summit, Greenland (GISP2) 9.4.3 Taylor Dome, Antarctica 9.4.4 Siple Dome, Antarctica 9.5 KEMS Electromechanical Drill 9.5.1 Drill System 9.5.2 Severnaya Zemlya, Russian Arctic 9.5.3 Vostok Station, Antarctica 9.6 JARE Electromechanical Drill 9.6.1 Drill System 9.6.2 Preliminary Tests 9.6.3 First Deep Ice Coring Project at Dome F, Antarctica 9.6.4 Second Deep Ice Coring Project at Dome F, Antarctica 9.6.5 Kunlun Station (Dome A), Antarctica 9.7 Hans Tausen (HT) Electromechanical Drill and Its Modifications 9.7.1 Basic Drill System 9.7.2 Hans Tausen Ice Cap, Greenland 9.7.3 NorthGRIP, Greenland 9.7.4 EPICA Dome C, Antarctica 9.7.5 EPICA-DML, Kohnen Station, Antarctica 9.7.6 Berkner Island, Antarctica 9.7.7 Talos Dome, Antarctica (TALDICE) 9.7.8 Flade Isblink Ice Cap, Greenland 9.7.9 NEEM Deep Ice Core Drilling, Greenland 9.7.10 James Ross Island, Antarctica 9.7.11 Fletcher Promontory, Antarctica 9.7.12 Roosevelt Island, Antarctica 9.7.13 NEEM, Greenland (UCPH Intermediate-Depth Ice Core Drilling System) 9.7.14 Aurora Basin North, Antarctica 9.7.15 Renland Ice Cap, Greenland 9.7.16 Summit, Greenland (IDDO Intermediate-Depth Drill) 9.7.17 South Pole, Antarctica (SPICE) 9.8 IDRA Drill 9.9 DISC Electromechanical Drill 9.9.1 Drill System 9.9.2 Field Testing at Summit, Greenland 9.9.3 WAIS Divide, Antarctica 9.9.4 Replicate Coring, WAIS Divide, Antarctica 9.10 IBED Drill 9.11 Summary References 10 Drilling Challenges and Perspectives for Future Development 10.1 Low-Temperature Drilling Fluids 10.1.1 Drilling Fluid Compositions 10.1.2 ESTISOL™ 240/COASOL™ Drilling Fluid 10.1.3 ESTISOL™ 140 Drilling Fluid 10.1.4 Low-Molecular Weight Dimethyl Siloxane Oils 10.1.5 Low-Molecular Weight Esters 10.1.6 Kerosene-Based Drilling Fluids Mixed with Fourth-Generation Foam-Expansion Agents 10.2 Ice Drilling Under Complicated Conditions 10.2.1 Permeable Snow-Firn 10.2.2 Brittle Ice Zone 10.2.3 Warm Ice 10.2.4 Debris-Containing Ice 10.2.5 Bedrock 10.2.6 Elimination of Sticking Drills 10.3 Advanced Drilling Systems 10.3.1 Rapid-Access Ice Drilling Systems for Subglacial Bedrock Drilling 10.3.2 Sidewall Drilling 10.3.3 Automated Drilling Systems References Appendix A: Records of Mechanical Drilling in Ice Appendix B: Abbreviations of Institutes, Organizations, and Projects
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 70
    Call number: 9781493931767 8 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This title brings to light the discoveries and insights into the lives of many marine species made possible over the last decade by passive acoustic recorders (PAR). Pop-ups, ARF, HARP, EAR, Bprobe, C-POD Atag, and Dtag are the acronyms of some of the many PARs that have changed our understanding of how marine animals live and strive in the ocean. Various types of PARs are used by different investigators in different areas of the world. These recorders have accumulated copious amounts of very important data, unveiling previously unknown information about large marine animals. Temporal, seasonal and spatial distribution patterns have been uncovered for many marine species. There have been many discoveries, new understandings and insights into how these animals live in and utilize the ocean and the importance of acoustics in their lives. Listening Within the Ocean summarizes these important discoveries, providing both a valuable resource for researchers and enjoyable reading for non-professionals interested in marine life.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (viii, 416 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 978-1-4939-3176-7 , 9781493931767
    ISSN: 2364-4915 , 2364-4923
    Series Statement: Modern acoustics and signal processing
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Introduction: Listening in the Ocean / Whitlow W.L. Au and Marc O. Lammers 2 A Review of Blue Whale Studies from HARUphones in the Pacific / Kathleen M. Stafford 3 Long-Term Monitoring of Cetaceans Using Autonomous Acoustic Recording Packages / Sean M. Wiggins and John A. Hildebrand 4 From Shrimp to Whales: Biological Applications of Passive Acoustic Monitoring on a Remote Pacific Coral Reef / Marc O. Lammers and Lisa M. Munger 5 Studying the Biosonar Activities of Deep Diving Odontocetes in Hawaii and Other Western Pacific Locations / Whitlow W.L. Au and Giacomo Giorli 6 Environmental Acoustic Recording System (EARS) in the Gulf of Mexico / George E. Ioup, Juliette W. Ioup, Natalia A. Sidorovskaia, Christopher O. Tiemann, Stan A. Kuczaj, Azmy S. Ackleh, Joal J. Newcomb, Baoling Ma, Robin Paulos, Alexander Ekimov, Grayson H. Rayborn Jr., James M. Stephens, and Arslan M. Tashmukhambetov 7 Listening to Echolocation Clicks with PODs / Nick Tregenza, Steve Dawson, Will Rayment, and Ursula Verfuss 8 PALAOA: The Perennial Acoustic Observatory in the Antarctic Ocean—Real- Time Eavesdropping on the Antarctic Underwater Soundscape / Holger Klinck, Lars Kindermann, and Olaf Boebel 9 Listening for Whales at the Station ALOHA Cabled Observatory / Julie N. Oswald, Helen Ou, Whitlow W.L. Au, Bruce M. Howe, and Fred Duennebier 10 Findings from U.S. Navy Hydrophone Ranges / David Moretti, Ronald Morrissey, Susan Jarvis, and Jessica Shaffer 11 Pinniped Sounds in the Polar Oceans / Jennifer L. Miksis-Olds, Ilse C. Van Opzeeland, Sofie M. Van Parijs, and Joshua Jones 12 Listening in the Ocean: New Discoveries and Insights on Marine Life from Autonomous Passive Acoustic Recorders / David Mann, James Locascio, and Carrie Wall 13 Passive Acoustic Monitoring in Benthic Marine Crustaceans: A New Research Frontier / Erica Staaterman 14 A Multiplatform Ultrasonic Event Recorder for Tagging, Towing, and Stationed Monitoring of Odontocetes / Tomonari Akamatsu 15 Signal Processing / David K. Mellinger, Marie A. Roch, Eva-Marie Nosal, and Holger Klinck Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 71
    Call number: 9783319256436 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is a useful guide for researchers in ecology and earth science interested in the use of accelerator mass spectrometry technology. The development of research in radiocarbon measurements offers an opportunity to address the human impact on global carbon cycling and climate change. Presenting radiocarbon theory, history, applications, and analytical techniques in one volume builds a broad outline of the field of radiocarbon and its emergent role in defining changes in the global carbon cycle and links to climate change. Each chapter presents both classic and cutting-edge studies from different disciplines involving radiocarbon and carbon cycling. The book also includes a chapter on the history and discovery of radiocarbon, and advances in radiocarbon measurement techniques and radiocarbon theory. Understanding human alteration of the global carbon cycle and the link between atmospheric carbon dioxide levels and climate remains one of the foremost environmental problems at the interface of ecology and earth system science. Many people are familiar with the terms ‘global warming’ and ‘climate change’, but fewer are able to articulate the science that support these hypotheses. This book addresses general questions such as: what is the link between the carbon cycle and climate change; what is the current evidence for the fate of carbon dioxide added by human activities to the atmosphere, and what has caused past changes in atmospheric carbon dioxide? How can the radiocarbon and stable isotopes of carbon combined with other tools be used for quantifying the human impact on the global carbon cycle?
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (VII, 315 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319256436 , 978-3-319-25643-6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Radiocarbon and the Global Carbon Cycle / E.A.G. Schuur, S.E. Trumbore, E.R.M. Druffel, J.R. Southon, A. Steinhof, R.E. Taylor and J.C. Turnbull 2 Radiocarbon Dating: Development of a Nobel Method / R.E. Taylor 3 Radiocarbon Nomenclature, Theory, Models, and Interpretation: Measuring Age, Determining Cycling Rates, and Tracing Source Pools / S.E. Trumbore, C.A. Sierra and C.E. Hicks Pries 4 Radiocarbon in the Atmosphere / J.C. Turnbull, H. Graven and N.Y. Krakauer 5 Radiocarbon in the Oceans / E.R.M. Druffel, S.R. Beaupré and L.A. Ziolkowski 6 Radiocarbon in Terrestrial Systems / E.A.G. Schuur, M.S. Carbone, C.E. Hicks Pries, F.M. Hopkins and S.M. Natali 7 Paleoclimatology / J.R. Southon, R. De Pol-Holz and E.R.M. Druffel 8 Accelerator Mass Spectrometry of Radiocarbon / Axel Steinhof 9 Preparation for Radiocarbon Analysis / S.E. Trumbore, X. Xu, G.M. Santos, C.I. Czimczik, S.R. Beaupré, M.A. Pack, F.M. Hopkins, A. Stills, M. Lupascu and L. Ziolkowski
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 72
    Call number: 9783319778693 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book integrates a variety of issues such as regional settings of productivity and nutrient cycling; plankton of coastal and shelf systems; plankton, climate change and human-induced changes; harmful algae and their impacts; and gelatinous zooplankton. This book explores the intriguing marine plankton communities of the SWA region of South America encompassing low to high latitude environments, framed by a complex hydrographic background and global climate change. This vast and iconic region has been largely under-recognized and under-studied. However, in recent years a strong interest has emerged along with the acknowledgment of its high biological productivity. The book concludes by discussing conservation in the region, highlighting regional biodiversity hotspots where the challenges of climate change, habitat loss, and other threats to biodiversity may be particularly acute. Plankton Ecology of the Southwestern Atlantic is a timely synthesis of the field, setting a new baseline for future research. It will be important reading for both researchers and graduate students, and will also be of interest and use to a professional audience of oceanographers, conservation biologists, stake holders and educated science enthusiasts
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxvi, 586 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319778693 , 978-3-319-77869-3
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Historical Background of Plankton Research in the Region Overview of the History of Biological Oceanography in the Southwestern Atlantic, with Emphasis on Plankton / Demetrio Boltovskoy and Jean L. Valentin Part II Regional Settings of Productivity and Nutrient Cycling Physical Oceanography of the SW Atlantic Shelf: A Review / Alberto R. Piola, Elbio D. Palma, Alejandro A. Bianchi, Belmiro M. Castro, Marcelo Dottori, Raul A. Guerrero, Marina Marrari, Ricardo P. Matano, Osmar O. Möller Jr, and Martín Saraceno Nutrient Transport, Cycles, and Fate in Southern Brazil (Southwestern Atlantic Ocean Margin) / Luis F. Niencheski Surface Macronutrient Dynamics of the Drake Passage and the Argentine Sea / Flavio E. Paparazzo and José L. Esteves Perspective: Continental Inputs of Matter into Planktonic Ecosystems of the Argentinean Continental Shelf—the Case of Atmospheric Dust / Augusto C. Crespi-Abril, Elena S. Barbieri, Leilén Gracia Villalobos, Gaspar Soria, Flavio E. Paparazzo, Joanna M. Paczkowska, and Rodrigo J. Gonçalves Overview on Primary Production in the Southwestern Atlantic / Vivian Lutz, Valeria Segura, Ana Dogliotti, Virginia Tavano, Frederico P. Brandini, Danilo L. Calliari, Aurea M. Ciotti, Virginia F. Villafañe, Irene R. Schloss, Flavia M. P. Saldanha Corrêa, Hugo Benavides, and Denise Vizziano Cantonnet Part III Plankton of Shelf and Boundary Systems Phytoplankton Assemblages of the Subtropical South West Atlantic: Composition and Dynamics in Relation to Physical and Chemical Processes / Frederico P. Brandini Community Structure and Spatiotemporal Dynamics of the Zooplankton in the South Brazilian Bight: A Review / Miodeli Nogueira Jr. and Frederico P. Brandini Zooplankton Communities of the Argentine Continental Shelf (SW Atlantic, ca. 34°–55°S), An Overview / Georgina D. Cepeda, Brenda Temperoni, Marina E. Sabatini, María D. Viñas, Carla M. Derisio, Betina A. Santos, Julieta C. Antacli, and Luciano N. Padovani Ecological Role of Common Appendicularian Species from Shelf Waters Off Argentina / Fabiana L. Capitanio, Mariela L. Spinelli, María L. Presta, Gastón E. Aguirre, Guillermo Cervetto, Marcelo Pájaro, and Carla M. Derisio Ichthyoplankton Associated to the Frontal Regions of the Southwestern Atlantic / Eduardo M. Acha, Martin D. Ehrlich, José H. Muelbert, Marcelo Pájaro, Daniel Bruno, Laura Machinandiarena, and Mariana Cadaveira Part IV Plankton of Coastal Systems Flagellates Versus Diatoms: Phytoplankton Trends in Tropical and Subtropical Estuarine-Coastal Ecosystems / Clarisse Odebrecht, Maria C. Villac, Paulo C. Abreu, Lumi Haraguchi, Piter D. F. Gomes, and Denise Rivera Tenenbaum Phytoplankton Patterns and Processes in a Tropical-Subtropical Transition Region: Santa Catarina Coast, Southern Brazil / Leonardo R. Rörig, Marcio da Silva Tamanaha, Graziela da Rosa Persich, Carlos A. França Schettini, and Eliane C. Truccolo Schettini Near-Surface Biogeochemistry and Phytoplankton Carbon Assimilation in the Rio de la Plata Estuary / Danilo L. Calliari, Mónica Gómez-Erache, Denise Vizziano Cantonnet, and Cecilia Alonso Satellite-Measured Phytoplankton and Environmental Factors in North Patagonian Gulfs / Gabriela N. Williams, Miriam E. Solís, and José L. Esteves Mesozooplankton Structure and Seasonal Dynamics in Three Coastal Systems of Argentina: Bahía Blanca Estuary, Pirámide Bay, and Ushuaia Bay / Anabela A. Berasategui, María C. López Abbate, Valeria C. D’Agostino, María L. Presta, Román Uibrig, Tami M. García, Eugenia Nahuelhual, Carlo J. Chazarreta, María S. Dutto, Maximiliano Garcia, Fabiana Capitanio, and Mónica S. Hoffmeyer Trophic Ecology of the White Croaker (Micropogonias furnieri Desmarest, 1823) and Rough Scad (Trachurus lathami Nichols, 1920) Larvae in the Río de la Plata Estuary / Laura Rodríguez-Graña, Mario Vera, Guillermo Cervetto, and Danilo L. Calliari Part V Gelatinous Zooplankton Diversity, Species Composition and Assemblage Dynamics of Estuarine Gelatinous and Semi-Gelatinous Zooplankton from Brazil / Miodeli Nogueira Jr., Lorena Silva do Nascimento, Pedro Vieira Maciel, Sebastião Tilbert, and Lívia Dias Oliveira An Overview of the Medusozoa from the Southwestern Atlantic / Agustín Schiariti, María S. Dutto, André Carrara Morandini, Renato M. Nagata, Daiana Y. Pereyra, Francisco A. Puente Tapia, Luciana Díaz Briz, and Gabriel Genzano Part VI Harmful Algae and Their Impacts Alexandrium tamarense/catenella Blooms in the Southwestern Atlantic: Paralytic Shellfish Toxin Production and Its Trophic Transference / Nora G. Montoya, Mario O. Carignan, and José I. Carreto Harmful Algal Blooms in the Río de la Plata Region / Silvia M. Méndez and José I. Carreto Harmful Marine Microalgae in Coastal Waters of Chubut (Patagonia, Argentina) / Alicia V. Sastre, Norma H. Santinelli, Miriam E. Solís, Laura B. Pérez, Soledad Díaz Ovejero, Leilén Gracia Villalobos, Andreana Cadaillón, and Valeria C. D’Agostino Part VII Plankton, Climate Change and Human-Induced Changes Composition and Structure of Phytoplankton Communities in Coastal Environments with Anthropogenic Disturbance (Patagonia, Argentina) / Norma H. Santinelli, Alicia V. Sastre, Mónica N. Gil, and José L. Esteves Responses of Subantarctic Marine Phytoplankton to Ozone Decrease and Increased Temperature / Marcelo P. Hernando, Gabriela Malanga, Gastón O. Almandoz, Irene R. Schloss, and Gustavo A. Ferreyra Global Change and Plankton Ecology in the Southwestern Atlantic / Elena S. Barbieri, María A. Marcoval, Rodrigo D. Hernández-Moresino, Mariela L. Spinelli, and Rodrigo J. Gonçalves Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 73
    facet.materialart.12
    Dordrecht : Springer
    Call number: 9789402411010 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides an overview of the current state of knowledge of Arctic ice shelves, ice islands and related features. Ice shelves are permanent areas of ice which float on the ocean surface while attached to the coast, and typically occur in very cold environments where perennial sea ice builds up to great thickness, and/or where glaciers flow off the land and are preserved on the ocean surface. These landscape features are relatively poorly studied in the Arctic, yet they are potentially highly sensitive indicators of climate change because they respond to changes in atmospheric, oceanic and glaciological conditions. Recent fracturing and breakup events of ice shelves in the Canadian High Arctic have attracted significant scientific and public attention, and produced large ice islands which may pose a risk to Arctic shipping and offshore infrastructure. Much has been published about Antarctic ice shelves, but to date there has not been a dedicated book about Arctic ice shelves or ice islands. This book fills that gap.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 422 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten (teilweise farbig)
    ISBN: 9789402411010 , 978-94-024-1101-0
    ISSN: 2510-0475 , 2510-0483
    Series Statement: Springer Polar Sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Distribution and Characteristics of Arctic Ice Shelves 1 Arctic Ice Shelves: An Introduction / Julian A. Dowdeswell and Martin O. Jeffries 2 The Ellesmere Ice Shelves, Nunavut, Canada / Martin O. Jeffries 3 Eurasian Arctic Ice Shelves and Tidewater Ice Margins / Julian A. Dowdeswell 4 Greenland Ice Shelves and Ice Tongues / Niels Reeh Part II Physical Processes and Historical Changes of Arctic Ice Shelves 5 Changes in Canadian Arctic Ice Shelf Extent Since 1906 / Derek Mueller, Luke Copland, and Martin O. Jeffries 6 The Surface Mass Balance of the Ward Hunt Ice Shelf and Ward Hunt Ice Rise, Ellesmere Island, Nunavut, Canada / Carsten Braun 7 Holocene History of Arctic Ice Shelves / John H. England, David J.A. Evans, and Thomas R. Lakeman 8 An Overview of Paleoenvironmental Techniques for the Reconstruction of Past Arctic Ice Shelf Dynamics / Dermot Antoniades 9 Arctic Ice Shelf Ecosystems / Anne D. Jungblut, Derek Mueller, and Warwick F. Vincent Part III Arctic Ice Shelf Calving Processes and Ice Islands 10 Factors Contributing to Recent Arctic Ice Shelf Losses / Luke Copland, Colleen Mortimer, Adrienne White, Miriam Richer McCallum, and Derek Mueller 11 Ice Island Drift Mechanisms in the Canadian High Arctic / Wesley Van Wychen and Luke Copland 12 Recent Changes in Sea Ice Plugs Along the Northern Canadian Arctic Archipelago / Sierra Pope, Luke Copland, and Bea Alt 13 The Military Importance and Use of Ice Islands During the Cold War / William F. Althoff 14 Russian Drifting Stations on Arctic Ice Islands / Igor M. Belkin and Sergey A. Kessel 15 Risk Analysis and Hazards of Ice Islands / Mark Fuglem and Ian Jordaan Erratum Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 74
    Call number: 9783319686066 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This edited book investigates the interrelations of disaster impacts, resilience and security in an urban context. Urban as a term captures megacities, cities, and generally, human settlements, that are characterised by concentration of quantifiable and non-quantifiable subjects, objects and value attributions to them. The scope is to narrow down resilience from an all-encompassing concept to applied ways of scientifically attempting to ‚measure’ this type of disaster related resilience. 28 chapters in this book reflect opportunities and doubts of the disaster risk science community regarding this ‚measurability’. Therefore, examples utilising both quantitative and qualitative approaches are juxtaposed. This book concentrates on features that are distinct characteristics of resilience, how they can be measured and in what sense they are different to vulnerability and risk parameters. Case studies in 11 countries either use a hypothetical pre-event estimation of resilience or are addressing a ‘revealed resilience’ evident and documented after an event. Such information can be helpful to identify benchmarks or margins of impact magnitudes and related recovery times, volumes and qualities of affected populations and infrastructure.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xv, 518 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319686066 , 978-3-319-68606-6
    ISSN: 2365-757X , 2365-7588
    Series Statement: The urban book series
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction to ‘Urban Disaster Resilience and Security—Addressing Risks in Societies’ / Alexander Fekete and Frank Fiedrich Part I Planning Urban Resilience 2 Nepal and the “Urban Resilience Utopia” / Johannes Anhorn 3 Exploring the Role of Planning in Urban Resilience Enhancement—An Irish Perspective / Aoife Doyle, William Hynes, Stephen M. Purcell and Maria Rochford 4 Toward Climate Resilience in the USA: From Federal to Local Level Initiatives and Practices Since the 2000s / Ebru A. Gencer and Wesley Rhodes 5 Enhancing Resilience Towards Summer Storms from a Spatial Planning Perspective—Lessons Learned from Summer Storm Ela / Hanna Christine Schmitt and Stefan Greiving 6 Measuring Urban Resilience to Natural Disasters for Iranian Cities: Challenges and Key Concepts / Solmaz Hosseinioon 7 Resilience History and Focus in the USA / Ronald Fisher, Michael Norman and James Peerenboom Part II Organizing Professionals and the People 8 Integrating Volunteers in Emergency Response: A Strategy for Increased Resilience Within German Civil Security Research / Jens Hälterlein, Linda Madsen, Agnetha Schuchardt, Roman Peperhove and Lars Gerhold 9 Contributions of Flood Insurance to Enhance Resilience–Findings from Germany / Annegret H. Thieken 10 Collaborative Emergency Supply Chains for Essential Goods and Services / Marcus Wiens, Frank Schätter, Christopher W. Zobel and Frank Schultmann Part III Urban Resilience Assessment: Methods and Challenges 11 Competence as Enabler of Urban Critical Infrastructure Resilience Assessment / Florian Brauner, Marie Claßen and Frank Fiedrich 12 Resilient Disaster Recovery: The Role of Health Impact Assessment / James K. Mitchell 13 DS3 Model Testing: Assessing Critical Infrastructure Network Flood Resilience at the Neighbourhood Scale / Damien Serre 14 Enhancing Flood Resilience Through Collaborative Modelling and Multi-criteria Decision Analysis (MCDA) / Mariele Evers, Adrian Almoradie and Mariana Madruga de Brito Part IV Urban Critical Infrastructure and Security 15 An Approach for Quantifying the Multidimensional Nature of Disaster Resilience in the Context of Municipal Service Provision / Christopher W. Zobel, Milad Baghersad and Yang Zhang 16 A Future-Oriented Agent-Based Simulation to Improve Urban Critical Infrastructure Resilience / Thomas Münzberg, Tim Müller and Wolfgang Raskob 17 An Indicator-Based Approach to Assessing Resilience of Smart Critical Infrastructures / A. Jovanović, K. Øien and A. Choudhary 18 Certified Video Surveillance Systems for More Resilient Urban Societies / Simone Wurster, Irene Kamara, Thordis Sveinsdottir and Erik Krempel 19 Situational Resilience––A Network-Perspective on Resilience to Crime / Herbert Schubert and Tim Lukas Part V Resilience Trends, Paradigms and Reflections 20 Urban Riskscapes—Social and Spatial Dimensions of Risk in Urban Infrastructure Settings / Florian Neisser and Detlef Müller-Mahn 21 Researching Milieu-Specific Perceptions of Risk, (in)Security, and Vulnerability—A Conceptual Approach for Understanding the Inequality and Segregation Nexus in Urban Spaces / Kristina Seidelsohn, Martin Voss and Daniela Krüger 22 Resilience and Thriving in Spite of Disasters: A Stages of Change Approach / Norbert Mundorf, Colleen A. Redding, James O. Prochaska, Andrea L. Paiva and Pamela Rubinoff 23 Foresight in Sight: How to Improve Urban Resilience with Collaboration Among Public Authorities? / Riitta Molarius, Nina Wessberg, Jaana Keränen and Mervi Murtonen 24 How to Demarcate Resilience? A Reflection on Reviews in Disaster Resilience Research / Maike Vollmer and Gerald Walther 25 Challenges in Establishing Cross-Border Resilience / Anouck Adrot, Frank Fiedrich, Andreas Lotter, Thomas Münzberg, Eric Rigaud, Marcus Wiens, Wolfgang Raskob and Frank Schultmann Part VI Perspectives from the Science-Policy Nexus 26 Resilience—A Useful Approach for Climate Adaptation? / Thomas Abeling, Achim Daschkeit, Petra Mahrenholz and Inke Schauser 27 Urban Resilience and Crisis Management: Perspectives from France and Germany / Juergen Weichselgartner, Bernard Guézo, Irmtraud Beerlage, Christian Després, Alexander Fekete, Gabriele Hufschmidt, Orsola Lussignoli, Stefanie Mey-Richters, Jens Naumann and Ina Wienand 28 Considerations About Urban Disaster Resilience and Security—Two Concepts in Tandem? / Alexander Fekete and Janos J. Bogardi 29 Synthesis / Alexander Fekete and Frank Fiedrich
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 75
    Call number: 9783319673714 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book showcases powerful new hybrid methods that combine numerical and symbolic algorithms. Hybrid algorithm research is currently one of the most promising directions in the context of geosciences mathematics and computer mathematics in general. One important topic addressed here with a broad range of applications is the solution of multivariate polynomial systems by means of resultants and Groebner bases. But that’s barely the beginning, as the authors proceed to discuss genetic algorithms, integer programming, symbolic regression, parallel computing, and many other topics. The book is strictly goal-oriented, focusing on the solution of fundamental problems in the geosciences, such as positioning and point cloud problems. As such, at no point does it discuss purely theoretical mathematics. "The book delivers hybrid symbolic-numeric solutions, which are a large and growing area at the boundary of mathematics and computer science." Dr. Daniel Li chtbau
    Description / Table of Contents: Solution of algebraic polynomial systems -- Homotopy solution of nonlinear systems -- Over and underdeterminated systems -- Simulated annealing -- Genetic algorithm -- Particle swarm optimization -- Integer programming -- Multiobjective optimization -- Approximation with radial bases functions -- Support vector machines (SVM) -- Symbolic regression -- Quantile regression -- Robust regression -- Stochastic modeling -- Parallel computations
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxvii, 596 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319673714 , 978-3-319-67371-4
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Solution of Nonlinear Systems 1 Solution of Algebraic Polynomial Systems 1.1 Zeros of Polynomial Systems 1.2 Resultant Methods 1.2.1 Sylvester Resultant 1.2.2 Dixon Resultant 1.3 Gröbner Basis 1.3.1 Greatest Common Divisor of Polynomials 1.3.2 Reduced Gröbner Basis 1.3.3 Polynomials with Inexact Coefficients 1.4 Using Dixon-EDF for Symbolic Solution of Polynomial Systems 1.4.1 Explanation of Dixon-EDF 1.4.2 Distance from a Point to a Standard Ellipsoid 1.4.3 Distance from a Point to Any 3D Conic 1.4.4 Pose Estimation 1.4.5 How to Run Dixon-EDF 1.5 Applications 1.5.1 Common Points of Geometrical Objects 1.5.2 Nonlinear Heat Transfer 1.5.3 Helmert Transformation 1.6 Exercises 1.6.1 Solving a System with Different Techniques 1.6.2 Planar Ranging 1.6.3 3D Resection 1.6.4 Pose Estimation References 2 Homotopy Solution of Nonlinear Systems 2.1 The Concept of Homotopy 2.2 Solving Nonlinear Equation via Homotopy 2.3 Tracing Homotopy Path as Initial Value Problem 2.4 Types of Linear Homotopy 2.4.1 General Linear Homotopy 2.4.2 Fixed-Point Homotopy 2.4.3 Newton Homotopy 2.4.4 Affine Homotopy 2.4.5 Mixed Homotopy 2.5 Regularization of the Homotopy Function 2.6 Start System in Case of Algebraic Polynomial Systems 2.7 Homotopy Methods in Mathematica 2.8 Parallel Computation 2.9 General Nonlinear System 2.10 Nonlinear Homotopy 2.10.1 Quadratic Bezier Homotopy Function 2.10.2 Implementation in Mathematica 2.10.3 Comparing Linear and Quadratic Homotopy 2.11 Applications 2.11.1 Nonlinear Heat Conduction 2.11.2 Local Coordinates via GNSS 2.12 Exercises 2.12.1 GNSS Positioning N-Point Problem References 3 Overdetermined and Underdetermined Systems 3.1 Concept of the Over and Underdetermined Systems 3.1.1 Overdetermined Systems 3.1.2 Underdetermined Systems 3.2 Gauss–Jacobi Combinatorial Solution 3.3 Gauss–Jacobi Solution in Case of Nonlinear Systems 3.4 Transforming Overdetermined System into a Determined System 3.5 Extended Newton–Raphson Method 3.6 Solution of Underdetermined Systems 3.6.1 Direct Minimization 3.6.2 Method of Lagrange Multipliers 3.6.3 Method of Penalty Function 3.6.4 Extended Newton–Raphson 3.7 Applications 3.7.1 Geodetic Application—The Minimum Distance Problem 3.7.2 Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) Application 3.7.3 Geometric Application 3.8 Exercises 3.8.1 Solution of Overdetermined System 3.8.2 Solution of Underdetermined System Part II Optimization of Systems 4 Simulated Annealing 4.1 Metropolis Algorithm 4.2 Realization of the Metropolis Algorithm 4.2.1 Representation of a State 4.2.2 The Free Energy of a State 4.2.3 Perturbation of a State 4.2.4 Accepting a New State 4.2.5 Implementation of the Algorithm 4.3 Algorithm of the Simulated Annealing 4.4 Implementation of the Algorithm 4.5 Application to Computing Minimum of a Real Function 4.6 Generalization of the Algorithm 4.7 Applications 4.7.1 A Packing Problem 4.7.2 The Traveling Salesman Problem 4.8 Exercise 5 Genetic Algorithms 5.1 The Genetic Evolution Concept 5.2 Mutation of the Best Individual 5.3 Solving a Puzzle 5.4 Application to a Real Function 5.5 Employing Sexual Reproduction 5.5.1 Selection of Parents 5.5.2 Sexual Reproduction: Crossover and Mutation 5.6 The Basic Genetic Algorithm (BGA) 5.7 Applications 5.7.1 Nonlinear Parameter Estimation 5.7.2 Packing Spheres with Different Sizes 5.7.3 Finding All the Real Solutions of a Non-algebraic System 5.8 Exercises 5.8.1 Foxhole Problem References 6 Particle Swarm Optimization 6.1 The Concept of Social Behavior of Groups of Animals 6.2 Basic Algorithm 6.3 The Pseudo Code of the Algorithm 6.4 Applications 6.4.1 1D Example 6.4.2 2D Example 6.4.3 Solution of Nonlinear Non-algebraic System 6.5 Exercise Reference 7 Integer Programming 7.1 Integer Problem 7.2 Discrete Value Problems 7.3 Simple Logical Conditions 7.4 Some Typical Problems of Binary Programming 7.4.1 Knapsack Problem 7.4.2 Nonlinear Knapsack Problem 7.4.3 Set-Covering Problem 7.5 Solution Methods 7.5.1 Binary Countdown Method 7.5.2 Branch and Bound Method 7.6 Mixed–Integer Programming 7.7 Applications 7.7.1 Integer Least Squares 7.7.2 Optimal Number of Oil Wells 7.8 Exercises 7.8.1 Study of Mixed Integer Programming 7.8.2 Mixed Integer Least Square References 8 Multiobjective Optimization 8.1 Concept of Multiobjective Problem 8.1.1 Problem Definition 8.1.2 Interpretation of the Solution 8.2 Pareto Optimum 8.2.1 Nonlinear Problems 8.2.2 Pareto-Front and Pareto-Set 8.3 Computation of Pareto Optimum 8.3.1 Pareto Filter 8.3.2 Reducing the Problem to the Case of a Single Objective 8.3.3 Weighted Objective Functions 8.3.4 Ideal Point in the Function Space 8.3.5 Pareto Balanced Optimum 8.3.6 Non-convex Pareto-Front 8.4 Employing Genetic Algorithms 8.5 Application 8.5.1 Nonlinear Gauss-Helmert Model 8.6 Exercise References Part III Approximation of Functions and Data 9 Approximation with Radial Bases Functions 9.1 Basic Idea of RBF Interpolation 9.2 Positive Definite RBF Function 9.3 Compactly Supported Functions 9.4 Some Positive Definite RBF Function 9.4.1 Laguerre-Gauss Function 9.4.2 Generalized Multi-quadratic RBF 9.4.3 Wendland Function 9.4.4 Buchmann-Type RBF 9.5 Generic Derivatives of RBF Functions 9.6 Least Squares Approximation with RBF 9.7 Applications 9.7.1 Image Compression 9.7.2 RBF Collocation Solution of Partial Differential Equation 9.8 Exercise 9.8.1 Nonlinear Heat Transfer References 10 Support Vector Machines (SVM) 10.1 Concept of Machine Learning 10.2 Optimal Hyperplane Classifier 10.2.1 Linear Separability 10.2.2 Computation of the Optimal Parameters 10.2.3 Dual Optimization Problem 10.3 Nonlinear Separability 10.4 Feature Spaces and Kernels 10.5 Application of the Algorithm 10.5.1 Computation Step by Step 10.5.2 Implementation of the Algorithm 10.6 Two Nonlinear Test Problems 10.6.1 Learning a Chess Board 10.6.2 Two Intertwined Spirals 10.7 Concept of SVM Regression 10.7.1 e-Insensitive Loss Function 10.7.2 Concept of the Support Vector Machine Regression (SVMR) 10.7.3 The Algorithm of the SVMR 10.8 Employing Different Kernels 10.8.1 Gaussian Kernel 10.8.2 Polynomial Kernel 10.8.3 Wavelet Kernel 10.8.4 Universal Fourier Kernel 10.9 Applications 10.9.1 Image Classification 10.9.2 Maximum Flooding Level 10.10 Exercise 10.10.1 Noise Filtration References 11 Symbolic Regression 11.1 Concept of Symbolic Regression 11.2 Problem of Kepler 11.2.1 Polynomial Regression 11.2.2 Neural Network 11.2.3 Support Vector Machine Regression 11.2.4 RBF Interpolation 11.2.5 Random Models 11.2.6 Symbolic Regression 11.3 Applications 11.3.1 Correcting Gravimetric Geoid Using GPS Ellipsoidal Heights 11.3.2 Geometric Transformation 11.4 Exercise 11.4.1 Bremerton Data References 12 Quantile Regression 12.1 Problems with the Ordinary Least Squares 12.1.1 Correlation Height and Age 12.1.2 Engel’s Problem 12.2 Concept of Quantile 12.2.1 Quantile as a Generalization of Median 12.2.2 Quantile for Probability Distributions 12.3 Linear Quantile Regression 12.3.1 Ordinary Least Square (OLS) 12.3.2 Median Regression (MR) 12.3.3 Quantile Regression (QR) 12.4 Computing Quantile Regression 12.4.1 Quantile Regression via Linear Programming 12.4.2 Boscovich’s Problem 12.4.3 Extension to Linear Combination of Nonlinear Functions 12.4.4 B-Spline Application 12.5 Applications 12.5.1 Separate Outliers in Cloud Points 12.5.2 Modelling Time-Series 12.6 Exercise 12.6.1 Regression of Implicit-Functions References 13 Robust Regression 13.1 Basic Methods in Robust Regression 13.1.1 Concept of Robust Regression 13.1.2 Maximum Likelihood Method 13.1.3 Danish Algorithm 13.1.4 Danish Algorithm with PCA 13.1.5 RANSAC Algorithm 13.2 Application Examples 13.2.1 Fitting a Sphere to Point Cloud Data 13.2.2 Fitting a Cylinder 13.3 Problem 13.3.1 Fitting a Plane to a Slope References 14 Stochastic Modeling 14.1 Basic Stochastic Processes 14.1.1 Concept of Stochastic Processes 14.1.2 Examples for Stochastic Processes 14.1.3 Features of Stochastic Processes 14.2 Time Series 14.2.1 Concept of Time
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 76
    Call number: 9783319673400 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book offers comprehensive information on the theory, models and algorithms involved in state-of-the-art multivariate time series analysis and highlights several of the latest research advances in climate and environmental science. The main topics addressed include Multivariate Time-Frequency Analysis, Artificial Neural Networks, Stochastic Modeling and Optimization, Spectral Analysis, Global Climate Change, Regional Climate Change, Ecosystem and Carbon Cycle, Paleoclimate, and Strategies for Climate Change Mitigation. The self-contained guide will be of great value to researchers and advanced students from a wide range of disciplines: those from Meteorology, Climatology, Oceanography, the Earth Sciences and Environmental Science will be introduced to various advanced tools for analyzing multivariate data, greatly facilitating their research, while those from Applied Mathematics, Statistics, Physics, and the Computer Sciences will learn how to use these multivariate time series analysis tools to approach climate and environmental topics.  
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 287 Seiten) , Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319673400 , 978-3-319-67340-0
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Artificial Neural Network 1.1 Network Architectures 1.1.1 Multilayer Feedforward Networks 1.1.2 Recurrent Networks 1.2 Perceptrons 1.2.1 Rosenblatt’s Perceptron 1.2.2 Multilayer Perceptron 1.3 Linear Network and Bayes Classifier 1.4 Radial Basis Function Network 1.4.1 Radial Basis Function 1.4.2 Interpolation 1.4.3 Receptive Field 1.5 Generalized Regression Network 1.6 Self-organizing Network 1.6.1 Kohonen Self-organizing Map Network 1.6.2 Learning Vector Quantization Network 1.7 Hopfield Network 1.7.1 Continuous Hopfield Network 1.7.2 Discrete Hopfield Network Further Reading 2 Multivariate Harmonic Analysis 2.1 Fourier Transform 2.2 Discrete Fourier Transform 2.3 Discrete Cosine/Sine Transform 2.3.1 Four Forms of DCTs 2.3.2 Four Forms of DSTs 2.4 Filtering 2.5 Fractional Fourier Transform 2.5.1 Continuous FRFT 2.5.2 Discrete FRFT 2.5.3 Multivariate FRFT 2.6 Space–Frequency Distribution 2.6.1 Multivariate Windowed Fourier Transform 2.6.2 General Form 2.6.3 Popular Distributions 2.7 Multivariate Interpolation 2.7.1 Multivariate Polynomial Interpolation 2.7.2 Schoenberg Interpolation 2.7.3 Micchelli Interpolation 2.7.4 Interpolation on Spheres 2.8 Sparse Approximation 2.8.1 Approximation Kernels 2.8.2 Sparse Schemes 2.8.3 Greedy Algorithm 2.9 Spherical Harmonics 2.9.1 Spherical Harmonic Functions 2.9.2 Invariant Subspace under Fourier Transform 2.10 Harmonic Analysis on General Domains 2.10.1 Symmetric Kernels 2.10.2 Smooth Extensions and Approximation 2.11 Harmonic Analysis on Graphs 2.11.1 The Laplacian of a Graph 2.11.2 Eigenvalues and Eigenfunctions 2.11.3 Fourier Expansions Further Reading 3 Multivariate Wavelets 3.1 Multiresolution Analysis 3.1.1 Structure of MRA 3.1.2 Scaling Functions 3.2 Multivariate Orthogonal Wavelets 3.2.1 Separable Wavelets 3.2.2 Non-separable Wavelets 3.2.3 p-Band Wavelets 3.3 Biorthogonal Wavelets 3.3.1 Univariate Biorthogonal Wavelets 3.3.2 Multivariate Biorthogonal Wavelets 3.3.3 p-Band Biorthogonal Wavelets 3.3.4 Semi-orthogonal Wavelets 3.4 Wavelets on Domains 3.4.1 Continuous Extension 3.4.2 Wavelet Expansion 3.5 Discrete Wavelet Transforms 3.5.1 Discrete Orthogonal Wavelet Transforms 3.5.2 Discrete Biorthogonal Wavelet Transforms 3.5.3 Discrete Biorthogonal Periodic Wavelets Transforms 3.5.4 Discrete Harmonic Wavelet Transforms 3.6 Wavelet Packets 3.6.1 Continuous Wavelet Packets 3.6.2 Discrete Wavelet Packets 3.7 Wavelet Variance 3.7.1 Generalized Wavelet Decomposition 3.7.2 Maximal Overlap Discrete Wavelet Transform 3.7.3 Wavelet Variance 3.8 Significant Tests 3.8.1 Haar Wavelet Analysis 3.8.2 Morlet Wavelet Analysis 3.9 Wavelet Threshold and Shrinkage 3.9.1 Wavelet Threshold 3.9.2 Wavelet Shrinkage 3.9.3 Minimax Estimation 3.9.4 Adaptive Denoising Algorithm 3.10 Shearlets, Bandelets, and Curvelets 3.10.1 Shearlets 3.10.2 Bandelets 3.10.3 Curvelets Further Reading 4 Stochastic Representation and Modeling 4.1 Stochastic Processes 4.1.1 Vector Stochastic Processes 4.1.2 Gaussian, Markov, and Wiener Processes 4.2 Stationarity and Trend Tests 4.2.1 Stationarity Tests 4.2.2 Trend Tests 4.3 Patterns and Classification 4.3.1 Principal Component Analysis 4.3.2 Factor Analysis 4.3.3 Cluster Analysis 4.3.4 Discriminant Analysis 4.3.5 Canonical Correlation Analysis 4.4 Multidimensional Scaling 4.5 Vector ARMA Processes 4.5.1 Vector MA(q) Processes 4.5.2 Vector AR(p) Processes 4.5.3 Vector ARMA(p, q) Processes 4.6 Monte Carlo Methods 4.7 Black–Scholes Models 4.8 Stochastic Optimization Further Reading 5 Multivariate Spectral Analysis 5.1 Power Spectral Density 5.2 Periodogram and Correlogram 5.2.1 Algorithms 5.2.2 Bias Analysis 5.2.3 Variance Analysis 5.3 Blackman–Tukey Method 5.3.1 Blackman–Tukey Estimator 5.3.2 Several Common Windows 5.3.3 Positive Semidefinite Window 5.4 Welch Method 5.5 Multitaper Method 5.6 Maximum Entropy Method 5.7 Rational Spectral Estimation 5.8 Discrete Spectral Estimation 5.9 Vector ARMA Spectrum 5.10 Multichannel Singular Spectrum Analysis Further Reading 6 Climate Modeling 6.1 Greenhouse Gases 6.2 Impacts and Feedback of Climate Change 6.3 Framework of Climate Models 6.3.1 Basic Physical Laws Used in Climate Models 6.3.2 Discretization and Parameterization 6.3.3 The Hierarchy of Climate Models 6.4 Coupled Model Intercomparison Project Further Reading 7 Regional Climate Change 7.1 Middle East and Mediterranean Region 7.1.1 Precipitation 7.1.2 Air Temperature 7.1.3 Climate Modeling 7.1.4 Desert Dust 7.1.5 Water Resources 7.1.6 Soil Temperature 7.2 Asia-Pacific Region 7.2.1 Tibetan Plateau 7.2.2 El Niño–Southern Oscillation 7.2.3 Indian Monsoon 7.2.4 Modeling Sea Surface Temperature 7.3 Arctic Region 7.3.1 Sea Ice 7.3.2 Permafrost Carbon Further Reading 8 Ecosystem and Carbon Cycle 8.1 Terrestrial Ecosystems 8.1.1 Terrestrial Hydrologic Cycle 8.1.2 Photosynthesis 8.1.3 Gross and Net Primary Production 8.1.4 Net Ecosystem Production 8.1.5 Terrestrial Nutrient Cycle 8.2 Ocean Ecosystems 8.2.1 Solubility and Air–Sea Gas Exchange 8.2.2 Oceanic Carbon Sink 8.2.3 Compounds in Seawater 8.2.4 Biogeochemical Cycles Further Reading 9 Paleoclimate Proxies 9.1 Tree-Rings 9.1.1 Field Works 9.1.2 Statistical Analysis 9.2 Ice Cores 9.2.1 Ice and Isotopes 9.2.2 Ice Core Samples 9.3 Speleothems 9.3.1 Oxygen Isotope Ratio 9.3.2 Carbon Isotope Ratio 9.3.3 Hydrogen Isotope Ratio Further Reading 10 Strategies for Climate Change Mitigation 10.1 Assessment Methods and Tools 10.1.1 Data Envelopment Analysis 10.1.2 Risk Assessment 10.1.3 Life Cycle Assessment 10.2 Carbon Emissions Reduction 10.2.1 Industrial Sector 10.2.2 Agriculture Sector 10.2.3 The Building Sector 10.2.4 The Transportation Sector 10.2.5 The Household Sector 10.2.6 Low-Carbon Energy 10.3 Carbon Capture, Transport, Utilization, and Storage 10.3.1 Carbon Capture 10.3.2 Transport of CO2 10.3.3 Geological Storage of CO2 10.3.4 Utilization of CO2 10.4 Geoengineering 10.4.1 Space-Based Geoengineering 10.4.2 Atmosphere-Based Geoenginnering 10.4.3 Land-Based Geoengineering 10.4.4 Ocean-Based Geoengineering 10.4.5 Conclusions Further Reading
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 77
    Call number: 9789400706682 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This is the first comprehensive science-based textbook on the biology and ecology of the Baltic Sea, one of the world’s largest brackish water bodies. The aim of this book is to provide students and other readers with knowledge about the conditions for life in brackish water, the functioning of the Baltic Sea ecosystem and its environmental problems and management. It highlights biological variation along the unique environmental gradients of the brackish Baltic Sea Area (the Baltic Sea, Belt Sea and Kattegat), especially those in salinity and climate. The first part of the book presents the challenges for life processes and ecosystem dynamics that result from the Baltic Sea’s highly variable recent geological history and geographical isolation. The second part explains interactions between organisms and their environment, including biogeochemical cycles, patterns of biodiversity, genetic diversity and evolution, biological invasions and physiological adaptations. In the third part, the subsystems of the Baltic Sea ecosystem - the pelagic zone, the sea ice, the deep soft sea beds, the phytobenthic zone, the sandy coasts, and estuaries and coastal lagoons - are treated in detail with respect to the structure and function of communities and habitats and consequences of natural and anthropogenic constraints, such as climate change, discharges of nutrients and hazardous substances. Finally, the fourth part of the book discusses monitoring and ecosystem-based management to deal with contemporary and emerging threats to the ecosystem’s health.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxxi, 683 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9789400706682 , 978-94-007-0668-2
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I The Baltic Sea environment 1 Brackish water as an environment / Hendrik Schubert, Dirk Schories, Bernd Schneider, and Uwe Selig 2 Why is the Baltic Sea so special to live in? / Pauline Snoeijs-Leijonmalm and Elinor Andrén Part II Ecological processes in the Baltic Sea 3 Biogeochemical cycles / Bernd Schneider, Olaf Dellwig, Karol Kuliński, Anders Omstedt, Falk Pollehne, Gregor Rehder, and Oleg Savchuk 4 Patterns of biodiversity / Pauline Snoeijs-Leijonmalm 5 Biological invasions / Sergej Olenin, Stephan Gollasch, Maiju Lehtiniemi, Mariusz Sapota, and Anastasija Zaiko 6 Genetic diversity and evolution / Risto Väinölä and Kerstin Johannesson 7 Physiological adaptations / Hendrik Schubert, Irena Telesh, Mikko Nikinmaa, and Sergei Skarlato Part III Subsystems of the Baltic Sea ecosystem 8 The pelagic food web / Agneta Andersson, Timo Tamminen, Sirpa Lehtinen, Klaus Jürgens, Matthias Labrenz, and Markku Viitasalo 9 Life associated with Baltic Sea ice / David N. Thomas, Hermanni Kaartokallio, Letizia Tedesco, Markus Majaneva, Jonna Piiparinen, Eeva Eronen-Rasimus, Janne-Markus Rintala, Harri Kuosa, Jaanika Blomster, Jouni Vainio, and Mats A. Granskog 10 Deep soft seabeds / Urszula Janas, Erik Bonsdorff, Jan Warzocha, and Teresa Radziejewska 11 The phytobenthic zone / Hans Kautsky, Georg Martin, and Pauline Snoeijs-Leijonmalm 12 Sandy coasts / Teresa Radziejewska, Jonne Kotta, and Lech Kotwicki 13 Estuaries and coastal lagoons / Hendrik Schubert and Irena Telesh Part IV Monitoring and ecosystem-based management of the Baltic Sea 14 Biological indicators / Michael L. Zettler, Alexander Darr, Matthias Labrenz, Sigrid Sagert, Uwe Selig, Ursula Siebert, and Nardine Stybel 15 Bio-optical water quality assessment / Susanne Kratzer, Piotr Kowalczuk, and Sławomir Sagan 16 Chemical pollution and ecotoxicology / Kari K. Lehtonen, Anders Bignert, Clare Bradshaw, Katja Broeg, and Doris Schiedek 17 Ecosystem health / Maria Laamanen, Samuli Korpinen, Ulla Li Zweifel, and Jesper H. Andersen 18 Ecosystem goods, services and management / Jan Marcin Węsławski, Eugeniusz Andrulewicz, Christoffer Boström, Jan Horbowy, Tomasz Linkowski, Johanna Mattila, Sergej Olenin, Joanna Piwowarczyk, and Krzysztof Skóra Subject index Taxonomy index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 78
    Call number: 9783319759197 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book covers the approaches, applied methods and central participatory processes at the science-stakeholder interfaces embedded in the development of the "Earth System Knowledge Platform (ESKP)". The latter is an initiative of the German Helmholtz Association, synthesizing the expertise of the eight Helmholtz research institutions focusing on Earth System Sciences. The contributions showcase the approach of the Alfred Wegener Institute, Helmholtz Centre for Polar and Marine Research (AWI) within the ESKP initiative. Central focus is placed on the question as to which knowledge transfer processes can be employed to foster meaningful approaches based on science-stakeholder dialogues, data products, and/or modelling. The authors suggest that the tools and approaches for enhancing the vital contributions of science to addressing societal challenges warrant further investigation and development.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (X, 133 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: corrected publication 2018
    ISBN: 9783319759197 , 978-3-319-75919-7
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Earth System Sciences
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Setting the Scene The Anthropocene—What Does It Entail for Science? / Gesche Krause The Role of Knowledge Exchange in Earth System Science—The Earth System Knowledge Platform (ESKP) / Gesche Krause, Ute Münch, Jana Kandarr, Oliver Jorzik and Pia Klinghammer The AWI Approach at the Science-Stakeholder Interface / Gesche Krause, Klaus Grosfeld and Wolfgang Hiller Part II Dialogue Approaches of ESKP Contributions to AWI Knowledge Transfer Regional Awareness on Sea Level Rise Effects—What Do We Know About the South-Eastern North Sea Coast? / Nina Eschweiler, Tobias Dolch and Christian Buschbaum Climate Change and Biodiversity—Implications for the Local Fisheries Sector / Christina Hörterer, Maximilian Schupp, Andreas Benkens and Bela H. Buck Linking Biodiversity Research Communities / Sonja Knapp, Alexandra Kraberg, Stephan Frickenhaus, Stefan Klotz, Oliver Schweiger and Gesche Krause Engaging Forecast Users During the Year of Polar Prediction / Winfried Hoke, Kirstin Werner, Helge Goessling and Thomas Jung Governance of Resources for Arctic Sustainable Policy and Practice (GRASP)—Stakeholder Mapping / Sebastian Knecht, Andreas Herber and Kathrin Stephen Building Bridges at the Arctic Science-Policy Interface / Volker Rachold Part III Data-Products of ESKP Contributions to AWI Knowledge Transfer The Web Portal ‘meereisportal.de’ in Context of ESKP / Klaus Grosfeld, Renate Treffeisen, Jölund Asseng and Georg Heygster Knowledge Transfer by the Global Terrestrial Network for Permafrost (GTN-P) / Boris K. Biskaborn and Hugues Lantuit A Web-Based Information System for Macrobenthic Biodiversity in the German North Sea / Jan M. Holstein Tackling Marine Litter—LITTERBASE / Melanie Bergmann, Mine B. Tekman, Andreas Walter and Lars Gutow Part IV Modelling Approaches of ESKP Contributions to AWI Knowledge Transfer Arctic Sea Ice Change, Large-Scale Atmospheric Circulation Patterns and Extreme Climate and Weather in Europe / Ralf Jaiser and Dörthe Handorf Extending and Visualizing the TsunAWI Simulation Database of the Indonesia Tsunami Early Warning System (InaTEWS) / Antonia Immerz, Sven Harig and Natalja Rakowsky Streamflow Forecasting and Biodiversity / Monica Ionita, Madlene Pfeiffer and Stephan Frickenhaus Part V Pathways to Formalizing Knowledge Transfer Accompanying ESKP Projects—Development of a Process Assessment Strategy Within ESKP@AWI / Gesche Krause and Maximilian Felix Schupp Science and Society—The Time to Interact / Gesche Krause, Klaus Grosfeld and Annette Breckwoldt Erratum to: A Web-Based Information System for Macrobenthic Biodiversity in the German North Sea / Jan M. Holstein
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 79
    Call number: 9783319774015 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is devoted to 250 years of collecting, organizing and preserving paleontological specimens by generations of scientists. Paleontological collections are a huge resource for modern research and should be available for national and international scientists and institutions, as well as prospective public and private customers. These collections are an important part of the scientific enterprise, supporting research, public education, and the documentation of past biodiversity. Much of what we are beginning to understand about our world, we owe to the collection, preservation, and ongoing study of natural specimens. Properly preserved collections of fossil marine or terrestrial plants and animals are archives of Earth's history and vital to our ability to learn about our place in its future. The approach employed by the editors involves not only an introduction to the paleontological collections in general, but also information on the international and national collection networks. Particular attention is given to new exhibition concepts and approaches of sorting, preserving and researching in paleontological collections and also their neglect and/or threat. In addition, the book provides information on all big public museums, on important state museums and regional Museums, and also on university collections. This is a highly informative and carefully presented book, providing scientific insight for readers with an interest in fossil record, biodiversity, taxonomy, or evolution, as well as natural history collections at large.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiii, 573 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Biomedical and Life Sciences
    ISBN: 9783319774015 , 978-3-319-77401-5
    ISSN: 2510-1862 , 2510-1870
    Series Statement: Natural history collections
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Research and Open Questions—A Modern Concept Behind Berlins T.rex Presentation of Tristan Otto / Uwe Moldrzyk and Linda Gallé 2 Scientific Methods of Geological and Paleontological Collections and Trends in Paleontological Investigation and Research / Cathrin Hühne 3 BAMBERG: The Paleontological Collection at the Museum of Natural History in Bamberg (NKMB) / Matthias Mäuser 4 BASEL: The Natural History Museum Basel (NMB) / Walter Etter, Michael Knappertsbusch, and Loïc Costeur 5 BERLIN: The Palaeontological Collections of the Museum für Naturkunde Berlin / Christian Neumann, Stephan Schultka, and Florian Witzmann 6 BERN: The Natural History Museum — An Institution of the Burgergemeinde of Bern / Ursula Menkveld-Gfeller 7 BIELEFELD: Not Worth Mentioning? Paleontological Collections of Small Museums: The Example of Bielefeld (North Rhine Westphalia, Germany) / Mark Keiter and Sven Sachs 8 BILZINGSLEBEN: The Bilzingsleben Collection / Clemens Pasda 9 The Paleontological Collection of the State Museum of Natural History (SNHM) in Braunschweig, Germany / Ralf Kosma 10 BREMEN: The Paleontological Research Collection of the Geosciences Collection of the University of Bremen / Jens Lehmann 11 CHEMNITZ: Back to the Roots of Palaeobotany—Chemnitz and its Palaeontological Collection / Ronny Rößler and Thorid Zierold 12 COBURG: Naturkunde-Museum Coburg—Paleontological Collections / Eckhard Mönnig 13 COTTBUS: Museum of Natural History and Environment in Cottbus / Rolf Striegler and Ursula Striegler 14 DARMSTADT: The Paleontological Collections of Hessisches Landesmuseum Darmstadt / Gabriele Gruber, Oliver Sandrock, and Torsten Wappler 15 DESSAU-ROSSLAU: Museum of Natural History and Prehistory—Paleontological Collection / Angelika Hesse 16 DORTMUND: Museum für Naturkunde der Stadt Dortmund / Jan-Michael Ilger and Oliver Adrian 17 DOTTERNHAUSEN: The Jurassic World of the Swabian Alb Region (South Germany): The Fossil Collection of the Werkforum and Fossil Museum of Dotternhausen / Annette Schmid-Röhl 18 EICHSTÄTT: The Jura-Museum Eichstätt / Martina Kölbl-Ebert 19 ERLANGEN: The Erlangen Paleobiology Collections / Wolfgang Kiessling, Michael Heinze, and Cristina Krause 20 ESSEN: Ruhr Museum—Geological Collection / Ulrike Stottrop, Udo Scheer, and Esther Guderley 21 FRANKFURT/DRESDEN/GÖRLITZ: Palaeontological collections of the Senckenberg Gesellschaft für Naturforschung / Dieter Uhl, Lutz Kunzmann, Christine Hertler, Ralf-Dietrich Kahlke, John-Albrecht Keiler, Peter Königshof, Ottmar Kullmer, Stephan Schaal, Krister Smith, Mónica M. Sólorzano Kraemer, Martina Stebich, Olaf Tietz, and Markus Wilmsen 22 FRICK: Late Triassic Basal Sauropodomorph and Theropod Dinosaurs at the Sauriermuseum Frick, Switzerland / Andrea B. Oettl-Rieser and Marion Zahner 23 GOTHA: Museum der Natur, Stiftung Schloss Friedenstein Gotha / Oliver Wings and Carsten Eckert 24 GÖTTINGEN: The Palaeontological Collections of the Geoscience Museum at the Georg-August University in Göttingen / Alexander Gehler, Mike Reich, and Joachim Reitner 25 HALLE: The Geiseltal Collection of Martin Luther University, Halle-Wittenberg / Frank D. Steinheimer and Alexander K. Hastings 26 HALLE: The Palaeontological Collection of the Martin Luther University Halle-Wittenberg in Halle (Saale) / Norbert Hauschke 27 HAMBURG: Palaeontological Collections of the Center of Natural History, Universität Hamburg / Ulrich Kotthoff and Jochen Schlüter 28 HANNOVER/BERLIN: The Geoscientific Collections of the Federal Institute for Geosciences and Natural Resources and the State Authority for Mining, Energy and Geology in Hannover and Berlin / Angela Ehling and Carmen Heunisch 29 HANNOVER: Niedersächsisches Landesmuseum Hannover—Lower Saxony State Museum Hannover / Annette Richter and Annina Böhme 30 HILDESHEIM: Roemer- and Pelizaeus-Museum / Jürgen Vespermann 31 HOLZMADEN: Prehistoric Museum Hauff—A Fossil Museum Since 4 Generations—(Urweltmuseum Hauff) / Rolf Bernhard Hauff and Ulrich Joger 32 INGELFINGEN: Muschelkalkmuseum Hagdorn Stadt Ingelfingen / Hans Hagdorn 33 JENA: The Palaeontological Collections at the Phyletisches Museum in Jena / Dietrich von Knorre and Rolf G. Beutel 34 MAUER: The Locality of Mauer and its Virtual Collection of Middle Pleistocene Mammal Fossils / H. Dieter Schreiber, Kristina Eck, and Volker Liebig 35 KÖLN: Geological Collections of the University of Cologne (GCC) (Geological and Palaeontological Collections of the Institute of Geology and Mineralogy, University of Cologne) / Michael R. W. Amler and Hans-Georg Herbig 36 KREFELD: Palaeobotanical and Palynological Collection at the Geological Survey North Rhine-Westphalia / Christoph Hartkopf-Fröder 37 LINZ: The Paleontological Collection of the Upper Austrian State Museum, Linz / Björn Berning 38 LÜBECK: Museum of Nature and Environment, Paleontological Collections / Susanne Füting 39 MAINZ: Paleontological Collections of the University of Mainz (Geoscientific Collections) / Kirsten I. Grimm and Bernd R. Schöne 40 MAINZ: Palaeontological Collections of the Landesamt für Geologie Und Bergbau Rheinland-Pfalz (Rhineland-Palatinate, Germany) / Jürgen Gad, Winfried Kuhn, and Peter Schäfer 41 The Reiss-Engelhorn-Museen / Doris Döppes and Wilfried Rosendahl 42 MARBURG: GeoArchive Marburg (Geological and Palaeontological Collections of the Former Faculty of Geosciences, Philipps University of Marburg) / Michael R. W. Amler, Günter Kauffmann, and Dieter Uhl 43 MÜNCHEN: The Fossil Collections of the Bavarian State Collections at Munich / Mike Reich and Gert Wörheide 44 MÜNSTER: Geomuseum of the WWU / Markus Bertling 45 NIERSTEIN: Paläontologisches Museum Nierstein / Lutz Kaecke 46 SCHIFFWEILER (Landsweiler-Reden): Center for Biological Documentation (Zentrum für Biodokumention—ZfBS) / Edgar Müller 47 SCHLEUSINGEN: Naturhistorisches Museum Schloss Bertholdsburg Schleusingen (Thuringia, Germany)—Home of Permian and Triassic Fossils / Ralf Werneburg 48 SIEGSDORF: The Siegsdorf Natural History and Mammoth Museum / Robert Darga 49 ST. GALLEN: Naturmuseum St. Gallen / Toni Bürgin 50 Staatliches Museum für Naturkunde Stuttgart (SMNS) / Rainer Schoch and Johanna Kovar-Eder 51 THALLICHTENBERG: POLLICHIA Geoscience Collections at the Urweltmuseum GEOSKOP, Thallichtenberg (Germany) / Sebastian Voigt and Jan Fischer 52 TÜBINGEN: The Palaeontologial Collection of Tübingen / Ingmar Werneburg and Madelaine Böhme 53 WIEN: “To the Realm of Nature and its Exploration”: The Paleontological Collections of the Natural History Museum Vienna / Mathias Harzhauser and Andreas Kroh 54 WIESBADEN: Museum Wiesbaden, Natural History Collections / Fritz Geller-Grimm 55 ZURICH: The Geological-Palaeontological Collection at ETH Zurich / Andreas D. Mueller, Rodney Eastwood, and Stefan Ungricht 56 ZURICH: Palaeontological Museum of the University of Zurich / Christian Klug and Beat Scheffold 57 State Museum of Natural History Karlsruhe: Institute of Life and Earth Sciences / Eberhard Frey and H. Dieter Schreiber Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 80
    Call number: 9789811088544 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This proceedings contains articles submitted to the sixth International Conference on Cognitive Neurodynamics (ICCN2017). The Meeting included plenary lectures, specialized symposia, and posters presentations. The main topics of the meeting addressed the general substrates underlying neural functions and the neural dynamics in sensory, motor, and cognitive systems. Other important neuroscience fields covered in the meeting were learning and memory processes and the functionally-related changes in synaptic strength, neural oscillations, synchronizations and coherence activities between different neural circuits, and the imaging of cognitive networks. Finally, specific articles covered several fields related to neural computation and neuroengineering, the modelling higher-order functions and dysfunctions and the experimental design of brain-to-computer and brain-to-brain interactions. All articles were peer-reviewed. The ICCN is a series conference that takes place every two years since 2007.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xviii, 407 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Biomedical and Life Sciences
    ISBN: 9789811088544 , 978-981-10-8854-4
    ISSN: 2213-3569 , 2213-3577
    Series Statement: Advances in Cognitive Neurodynamics
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Neural Dynamics in Motor and Sensory Systems and in Cognitive Functions 1 Decomposition of Superimposed Chaotic Spike Sequences by Using the Bifurcating Neuron / Akihiro Yamaguchi, Yutaka Yamaguti, and Masao Kubo 2 Neural Energy Properties and Mental Exploration Based on Neural Energy Field Gradient / Yihong Wang, Xuying Xu, and Rubin Wang 3 Information Coded in the Striatum During Decision-Making / Makoto Ito and Kenji Doya 4 A Comparison of Reward Values Encoding Function Between the Prefrontal Cortex and Striatum in Monkey / Zaizhi Wen, Jianhua Zhang, and Xiaochuan Pan 5 Injection of Muscimol into Prefrontal Cortex Impairs Monkey’s Reward Transitive Inference / Xiaochuan Pan, Rubin Wang, and Masamichi Sakagami 6 Behavioral and Cognitive Impairments Induced by Low Doses of MK-801 and Ketamine / Marta Lovera-Ulecía, Lucía Moreno-Lama, María Ángeles Gómez-Climent, José M. Delgado-García, and Agnès Gruart 7 Changes in Brain Activity During Instrumental Behavior After Additional Learning in Rats / Vladimir Gavrilov 8 Coincidence Detection and Absolute Threshold in the Auditory Brainstem / Ray Meddis 9 Simultaneous Observation and Imagery of Hand Movement Enhance Event-Related Desynchronization of Stroke Patients / Atsuhiro Ichidi, Yuka Hanafusa, Tatsunori Itakura, and Toshihisa Tanaka 10 Behavioral and Brain Activity Modulation Through Neurofeedback Training Using Electroencephalography / Takuya Kimura and Jiro Okuda Part II Cognitive Network and Multi-scale Neural Network Dynamics 11 Network Model for Dynamics of Perception with Reservoir Computing and Predictive Coding / Yuichi Katori 12 Analysis of Structure-Function Relationship Using a Whole-Brain Dynamic Model Based on MRI Images of the Common Marmoset / Hiromichi Tsukada, Hiroaki Hamada, Ken Nakae, Shin Ishii, Junichi Hata, Hideyuki Okano, and Kenji Doya 13 A Structure and Function of Hippocampal Memory Networks in Consolidating Spatiotemporal Contexts / Hiromichi Tsukada, Minoru Tsukada, and Yoshikazu Isomura 14 A Pseudo-neuron Device and Firing Dynamics of Their Networks Similar to Neural Synchronizing Phenomena Between Far Local Fields in the Brain /Tomoyuki Yano, Yoshitomo Goto, Tomoyuki Nagaya, Ichiro Tsuda, and Shigetoshi Nara 15 Neurodynamics on Up and Down Transitions of Membrane Potential: From Single Neuron to Network / Xuying Xu, Rubin Wang, and Jianting Cao 16 Effects of Temporal Integration on Computational Performance of Spiking Neural Network / Fangzheng Xue, Yang Zhang, Hongjun Zhou, and Xiumin Li 17 Anticipatory Top-Down Interactive Neural Dynamics / Steven L. Bressler 18 Coherence-Based Coding in Spiking Neural Network with Global Inhibitory Feedback / Jinli Xie, Qinjun Zhao, and Jianyu Zhao 19 Time-Varying Scalp EEG Network Patterns for Music Tempo Perception /Wei Xu, Yin Tian, Haiyong Zhang, Huiling Zhang, Zhongyan Wang, Li Yang, Shuxing Zheng, Yupan Shi, Xing Zhao, Dechun Zhao, Xiuxing Wang, Yu Pang, and Zhangyong Li 20 Serotonin 5-HT1A Receptors Modulate Neural Rhythms in Prefrontal Cortex and Hippocampus and Prefronto-Hippocampal Connectivity in Alert Mice / Thomas Gener, Adrià Tauste-Campo, Maria Alemany-González, Cristina Delgado-Sallent, and Maria Victoria Puig Part III Neuroengineering, Neuroinformation and Brain Computer Interaction 21 A New Paradigm Based on Dynamic Visual Stimulation in BCI / Zhaoyang Qiu, Jing Jin, Hanhan Zhang, Yu Zhang, Bei Wang, and Xingyu Wang 22 Asynchronous Stimulation Method for N100-P300 Speller / Natsuki Morita and Yoshikazu Washizawa 23 Attention Evaluation Based on Single Prefrontal EEG / Jianhai Zhang, Gaomin Liu, Shaokai Zhao, and Wenhao Huang 24 Multi-Linc: A New Approach for Exploring Inter-areal Spike Communication / Yoshikazu Isomura 25 Intra-body Communication as an Emerging Approach to Neuromodulation / Javier Reina-Tosina, M. Amparo Callejón, Laura Fernández, and Laura M. Roa 26 Electrophysiology Techniques in Visual Prosthesis / Alejandro Barriga-Rivera and Gregg Jorgen Suaning 27 Application of Video-Oculography for the Analysis of the Vestibulo-Ocular Reflex in Acute Hypoxic Mice / Juan Carlos López-Ramos, Ana Belén García Cebrián, and José M. Delgado-García 28 RatButton: A User-Friendly Touchscreen Presentation Software / Celia Andreu-Sánchez, Miguel Ángel Martín-Pascual, Agnès Gruart, and José María Delgado-García 29 ERFo: An Algorithm for Extracting a Range of Optimal Frequencies for Filtering Electrophysiological Recordings / C. Rocío Caro-Martín, Agnès Gruart, José M. Delgado-García, and Alessandro E. P. Villa 30 VISSOR: An Algorithm for the Detection, Identification, and Classification of the Action Potentials Distributed Across Electrophysiological Recordings / C. Rocío Caro-Martín, José M. Delgado-García, Agnès Gruart, and Raudel Sánchez-Campusano Part IV Modelling Higher-Order Functions and Dysfunctions 31 Influence of β-Amyloid Plaques on the Local Network Activity in the APP/PS1 Mouse Model of Alzheimer’s Disease / Patricia Castano-Prat, Guillermo Aparicio-Torres, Alberto Muñoz, and Maria V. Sanchez-Vives 32 Altered Functional Connectivity in a Mouse Model of Fragile X Syndrome / Miguel Dasilva, Alvaro Navarro-Guzman, Luca Maiolo, Andres Ozaita, and Maria V. Sanchez-Vives 33 Multiple Epileptogenic Foci Can Promote Seizure Discharge Onset and Propagation / Denggui Fan and Qingyun Wang 34 An ERP Study Reveals How Training with Dual N-Back Task Affects Risky Decision Making in a Gambling Task in ADHD Patients / Sarah K. Mesrobian, Alessandra Lintas, Manon Jaquerod, Michel Bader, Lorenz Götte, and Alessandro E. P. Villa 35 Working Memory Development in Attention Deficit Children and Adolescents / Elena I. Rodríguez-Martínez, Antonio Arjona-Valladares, Francisco J. Ruíz-Martínez, Manuel Morales, Catarina I. Barriga-Paulino, Jaime Gómez-González, and Carlos M. Gómez 36 Spectral Power and Maturational Frequency-Coupling Differences Between Attention Deficit and Control Children and Adolescents / Elena I. Rodríguez-Martínez, Brenda Y. Angulo-Ruíz, Antonio Arjona-Valladares, Francisco J. Ruíz-Martinez, Jaime Gómez-González, and Carlos M. Gómez 37 Event-Related Potentials During a Delayed Match-to-Sample Test to Evaluate Working Memory Development in Control and Attention Deficit Children and Adolescents / Antonio Arjona-Valladares, Elena I. Rodríguez-Martínez, Francisco J. Ruíz-Martínez, Jaime Gómez-González, and Carlos M. Gómez 38 Postnatal Development of Sleep-Wake Cycle in Wild-Type Mice / Ángeles Prados-Pardo, Sandra Yaneth Prieto-Soler, and Eduardo Domínguez-del-Toro 39 Complexity of Heart Rate As a Value of Behavioral Complexity / Anastasiia Bakhchina 40 Neural Generators of the N2 Component for Abstinent Heroin Addicts in a Dot-Probe Task / Hongqian Li, Qinglin Zhao, Bin Hu, Yu Zhou, and Quanying Liu Part V Oscillation, Synchronization, Neural Plasticity, and Coordination Dynamics from Neural to Social Systems 41 Changes in Phase Synchronization of EEG During Development of Symbolic Communication Systems / Masayuki Fujiwara, Takashi Hashimoto, Guanhong Li, Jiro Okuda, Takeshi Konno, Kazuyuki Samejima, and Junya Morita 42 Effect of Spike-Timing-Dependent Plasticity on Stochastic Spike Synchronization in an Excitatory Neuronal Population / Sang-Yoon Kim and Woochang Lim 43 Alpha Phase Is Regulated by Gamma Power in Mouse Hippocampus / Tao Zhang, Xiaxia Xu, and Zhuo Yang 44 Quantitative Analysis of Functional Connectivity Between Prefrontal Cortex and Striatum in Monkey / Zaizhi Wen, Jianhua Zhang, Xiaochuan Pan, and Rubin Wang 45 Spontaneous Theta Rhythm Predicts Insomnia Duration: A Resting-State EEG Study / Wenrui Zhao, Dong Gao, Faguo Yue, Yanting Wang, Dandan Mao, Tianqiang Liu, and Xu Lei 46 Differences in Perceiving Narratives Through Screens or Reality / Miguel Ángel Martín-Pascual, Celia Andreu-Sánchez, José M. Delgado-García, and Agnès Gruart 47 Self-Organization with Constraints: The Significance of Invariant Manifolds / Ichiro Tsuda 48 On the Nature of Coordination in Nature / Emmanuelle Tognoli,
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 81
    Call number: 9783030119584 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The Mediterranean Sea, as a “centre” of the ancient world, has been early recognized as a laboratory basin for a variety of atmospheric, ocean and climate studies. Its uniqueness is manifested in its geographical position, a mid-latitude region connecting three continents, orography that affects cyclogenesis, precipitation and winds, ocean bathymetry that is shaped by narrow and shallow straits, passages and sills, and other. Its both atmospheric and oceanic climate is distinctive and, while differing substantially from neighbouring continents and oceans, it strongly interferes and shapes their properties. One of such adjacent basins is the Black Sea, which is, albeit minor in quantity, providing a noteworthy impact to the Mediterranean and vice versa. This topical volume of Pure and Applied Geophysics is presenting recent investigations of atmospheric and ocean properties, processes and climate of both basins, being inspired by presentations given in the Joint Congress of the 6th International Conference on Meteorology and Climatology of the Mediterranean & Challenges in Meteorology 5, held in Zagreb, Croatia, on 20-22 February 2017. The volume comprises 22 papers that are classified in three research categories: (1) storms, extremes and mesoscale processes, (2) atmospheric climate, variability and climate change, and (3) ocean climate and variability. The papers investigate processes occurring over a variety of spatial and temporal scales, from hemispheric processes that drive the observed changes in the Mediterranean and Black Sea, through phenomena that are influencing the whole basin or its sub-basins, to local and mesoscale extreme events that are affecting large cities and local populations in the region. The volume is of interest to atmospheric and oceanic researchers involved in a variety of processes that are occurring over the Mediterranean and Black Sea region. This particularly refers to young researchers and PhD students that are yet to enter to research of this unique and exciting region full of challenges that need an interdisciplinary, innovative and state-of-the-art approaches in solving actual research problems
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (VI, 410 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten (überwiegend farbig)
    ISBN: 9783030119584 , 978-3-030-11958-4
    ISSN: 2504-3633 , 2504-3625
    Series Statement: Pageoph topical volumes
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Meteorology and Climatology of the Mediterranean and Black Seas: Introduction / Ivica Vilibić, Kristian Horvath und Jose Luis Palau An Extreme Hailstorm on 27 July 2017 in Istanbul, Turkey: Synoptic Scale Circulation and Thermodynamic Evaluation /Hakki Baltaci, Bulent Oktay Akkoyunlu und Mete Tayanc Hydraulic and Wave Aspects of Novorossiysk Bora / Anna A. Shestakova, Konstantin B. Moiseenko und Pavel A. Toropov Waterspout Forecasting Method Over the Eastern Adriatic Using a High-Resolution Numerical Weather Model / Tanja Renko, Sarah Ivušić, Maja Telišman Prtenjak, Vinko Šoljan und Igor Horvat Study of the Western Black Sea Storms with a Focus on the Storms Caused by Cyclones of North African Origin / Vasko Galabov und Hristo Chervenkov Operational Wave Modelling in the Adriatic Sea with the Wind Wave Model / Mathieu Dutour Sikirić, Damir Ivanković, Aron Roland, Stjepan Ivatek-Šahdan und Martina Tudor Atmospheric Forcing Conducive for the Adriatic 25 June 2014 Meteotsunami Event / Kristian Horvath, Jadranka Šepić und Maja TelišMan Prtenjak Impact of Geomorphological Changes to Harbor Resonance During Meteotsunamis: The Vela Luka Bay Test Case / Cléa Denamiel, Jadranka Šepić und Ivica Vilibić Analysis of long-term changes in extreme climatic indices: a case study of the Mediterranean climate, Marmara Region, Turkey / Mohsen Abbasnia und Hüseyin Toros Observed Changes in Daily Precipitation Extremes at Annual Timescale Over the Eastern Mediterranean During 1961–2012 / S. Mathbout, J.A. Lopez-Bustins, D. Royé, J. Martin-Vide, J. Bech und F.S. Rodrigo Modelling Dry Spells by Extreme Value Distribution with Bayesian Inference / Ksenija Cindrić und Zoran Pasarić Analyzing the Mediterranean Water Cycle Via Satellite Data Integration / Victor Pellet, Filipe Aires, Annarita Mariotti und Diego Fernández-Prieto Impact of the Surface–Atmosphere Variables on the Relation Between Air and Land Surface Temperatures / Gemma Simó, Daniel Martínez-Villagrasa, Maria A. Jiménez, Vicente Caselles und Joan Cuxart Assessing Shifts of Mediterranean and Arid Climates Under RCP4.5 and RCP8.5 Climate Projections in Europe / José I. Barredo, Achille Mauri, Giovanni Caudullo und Alessandro Dosio Mediterranean Sea-Level Variability in the Second Half of the Twentieth Century: A Bayesian Approach to Closing the Budget / Mirko Orlić, Miroslava Pasarić und Zoran Pasarić Mediterranean Surface Geostrophic Circulation from Satellite Gravity and Altimetry Observations / M.I. Vigo, M.D. Sempere, B.F. Chao und M. Trottini Variability of Wind-Driven Coastal Upwelling in the North-Eastern Black Sea in 1979–2016 According to NCEP/CFSR Data / Ksenia Silvestrova, Stanislav Myslenkov und Andrey Zatsepin Sea Surface Temperature in the Mediterranean: Trends and Spatial Patterns (1982–2016) / Francisco Pastor, Jose Antonio Valiente und José Luis Palau Long-Term Trends, Variability and Extremes of In Situ Sea Surface Temperature Measured Along the Eastern Adriatic Coast and its Relationship to Hemispheric Processes / Branka Grbec, Frano Matić, Gordana Beg Paklar, Mira Morović, Ružica Popović und Ivica Vilibić Water Masses in the Eastern Mediterranean Sea: An Analysis of Measured Isotopic Oxygen / Paola de Ruggiero, Davide Zanchettin, Manuel Bensi, Dagmar Hainbucher, Barbara Stenni, Stefano Pierini und Angelo Rubino Modelling Interannual Changes in Dense Water Formation on the Northern Adriatic Shelf / Hrvoje Mihanović, Ivica Janeković, Ivica Vilibić, Vedrana Kovačević und Manuel Bensi Mediterranean Thermohaline Response to Large-Scale Winter Atmospheric Forcing in a High-Resolution Ocean Model Simulation / Eleonora Cusinato, Davide Zanchettin, Gianmaria Sannino und Angelo Rubino Role of the Oceanic Vertical Thermal Structure in the Modulation of Heavy Precipitations Over the Ligurian Sea / A.N. Meroni, L. Renault, A. Parodi und C. Pasquero
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 82
    Call number: 9783030258658 (e-book)
    In: Ecological studies, Volume 239
    Description / Table of Contents: Domestic and wild large mammalian herbivores occur on every continent except Antarctica. Through their browsing and grazing, they affect the structure and distribution not only of vegetation, but also of associated fauna. Consequently, the interactions between management practices and herbivore populations influence the biodiversity, structure and dynamics of ecosystems across vast expanses around the globe: signs of human activity that will be detectable for epochs to come. As a follow-up work to The Ecology of Browsing and Grazing, published in 2008, this new volume presents cutting-edge research on the behaviour, distribution, movement, and direct and indirect impacts of domestic and wild herbivores on terrestrial ecosystems. The respective chapters highlight strategic and applied research on cross-cutting issues in palaeontology and ecology, and provide concrete recommendations on the management of large herbivores to integrate production and conservation in terrestrial systems. Given its scope, the book will appeal to students, researchers and anyone interested in understanding these fascinating wild animals and how they shape the natural world
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiv, 451 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783030258658 , 978-3-030-25865-8
    ISSN: 2196-971X , 0070-8356
    Series Statement: Ecological studies 239
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 The Ecology of Browsing and Grazing II / Iain J. Gordon and Herbert H. T. Prins 2 The Palaeontology of Browsing and Grazing / Juha Saarinen 3 The Paleoecological Impact of Grazing and Browsing: Consequences of the Late Quaternary Large Herbivore Extinctions / John Rowan and J. T. Faith 4 Morphological and Physiological Adaptations for Browsing and Grazing / Daryl Codron, Reinhold R. Hofmann, and Marcus Clauss 5 Feeding Ecology of Large Browsing and Grazing Herbivores / Jan A. Venter, Mika M. Vermeulen, and Christopher F. Brooke 6 Population Dynamics of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates in the Anthropocene / Christian Kiffner and Derek E. Lee 7 Community Dynamics of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates / Charudutt Mishra, Munib Khanyari, Herbert H. T. Prins, and Kulbhushansingh R. Suryawanshi 8 Weather and Climate Impacts on Browsing and Grazing Ungulates / Randall B. Boone 9 Impacts of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates on Soil Biota and Nutrient Dynamics / Judith Sitters and Walter S. Andriuzzi 10 Effects of Grazing and Browsing on Tropical Savanna Vegetation / Frank van Langevelde, Claudius A. D. M. van de Vijver, Herbert H. T. Prins, and Thomas A. Groen 11 Impacts of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates on Plant Characteristics and Dynamics / Autumn E. Sabo 12 Impacts of Browsing and Grazing Ungulates on Faunal Biodiversity / Krisztián Katona and Corli Coetsee 13 Interactions Between Fire and Herbivory: Current Understanding and Management Implications / Izak P. J. Smit and Corli Coetsee 14 Managing Browsing and Grazing Ungulates / Richard W. S. Fynn, David J. Augustine, and Samuel D. Fuhlendorf 15 The Ecology of Browsing and Grazing in Other Vertebrate Taxa / Iain J. Gordon, Herbert H. T. Prins, Jordan Mallon, Laura D. Puk, Everton B. P. Miranda, Carolina Starling-Manne, René van der Wal, Ben Moore, William Foley, Lucy Lush, Renan Maestri, Ikki Matsuda, and Marcus Clauss 16 Browsers and Grazers Drive the Dynamics of Ecosystems / Iain J. Gordon and Herbert H. T. Prins Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 83
    Call number: 9783662562338 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This completely updated and revised second edition provides a unique and up-to-date treatment of all aspects of plant ecology, making it an ideal textbook and reference work for students, researchers and practitioners. More than 500 high-quality images and drawings, mostly in colour, aid readers’ understanding of various key topics, while the clear structure and straightforward style make it user friendly and particularly useful for students. Written by leading experts, it offers authoritative information, including relevant references. While Plant Ecology primarily addresses graduate students in biology and ecology, it is also a valuable resource for post-graduate students and researchers in botany, environmental sciences and landscape ecology, as well as all those whose study or work touches on agriculture, forestry, land use, and landscape management. Key Topics: - Molecular ecophysiology (molecular stress physiology: light, temperature, oxygen deficiency, water deficit (drought), unfavorable soil mineral conditions, biotic stress) - Physiological and biophysical plant ecology (ecophysiology of plants: thermal balance, water, nutrient, carbon relations) - Ecosystem ecology (characteristics of ecosystems, approaches how to study and how to model terrestrial ecosystems, biogeochemical fluxes in terrestrial ecosystems) - Community ecology and biological diversity (development of plant communities in time and space, interactions between plants and plant communities with the abiotic and the biotic environment, biodiversity and ecosystem functioning) - Global ecology (global biogeochemical cycles, Dynamic Global Vegetation Models, global change and terrestrial ecosystems)
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XXI, 926 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten
    Edition: Second edition
    ISBN: 9783662562338 , 978-3-662-56233-8
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction References Part I Molecular Stress Physiology 2 General Themes of Molecular Stress Physiology 2.1 Definitions and Concepts 2.1.1 Stress 2.1.2 Quantification of Stress 2.1.3 Escape–Resistance–Avoidance–Tolerance 2.1.4 Stress Responses–Acclimation–Adaptation 2.1.5 Filters Determining Species Distribution 2.2 Activation of Stress Tolerance and Avoidance Mechanisms 2.2.1 Stress Sensing and Signal Transduction 2.2.2 Transcriptional Control 2.2.3 Oxidative Stress 2.2.4 Long-Distance Stress Signalling 2.2.5 The Model System Arabidopsis thaliana 2.3 Stress and Growth Regulation 2.4 Molecular Basis of Escape and Anticipation of Stress 2.4.1 Circadian Rhythms 2.4.2 Anticipation of Seasonal Changes in Environmental Conditions 2.4.3 Developmental Switches Triggered by Favourable Conditions 2.4.4 Trans-Generational Stress Memory Summary References 3 Light 3.1 The Dual Significance of Light 3.2 Visible Light 3.2.1 Avoidance of Light Stress and Permanent or Dynamic Acclimation 3.2.2 Overexcitation and Damage to Photosynthetic Membranes. 3.2.3 Flexible Acclimation to Changes in Light Intensity 3.2.4 Continuous Light 3.2.5 Light Triggers Plant Adaptation and Acclimation to the Environment 3.3 UV-B Radiation 3.3.1 Ranges of Ultraviolet Radiation and Biological Activity 3.3.2 Ultraviolet-B Damage and Repair Mechanisms 3.3.3 Avoidance of Ultraviolet-B-Induced Stress 3.3.4 Ultraviolet-B Perception and Signalling 3.3.5 Crosstalk Between Ultraviolet-B and Visible Light Responses Summary References 4 Temperature 4.1 The Temperature Challenge 4.1.1 Temperature Dependence of Life 4.1.2 Plants as Poikilothermic Organisms 4.1.3 Variations in Temperature Range 4.1.4 Strategies to Cope with Temperature Fluctuations and Temperature Extremes 4.2 Cold Acclimation and Freezing Tolerance 4.2.1 Adjustment of Membrane Fluidity 4.2.2 Prevention of Photoinhibition 4.2.3 Cryoprotective Proteins 4.2.4 Control of Ice Formation 4.2.5 Signalling Networks Involved in Cold Acclimation 4.2.6 Freezing Avoidance and Freezing Tolerance in Tropical High Mountain Plants 4.3 Heat Stress 4.3.1 Heat Stress Avoidance 4.3.2 Acquired Thermotolerance 4.3.3 The Heat Shock Response 4.4 Temperature Sensing 4.4.1 Sensing of Extreme Temperatures 4.4.2 Sensing of Ambient Temperature Changes Summary References 5 Oxygen Deficiency 5.1 Conditions of Flooded Soil 5.2 Hypoxia-Induced Damage: Energy Metabolism of Plants Under Oxygen Deficiency 5.3 Natural Variation in the Ability to Endure Inundation by Water 5.4 Adaptations to Flooding-Prone Habitats 5.4.1 Anatomical–Morphological Adaptations and Modifications 5.4.2 Biochemical Modifications 5.5 Sensing of Flooding and Ensuing Signal Transduction 5.5.1 Ethylene Signal Transduction 5.5.2 Oxygen Sensing 5.6 Regulation of Avoidance and Tolerance Strategies Summary References 6 Water Deficiency (Drought) 6.1 The Properties of Water 6.2 Water Acquisition and Movement: Cellular Aspects 6.2.1 The Water Potential 6.2.2 Facilitation of Intercellular and Intracellular Water Flow: Aquaporins 6.3 Drought Stress Responses: Avoidance and Tolerance 6.3.1 Control of the Osmotic Potential 6.3.2 Protective Proteins 6.3.3 Regulation of the Stomatal Aperture 6.4 Acclimation of Growth 6.4.1 Inhibition of Shoot Growth 6.4.2 Stimulation of Root Growth 6.5 Sensing of Water Status and Signal Transduction 6.5.1 Sensing of Water Status 6.5.2 ABA Signal Transduction 6.5.3 ABA-Independent Signalling 6.6 Photosynthesis Variants with Improved Water Use Efficiency 6.6.1 C4 Photosynthesis 6.6.2 Evolution of C 4 Photosynthesis 6.6.3 Crassulacean Acid Metabolism 6.6.4 Evolution of Crassulacean Acid Metabolism Photosynthesis Summary References 7 Adverse Soil Mineral Availability 7.1 Mineral Nutrients 7.2 The Mineral Nutrition Challenge 7.2.1 Elements in the Soil 7.2.2 Element Toxicity 7.3 Nutrient Acquisition and Responses to Nutrient Scarcity 7.3.1 Modulation of Nutrient Availability 7.3.2 Cellular Ion Transport Mechanisms 7.3.3 Modulation of Nutrient Uptake in Response to Deficiency 7.3.4 Intracellular Transport and Cellular Aspects of Long-Distance Transport 7.3.5 Plasticity of Root Architecture and Responses to Nutrient Deficiency 7.3.6 Sensing of Nutrient Availability and Nutrient Status . 7.4 Nutrient Acquisition Symbioses 7.4.1 Mycorrhizae 7.4.2 Nitrogen Fixation 7.4.3 The Common Sym Pathway 7.5 Responses to Element Toxicity and Tolerance Mechanisms 7.5.1 Essential Metal Toxicity and Tolerance 7.5.2 Metal Hyperaccumulators as Models for Adaptation to Extreme Environments 7.5.3 Sodium Toxicity 7.5.4 Aluminium Toxicity and Tolerance 7.5.5 Non-Essential Toxic Metals Summary References 8 Biotic Stress 8.1 Plant Disease Caused by Pathogens 8.1.1 Types of Pathogens: Viruses, Bacteria, Fungi, Oomycetes and Nematodes 8.1.2 Pathogenicity Mechanisms 8.2 Plant Defences Against Microbial Pathogens and Viruses 8.2.1 Preformed Defences Against Bacteria, Fungi and Oomycetes 8.2.2 Inducible Local Defences 8.2.3 Inducible Systemic Resistance 8.2.4 Defence Against Viruses via Gene Silencing 8.3 Herbivory 8.3.1 Constitutive Defences 8.3.2 Inducible Defences Against Herbivores 8.3.3 How Plant–Herbivore Interactions Drive Genetic Diversity 8.4 Parasitic Plants 8.5 Allelopathy Summary References Part II Physiological and Biophysical Plant Ecology 9 Thermal Balance of Plants and Plant Communities 9.1 Energy Balance of the Atmospheric Boundary Layer 9.2 Microclimate Near the Ground Surface 9.2.1 Daily Changes in Temperature Near the Ground 9.2.2 Modification of Environmental Radiation and Temperature by Abiotic Factors 9.2.3 Modification of the Radiation Budget and Temperature by Biotic Factors 9.3 Energy Balance of Leaves 9.4 Acclimation and Adaptation to Temperature Extremes 9.4.1 Acclimation and Adaptation to High Temperatures 9.4.2 Acclimation and Adaptation to Low Temperatures Summary References 10 Water Relations 10.1 Water as an Environmental Factor 10.1.1 Water Use by Plants and Animals 10.1.2 Availability of Water on Earth 10.1.3 Drivers of Water Flow Between the Soil and the Atmosphere 10.2 Water Transport from the Soil to the Plant 10.2.1 Water Uptake 10.2.2 Xylem Water Transport 10.2.3 Phloem Water Transport 10.3 Transpiration 10.3.1 Stomatal Responses to Plant-Internal Factors 10.3.2 Stomatal Responses to Environmental Factors Summary References 11 Nutrient Relations 11.1 Availability of Soil Nutrients and Ion Use 11.1.1 Plant Nutrients 11.1.2 Availability of Nutrients in Soil 11.1.3 General Aspects of Plant Nutrition 11.1.4 Nutrient Deficiency and Excess 11.2 Nitrogen Nutrition 11.2.1 Nitrogen in Plant Metabolism 11.2.2 Nitrogen Uptake and Nutrition 11.2.3 Nitrogen Requirements for Growth 11.2.4 Nitrogen Storage 11.2.5 Insectivorous Plants 11.2.6 Nitrogen Deficiency and Excess 11.3 Sulphur Nutrition 11.3.1 Sulphur in Plant Metabolism 11.3.2 Sulphur Uptake and Plant Requirements 11.3.3 Indicators of Sulphur Deficiency and Excess 11.4 Phosphate Nutrition 11.4.1 Phosphorus in Plant Metabolism 11.4.2 Phosphate Uptake and Plant Requirements 11.4.3 Indicators of Phosphorus Deficiency and Excess 11.5 Alkaline Cation Nutrition 11.5.1 Magnesium 11.5.2 Calcium 11.5.3 Potassium Summary References 12 Carbon Relations 12.1 Photosynthetic CO2 Uptake: Physiological and Physical Basis 12.1.1 Photosynthesis as a Diffusion Process 12.1.2 Evolution of C 3, C4 and Crassulacean Acid Metabolism Plant Species 12.2 Photosynthesis Models and Calculation of 13C/12C Fluxes (Contribution by A. Arneth) 12.2.1 RubisCO-Limited or RuBP-Saturated Rate (Av) 12.2.2 RuBP Regeneration–Dependent and Electron Transport–Limiting Rate (Aj) 12.2.3 Supply of CO 2 Through Stomata 12.2.4 13C/12C Discrimination 12.3 Specific Leaf Area, Nitrogen Concentrations and Photosynthetic Capacity 12.3.1 Specific Leaf Area 12.3.2 Maximum Rates of CO2 Assimilation 12.4 Response of Photosynthesis to Environmental Variables 12.4.1 Light Response of CO 2 Assimilation 12.4.2 Temperature Response of CO2 Assimilation 12.4.3 Relative Air Humidi
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 84
    Call number: 9783319279657 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book gathers selected contributions presented at the Enzo Levi and XX Annual Meeting of the Fluid Dynamic Division of the Mexican Physical Society in 2014. The individual papers explore recent advances in experimental and theoretical fluid dynamics and are suitable for use in both teaching and research. The fluid dynamics applications covered include multiphase flows, convection, diffusion, heat transfer, rheology, granular materials, viscous flows, porous media flows, geophysics and astrophysics. The contributions, some of which are introductory and avoid the use of complicated mathematics, are suitable for fourth-year undergraduate and graduate students. Accordingly, the book is of immense benefit to these students, as well as to scientists in the fields of physics, chemistry and engineering with an interest in fluid dynamics from experimental and theoretical points of view.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xix, 506 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: corrected publication 2019
    ISBN: 9783319279657 , 978-3-319-27965-7
    ISSN: 1863-5520 , 1863-5539
    Series Statement: Environmental science and engineering : environmental science
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Vortex and Circulation Phenomena Numerical Study of the Cross Flow in a Non-isothermal Open Cavity / G.E. Ovando-Chacon, S.L. Ovando-Chacon, J.C. Prince-Avelino, A. Rodriguez-León and A. Servin-Martínez Oscillations of a Flexible Plate Immersed in a Vortex Street / E. Sandoval Hernández and A. Cros Experimental Study of a Vortex Generated at the Edge of a Channel with a Step / E.J. López-Sánchez, C.D. García-Molina, G. Ruiz-Chavarría and A. Medina Fluid Forces on a Flexible Circular Cylinder in Vortex-Induced Vibrations / C. Monreal-Jiménez, F. Oviedo-Tolentino, G.L. Gutiérrez-Urueta, R. Romero-Méndez and G. Mejía-Rodríguez Vortical Structures Generated Behind Flapping Foils with Different Aspect Ratios / B. Franco Llamas, E. Sandoval Hernández and A. Cros Circulation Control: A Comparative Study of Experimental and Numerical Investigation / H. Carmona, A. Cházaro, A. Traslosheros, A. Iturbe and J. Hernández CFD RANS Simulation of 2D Circulation Control Airfoil / H. Carmona, A. Cházaro, A. Traslosheros, A. Iturbe and J. Hernández Calibration of a Background Oriented Schlieren (BOS) / A. Aguayo Ortiz, H. Cardoso Sakamoto, C. Echeverría Arjonilla, D. Porta Zepeda, C. Stern Forgach and G. Monsivais Galindo Measurement of the Density Inside a Supersonic Jet Using the Background Oriented Schlieren (BOS) Technique / D. Porta, C. Echeverría, A. Aguayo, J.E. Hiroki Cardoso and C. Stern Part II Environmental Applications Experimental Evaluation of Specific Components Working in an Environmentally Friendly Cooling System / G. Gutierrez Urueta, F. Oviedo, R. Peña, P. Rodríguez-Aumente, C. Monreal and J. Arellano Rainfall Series Fractality in the Baja California State / A. López-Lambraño, C. Fuentes, A. López-Ramos, M. Pliego-Díaz and M. López-L Hydrodynamic Modeling for the Sustainable Management of the Guájaro Hydrosystem, Colombia / F. Torres-Bejarano, J. Padilla Coba, H. Ramírez-León, C. Rodríguez-Cuevas and R. Cantero-Rodelo Numerical Modeling of Hydrodynamics in the Agua Brava Lagoon, Located in Nayarit, Mexico / H. Barrios-Piña, H. Ramírez-León, A. Cuevas-Otero, F. Torres-Bejarano and J.T. Ponce-Palafox Hydraulic, Hydrodynamic and Environmental Design of an Offshore Outfall for the Campeche Sound Marine Region / A. Cuevas-Otero, H. Ramírez-León and H. Barrios-Piña Numerical Air Quality Forecast Modeling System: Mexico Case Study / A.R. Garcia, B.E. Mar-Morales and L.G. Ruiz-Suárez Internal Wave Observations in the Petacalco Canyon, México / A. Ruiz-Angulo and J. Zavala-Hidalgo Part III Fluid–Structure Interaction Stochastic Simulation for Couette Flow of Dilute Polymer Solutions Using Hookean Dumbbells / A. Gómez López, I. Pérez Reyes, A. López Villa and R.O. Vargas Aguilar Two-Dimensional Motion of a Viscoelastic Membrane in an Incompressible Fluid: Applications to the Cochlear Mechanics / Y.N. Domínguez-del Ángel, M. Núñez-López, J.G. González-Santos and A. López-Villa Electromagnetically Driven Flow Between Concentric Spheres: Experiments and Simulations / A. Figueroa, J.A. Rojas, J. Rosales and F. Vázquez Vibration of a Water Drop in a Hydrophobic Medium / G. Rangel Paredes, D. Porta Zepeda, C. Echeverría Arjonilla and C. Stern Forgach Analysis of an Annular MHD Stirrer for Microfluidic Applications / J. Pérez-Barrera, A. Ortiz and S. Cuevas Trajectories of Water and Sand Jets / D.A. Serrano, F. Sánchez-Silva, J. Klapp, P. Tamayo, A. Medina and G. Domínguez Coupling of P-B Equation with Stokes System: Formation of Rayleigh Jets / L.B. Gamboa and M.A. Fontelos Flow Measurement at the Inlet and Outlet Zones of an Automotive Brake Disc with Ventilation Post Pillars, Using Particle Image Velocimetry Technique / C.A. Jiménez García, G.J. Gutiérrez Paredes, J.E. Rivera López, A. López Villa and J.M. Casillas Navarrete Part IV General Fluid Dynamics and Applications Bouncing Droplets, Pilot-Waves, and Quantum Mechanics / Tomas Bohr, Anders Andersen and Benny Lautrup Phenomena of a Miscible Drop Through a Stratified Fluid / A. Zarazúa Cruz, C. Echeverría Arjonilla, D. Porta Zepeda and C. Stern Forgach Astrophysical Fluids of Novae: High Resolution Pre-decay X-Ray Spectrum of V4743 Sagittarii / J.M. Ramírez-Velasquez X-Ray Outflows of Active Galactic Nuclei Warm Absorbers: A 900 ks Chandra Simulated Spectrum / J.M. Ramírez-Velasquez and J. García Comparative Analysis of the Air Flow in Different Cultures Inside a Greenhouse Using CFD / J. Flores-Velázquez, W. Ojeda B and A. Rojano Numerical Modeling of the Knee Synovial Joint Under Deformation Using the Finite Volume Method / N. Martínez-Gutiérrez, L.A. Ibarra-Bracamontes, S.R. Galván-González, A. Aguilar-Corona and G. Viramontes-Gamboa Causal Propagation of Heat and Thermohaline Instability in Quasi-static Phenomena / A. Aguirre-Guzman and N. Falcón Dynamics of Noncohesive Confined Granular Media / N. Mujica and R. Soto Equations to Determine Energy Losses in Sudden and Gradual Change of Direction / J.J. Villegas-León, A.A. López-Lambraño, J.G. Morales-Nava, M. Pliego-Díaz, C. Fuentes and A. López-Ramos Parallel CPU/GPU Computing for Smoothed Particle Hydrodynamics Models / J.M. Domínguez, A. Barreiro, A.J.C. Crespo, O. García-Feal and M. Gómez-Gesteira Aquathemolysis Reaction of Heavy Oil by a MoWNiC Nanocrystalline Catalyst Produced by Mechanical Alloying / G.J. Gutiérrez Paredes, J.N. Rivera Olvera, A. López Villa and L. Díaz Barriga Arceo Correction to: Astrophysical Fluids of Novae: High Resolution Pre-decay X-Ray Spectrum of V4743 Sagittarii / J. M. Ramírez-Velasquez
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 85
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Call number: 9783319579269 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is devoted to the dangerous fishes found offshore the eastern and southern Arabian Peninsula. It covers information about the main groups of dangerous fish species i.e., biting and predator fish group, venomous stinging fish, electric shock fish, harmful stinging fish, and poisonous fish. In the latter group, the book gives details about fishes that cause several types of toxicities to human. The purpose of this book is to thoroughly introduce life, nature and methods of dangerous fishes in order to form awareness about their danger and to take the proper preventive steps. It will appeal to researchers, scholars, divers, the sea coast visitors and students of marine biology as it is highly informative and carefully presented. This book is the first of its kind for the Arabian region in particular and the Middle East in general.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 322 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: Corrected at 2nd printing 2018
    ISBN: 9783319579269 , 978-3-319-57926-9
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 1.1 Geography 1.2 Geology 1.3 Oceanography 1.4 Climate 1.5 Biodiversity References Part I Dangerous Fishes 2 Biting and Predator Fish Group 2.1 Chondrichthyes (Cartilagenous Fishes) 2.1.1 Relationship of Sharks to Humans 2.2 Osteichthyes (Teleostean Fishes) 2.2.1 Moray eels 2.3 Wolf-Herring and Barracuda 2.3.1 Barracuda Attacks and Bites 2.4 Triggerfish 2.4.1 Reported Cases of Triggerfish Bites 2.5 Ribbonfish 2.5.1 Bite of Ribbonfish and Its Mechanism References 3 Harmful Fish Group 3.1 Needlefish 3.1.1 Injuries Caused by Needlefishes 3.2 Surgeonfish 3.2.1 Cuts Caused by Surgeonfish References 4 Electric Fishes 4.1 Electric Rays and Their Electric Organ References Part II Poisonous and Venomous Fishes 5 Poisonous Fishes 5.1 Ichthyosarcotoxic Fishes 5.1.1 Elasmobranch Fish Poisoning 5.1.2 Ciguatoxic Fishes 5.1.3 Clupeotoxic Fishes 5.1.4 Gempylotoxic Fishes 5.1.5 Scomberotoxic Fishes 5.1.6 Hallucinogenic Fishes 5.1.7 Tetrodotoxic Fishes 5.2 Ichthyootoxic Fishes 5.2.1 Ichthyootoxic Fish Species 5.3 Ichthyogallotoxic Fishes 5.3.1 Ichthyogallotoxic Fish Species References 6 Ichthyohemotoxic Fishes 6.1 Background 6.2 Causative Agent 6.3 Symptoms 6.4 Treatment and Prevention 6.5 Ichthyohemotoxic Fish Species References 7 Venomous Fishes 7.1 Ithyocrinotoxic Fishes 7.1.1 Catfishes 7.1.2 Boxfishes 7.1.3 Species of Eels 7.1.4 Flatfishes 7.1.5 Pufferfish 7.1.6 Ichthyocrinotoxic Fish Species 7.2 Acanthotoxic (Venomous) Fishes 7.2.1 Venomous Stingrays 7.2.2 Venomous Catfishes 7.2.3 Venomous Scorpaenid Fishes 7.2.4 Venomous Stonefishes 7.2.5 Venomous Toadfishes 7.2.6 Venomous Spadefishes or Scats 7.2.7 Venomous Stargazers 7.2.8 Venomous Rabbit Fishes References Erratum to: Dangerous Fishes of the Eastern and Southern Arabian Peninsula About the Author Common Name Index Scientific Name Index General Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 86
    Call number: 9783319396170 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This textbook provides a comprehensive overview on the diverse strategies invertebrate animals have developed for nitrogen excretion and maintenance of acid-base balance and summarizes the most recent findings in the field, obtained by state-of-the-art methodology. A broad range of terrestrial, freshwater and marine invertebrate groups are covered, including crustaceans, cephalopods, insects and worms. In addition the impact of current and future changes in ocean acidification on marine invertebrates due to anthropogenic CO2 release will be analyzed. The book addresses graduate students and young researchers interested in general animal physiology, comparative physiology and marine/aquatic animal physiology. Also it is an essential source for researchers dealing with the effects of increasing pCO2 levels on aquatic animals, of which the vast majority are indeed invertebrates. All chapters are peer-reviewed.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 306 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 9783319396170 , 978-3-319-39617-0
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Nitrogen Excretion in Aquatic Crustaceans / Dirk Weihrauch, Sandra Fehsenfeld, and Alex Quijada-Rodriguez 2 Nitrogenous Waste Metabolism Within Terrestrial Crustacea, with Special Reference to Purine Deposits and Their Metabolism / Stuart M. Linton, Jonathan C. Wright, and Caitlin G. Howe 3 Gill Ion Transport ATPases and Ammonia Excretion in Aquatic Crustaceans / Francisco A. Leone, Malson N. Lucena, Daniela P. Garçon, Marcelo R. Pinto, and John C. McNamara 4 Nitrogen Excretion and Metabolism in Insects / M. J. O’Donnell and Andrew Donini 5 Nitrogen Excretion in Nematodes, Platyhelminthes, and Annelids / Alex R. Quijada-Rodriguez, Aida Adlimoghaddam, and Dirk Weihrauch 6 Acid–Base Regulation in Aquatic Decapod Crustaceans / Sandra Fehsenfeld and Dirk Weihrauch 7 Cell Biology of Reef-Building Corals: Ion Transport, Acid/Base Regulation, and Energy Metabolism / Martin Tresguerres, Katie L. Barott, Megan E. Barron, Dimitri D. Deheyn, David I. Kline, and Lauren B. Linsmayer 8 Acid–Base Regulation in Insect Haemolymph / Philip G.D. Matthews 9 Acid–Base Loops in Insect Larvae with Extremely Alkaline Midgut Regions / Horst Onken and David F. Moffett 10 pH Regulation and Excretion in Echinoderms / Meike Stumpp and Marian Y. Hu 11 Acid–Base Regulation and Ammonia Excretion in Cephalopods: An Ontogenetic Overview / Marian Hu and Yung-Che Tseng Service Part Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 87
    Call number: 9783319729534 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The quantity, diversity and availability of transport data is increasing rapidly, requiring new skills in the management and interrogation of data and databases. Recent years have seen a new wave of 'big data', 'Data Science', and 'smart cities' changing the world, with the Harvard Business Review describing Data Science as the "sexiest job of the 21st century". Transportation professionals and researchers need to be able to use data and databases in order to establish quantitative, empirical facts, and to validate and challenge their mathematical models, whose axioms have traditionally often been assumed rather than rigorously tested against data. This book takes a highly practical approach to learning about Data Science tools and their application to investigating transport issues. The focus is principally on practical, professional work with real data and tools, including business and ethical issues.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvii, 185 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten , 26 cm
    ISBN: 9783319729534 , 978-3-319-72953-4
    ISSN: 2510-1307 , 2510-1315
    Series Statement: Springer Textbooks in Earth Sciences, Geography and Environment
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 “Data Science” and “Big Data” 1.1 Transport Data Science Examples 1.1.1 Origin-Destination Analysis on the London Orbital Motorway 1.1.2 Airline Pricing and Arbitrage 1.1.3 Pothole Monitoring 1.1.4 Foursquare 1.1.5 Self-driving Cars 1.1.6 Taxi Services 1.2 The Claim 1.3 Definitions 1.4 Relationship with Other Fields 1.5 Ethics 1.6 Cynical Views 1.7 Exercise: itsleeds Virtual Desktop Setup 1.8 Further Reading 1.9 Appendix: Native Installation 2 Python for Data Science Primer 2.1 Programming Skills Check 2.2 Programming Languages 2.3 Programming Environment 2.4 Core Language 2.4.1 Lists 2.4.2 Dictionaries 2.4.3 Control Structures 2.4.4 Files 2.4.5 Functions 2.5 Libraries 2.5.1 Modules 2.5.2 Mathematics 2.5.3 Plotting 2.5.4 Data Frames 2.5.5 Debugging 2.6 Further Reading 3 Database Design 3.1 Before the Relational Model 3.2 Picturing the World 3.2.1 Ontology 3.2.2 Philosophical Ontology 3.2.3 Data Ontology 3.2.4 Structured Query Language (SQL) 3.3 Exercises 3.3.1 Setting up PostgreSQL 3.3.2 SQL Creation Language 3.3.3 SQL Query Language 3.3.4 SQL Python Binding 3.3.5 Importing Vehicle Bluetooth Data 3.4 Further Reading 4 Data Preparation 4.1 Obtaining Data 4.2 Basic Text Processing 4.3 Formal Grammar: The Chomsky Hierarchy 4.3.1 Regular Languages (Type 3) 4.3.2 Context-Free Languages (Type 2) 4.3.3 Beyond CFGs (Types 1 and 0) 4.4 Special Types 4.4.1 Strings and Numbers 4.4.2 Dates and Times 4.4.3 National Marine Electronics Association (NMEA) Format 4.5 Common Formats 4.6 Cleaning 4.7 B + Tree Implementation 4.8 Exercises 4.8.1 Reading the Database with Pandas 4.8.2 printf Notation 4.8.3 DateTimes 4.8.4 Time Alignment and Differencing 4.8.5 Parsing 4.8.6 Vehicle Bluetooth Munging 4.9 Further Reading 5 Spatial Data 5.1 Geodesy 5.2 Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) 5.3 Geographic Information Systems (GIS) 5.3.1 Role of GIS System 5.3.2 Spatial Ontology 5.3.3 Spatial Data Structures 5.4 Implementations 5.4.1 Spatial Files 5.4.2 Spatial Data Sources 5.4.3 Spatial Databases 5.4.4 Spatial Data Frames 5.5 Exercises 5.5.1 GPS Projections 5.5.2 PostGIS 5.5.3 GeoPandas 5.5.4 QGIS Road Maps 5.5.5 Plotting Open Street Map (OSM) Roads 5.5.6 Obtaining OSM Data 5.5.7 Bluetooth Traffic Sensor Sites 5.6 Further Reading 6 Bayesian Inference 6.1 Bayesian Inference Versus “Statistics” 6.2 Motorway Journey Times 6.3 Bayesian Inference 6.3.1 Bayes’ Theorem 6.3.2 Legal Inference: A Pedestrian Hit-and-Run Incident 6.3.3 Priors and Posteriors 6.3.4 Road User Tracking 6.4 Bayesian Networks 6.4.1 Bayesian Network for Traffic Lights 6.4.2 Bayesian Network for Traffic Accidents 6.4.3 Reporting 6.4.4 Car Insurance 6.5 Priors and Prejudice 6.6 Causality 6.7 Model Comparison and Combination 6.8 Exercises 6.8.1 Inferring Traffic Lights with PyMC3 6.8.2 Inferring Accident Road State Change with PyMC3 6.8.3 Switching Poisson Journey Times 6.9 Further Reading 7 Machine Learning 7.1 Generative Versus Discriminative Vehicle Emissions 7.2 Simple Classifiers 7.2.1 Linear Discriminant Analysis (LDA) 7.2.2 Nearest Neighbor 7.2.3 Template Matching 7.2.4 Naïve Bayes Classification 7.2.5 Decision Trees 7.3 Neural Networks and “Deep Learning” 7.3.1 Parallel Computing Back-Propagation 7.4 Limitations and Extensions 7.5 Exercises 7.6 Further Reading 8 Spatial Analysis 8.1 Spatial Statistics 8.2 Bayesian Spatial Models 8.2.1 Markov Random Fields (MRF) 8.2.2 Gaussian Processes (Kriging) 8.3 Vehicle Routing 8.3.1 Link-breaking 8.4 Spatial Features 8.5 Exploratory Analysis 8.6 Scaling Issues 8.7 Exercises 8.7.1 Gaussian Processes in GPy 8.7.2 Gaussian Process Traffic Densities 8.7.3 Vehicle Routing with PostGIS 8.7.4 Finding Roadside Sensor Sites 8.8 Further Reading 9 Data Visualisation 9.1 Visual Perception 9.1.1 Colours 9.1.2 Visual Attention 9.2 Geographic Visualization (Maps) 9.2.1 Traffic Flow Maps 9.2.2 Slippy Maps 9.2.3 Info-Graphics 9.3 Exercises 9.3.1 Web Page Maps with Leaflet 9.3.2 Bluetooth Origin-Destination Flows 9.3.3 Large Project Suggestions 9.4 Further Reading 10 Big Data 10.1 Medium-Sized Data Speedups 10.2 Enterprise Data Scaling 10.3 CAP Theorem 10.4 Big Data Scaling 10.4.1 Data “Lakes” 10.4.2 Grid Computing 10.4.3 Map-Reduce and Cloud Computing 10.4.4 Hadoop Ecosystem 10.4.5 Non-relational Databases (“NoSQL”) 10.4.6 Distributed Relational Databases (“NewSQL”) 10.5 Exercises 10.5.1 Prolog AI Car Insurance Queries 10.5.2 Map-Reduce on Vehicle Bluetooth Data 10.5.3 Setting up Hadoop and Spark 10.5.4 Finding Vehicle Matches in Hadoop 10.5.5 Traffic Flow Prediction with Spark 10.5.6 Large Project Suggestions 10.6 Further Reading 11 Professional Issues 11.1 Morals, Ethics, and Law 11.2 Ethical Issues 11.2.1 Privacy 11.2.2 De-anonymization (“Doxing”) 11.2.3 Predictive Analytics 11.2.4 Social and Selfish Equilibria 11.2.5 Monetization 11.2.6 Ontological Bias 11.2.7 p-hacking 11.2.8 Code Quality 11.2.9 Agency Conflicts 11.2.10 Server Jurisdiction 11.2.11 Security Services 11.3 UK Legal Framework 11.3.1 Data Protection Act 1988 11.3.2 General Data Protection Regulation (GPDR) 11.4 Role of the Data Scientist 11.5 Exercises 11.6 Further Reading Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 88
    facet.materialart.12
    [Berlin] : Springer
    Call number: 9783642254406 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: The book focusses on atmospheric processes, which directly affect human environments within the lowest 100–1000 meters of the atmosphere over regions of only a few kilometres in extent. The book is the translation into English of the third edition of the German book “Applied Meteorology – Micrometeorological Methods”. It presents, with selected examples, the basics of micrometeorology applied to disciplines such as biometeorology, agrometeorology, hydrometeorology, technical meteorology, environmental meteorology, and biogeosciences. The important issues discussed in this book are the transport processes and fluxes between the atmosphere and the underlying surface. Vegetated and heterogeneous surfaces are special subjects. The author covers the areas of theory, measurement techniques, experimental methods, and modelling all in ways that can be used independently in teaching, research, or practical applications.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxi, 362 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: second edition
    ISBN: 9783642254406 , 978-3-642-25440-6
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 General Basics 1.1 Micrometeorology 1.2 Atmospheric Scales 1.3 Atmospheric Boundary Layer 1.4 Energy Balance at the Earth’s Surface 1.4.1 Net Radiation at the Earth’s Surface 1.4.2 Ground Heat Flux and Ground Heat Storage 1.4.3 Turbulent Fluxes 1.5 Water Balance Equation References 2 Basic Equations of Atmospheric Turbulence 2.1 Equation of Motion 2.1.1 Navier-Stokes Equation of Mean Motion 2.1.2 Turbulent Equation of Motion 2.1.3 Closure Techniques 2.2 Equation of the Turbulence Kinetic Energy 2.3 Flux-Gradient Similarity 2.3.1 Profile Equations for Neutral Stratification 2.3.2 Integration of the Profile Equation—Roughness and Zero-Plane Displacement 2.3.3 Monin-Obukhov’s Similarity Theory 2.3.4 Bowen-Ratio Similarity 2.4 Flux-Variance Similarity 2.5 Turbulence Spectrum 2.6 Atmospheric Boundary Layer 2.6.1 Mixed Layer Height 2.6.2 Resistance Law 2.6.3 Integral Turbulence Characteristics References 3 Specifics of the Near-Surface Turbulence 3.1 Properties of the Underlying Surface 3.1.1 Roughness—Additional Remarks 3.1.2 Zero-Plane Displacement—Additional Remarks 3.1.3 Profiles in Plant Canopies 3.2 Internal Boundary Layers 3.2.1 Definition 3.2.2 Experimental Findings 3.2.3 Thermal Internal Boundary Layer 3.2.4 Blending-Height Concept 3.2.5 Practical Relevance of Internal Boundary Layers 3.3 Obstacles 3.4 Footprint 3.4.1 Definition 3.4.2 Footprint Models 3.4.3 Application of Footprint Models 3.5 High Vegetation 3.5.1 Behaviour of Meteorological Parameters in a Forest 3.5.2 Counter Gradient Fluxes—Coherent Structures 3.5.3 Roughness Sublayer—Mixing Layer 3.5.4 Coupling Between the Atmosphere and Plant Canopies 3.6 Advection 3.7 Conditions Under Stable Stratification 3.8 Energy Balance Closure References 4 Experimental Methods for Estimating the Fluxes of Energy and Matter 4.1 Profile Method 4.1.1 Profile Method with Two Measurement Heights 4.1.2 Profile Measurements with Several Measurement Heights 4.1.3 Power-Law 4.2 Eddy-Covariance Method 4.2.1 General Basics 4.2.2 Basics in Measurement Technique 4.2.3 Applicable Correction Methods 4.2.4 Corrections in Question 4.2.5 Quality Assurance 4.2.6 Overall Evaluation 4.3 Flux-Variance Relations 4.4 Accumulation Methods 4.4.1 Eddy-Accumulations-Method (EA) 4.4.2 Relaxed Eddy-Accumulation Method (REA) 4.4.3 Disjunct Eddy-Covariance Method (DEC) 4.4.4 Surface Renewal Method 4.5 Fluxes of Chemical Substances References 5 Modeling of the Energy and Matter Exchange 5.1 Energy Balance Methods 5.1.1 Determination of the Potential Evaporation 5.1.2 Determination of the Actual Evaporation 5.1.3 Determination from Routine Weather Observations 5.2 Hydrodynamical Multilayer Models 5.3 Resistance Approach 5.4 Modelling of Water Surfaces 5.5 Boundary Layer Modelling 5.5.1 Prognostic Models for the Mixed Layer Height 5.5.2 Parametrization of the Wind Profile in the Boundary Layer 5.6 Modeling in Large-Scale Models 5.7 Large-Eddy Simulation 5.8 Area Averaging 5.8.1 Simple Area Averaging Methods 5.8.2 Complex Area-Averaging Methods 5.8.3 Model Coupling References 6 Measurement Technique 6.1 Data Collection 6.1.1 Principles of Digital Data Collection 6.1.2 Signal Sampling 6.1.3 Transfer Function 6.1.4 Inertia of a Measurement System 6.2 Measurement of Meteorological Elements 6.2.1 Radiation Measurements 6.2.2 Wind Measurements 6.2.3 Temperature and Humidity Measurements 6.2.4 Precipitation Measurements 6.2.5 Remote Sensing Methods 6.2.6 Other Measurement Techniques 6.3 Quality Assurance 6.3.1 Measurement Planning 6.3.2 Quality Control 6.3.3 Intercomparison of Measurement Devices References 7 Microclimatology 7.1 Climatological Scales 7.2 Generation of Local Climates 7.2.1 Small-Scale Changes of Climate Elements 7.2.2 Local Climate Types 7.3 Microclimate Relevant Circulations 7.3.1 Land-Sea Wind Circulation 7.3.2 Mountain-Valley Circulation 7.4 Local Cold-Air Flows 7.5 Land Use Changes and Local Climate 7.5.1 Changes of Surface Roughness 7.5.2 Changes of the Evaporation 7.5.3 Change of the Albedo 7.5.4 Degradation 7.6 Microclimatological Measurements References 8 Applied Meteorology 8.1 Examples of Applied Meteorological Applications 8.1.1 Distribution of Air Pollution 8.1.2 Meteorological Conditions of Wind Energy Use 8.1.3 Sound Propagation in the Atmosphere 8.1.4 Human Biometeorology 8.2 Perspectives of the Applied Meteorology References Appendix References Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 89
    Call number: 9789811085482 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: Cancer is one of the leading death cause of human population increasingly seen in recent times. Plants have been used for medicinal purposes since immemorial times. Though, several synthetic medicines are useful in treating cancer, they are inefficient and unsafe. However, plants have proved to be useful in cancer cure. Moreover, natural compounds from plants and their derivatives are safe and effective in treatment and management of several cancer types. The anticancer plants such as Catharanthus roseus, Podophyllum peltatum, Taxus brevifolia, Camptotheca acuminate, Andrographis paniculata, Crateva nurvala, Croton tonkinensis, Oplopanax horridus etc., are important source of chemotherapeutic compounds. These plants have proven their significance in the treatment of cancer and various other infectious diseases. Nowadays, several well-known anticancer compounds such as taxol, podophyllotoxins, camptothecin, vinblastine, vincristine, homoharringtonine etc. have been isolated and purified from these medicinal plants. Many of them are used effectively to combat cancer and other related diseases. The herbal medicine and their products are the most suitable and safe to be used as an alternative medicine. Based on their traditional uses and experimental evidences, the anticancer products or compounds are isolated or extracted from the medicinally important plants. Many of these anticancer plants have become endangered due to ruthless harvesting in nature. Hence, there is a need to conserve these species and to propagate them in large scale using plant tissue culture. Alternatively, plant cell tissue and organ culture biotechnology can be adopted to produce these anticancer compounds without cultivation. The proper knowledge and exploration of these isolated molecules or products could provide an alternative source to reduce cancer risk, anti-tumorigenic properties, and suppression of carcinogen activities. Anticancer plants: Volume 1, Properties and Application is a very timely effort in this direction. Discussing the various types of anticancer plants as a source of curative agent, their pharmacological and neutraceutical properties, cryo-preservations and recent trends to understand the basic cause and consequences involved in the diseases diagnosis. We acknowledge the publisher, Springer for their continuous inspiration and valuable suggestions to improvise the content of this book. We further extend our heartfelt gratitude to all our book contributors for their support, and assistance to complete this assignment. I am sure that these books will benefit the scientific communities including academics, pharmaceuticals, nutraceuticals and medical practitioners.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (viiI, 582 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789811085482 , 978-981-10-8548-2
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Current Practices and Awareness of Anticancer Plants in the Traditional Healthcare System / Paola De Cicco, Elisabetta Panza, Chiara Armogida, Giuseppe Ercolano, Giuseppe Cirino, and Angela Ianaro 2 Phytochemical and Biological Properties of Lippia gracilis / Valéria Regina de Souza Moraes, Paulo Cesar de Lima Nogueira, Emmanoel Vilaça Costa, Luciano de Souza Santos, Valdenizia Rodrigues Silva, Larissa Mendes Bomfim, and Daniel Pereira Bezerra 3 Use of Indian Indigenous Fruits in Cancer Prevention and Treatment / Manjeshwar Shrinath Baliga, Suresh Rao, Pratima Rao, Krishnaprasad, Sanath Kumar Hegde, Kandel Codi Jalaluddin Akbar, Soniya Abraham, Thomas George, and Princy Louis Palatty 4 Potentiality of Anticancer Plant-Derived Compounds of North-East India / Mohan Lal, Nibir Ranjan Parasar, Anil Kumar Singh, and Mohd Sayeed Akhtar 5 Plant-Derived Compounds in Cancer Therapy: Traditions of Past and Drugs of Future / Bee Ling Tan and Mohd Esa Norhaizan 6 Anticancer Plant Molecules for the Improvement of Immune System / Om Prakash, Pratibha Preeti Maurya, and Ajeet 7 Fermented Food-Derived Bioactive Compounds with Anticarcinogenic Properties: Fermented Royal Jelly As a Novel Source for Compounds with Health Benefits / Muhammad Hussein Alu’datt, Taha Rababah, Hafiz Arbab Sakandar, Muhammad Imran, Neveen Mustafa, Mohammad Noor Alhamad, Nizar Mhaidat, Stan Kubow, Carole Tranchant, Abdel Rahman Al-Tawaha, and Wafa Ayadi 8 Mass Spectrometry-Based Techniques for the Assessment of Pharmacological Responses of Ayurvedic Drugs / Amey Shirolkar, Manasi Malgaonkar, Amit Pawase, Sudesh Gaidhani, and Sharad Pawar 9 Assessment of Anticancer Properties of Betelvine / Deepali Shukla, Jayendra Johri, Suchi Srivastava, and Poonam C. Singh 10 Analysis of Patents Filed for the Herbal Therapeutics Against Cancer / Pooja Rawat and Pawan Kumar Singh 11 Appraisal of Medicinal Plants with Anticancer Properties in South America / Alírica Isabel Suárez and Katiuska Chávez 12 Scientific Validation of the Usefulness of Withania somnifera Dunal in the Prevention and Treatment of Cancer / G. S. Pavan Kumar Achar, B. T. Prabhakar, Suresh Rao, Thomas George, Soniya Abraham, Nicole Sequeira, and Manjeshwar Shrinath Baliga 13 Anticancer Potential of Mangrove Plants: Neglected Plant Species of the Marine Ecosystem / Rout George Kerry, Pratima Pradhan, Gitishree Das, Sushanto Gouda, Mallappa Kumara Swamy, and Jayanta Kumar Patra 14 Piper betle Linn. in Cancer: Past, Present, and Future / Avinash Kundadka Kudva, Suresh Rao, Pratima Rao, Romith Periera, Ganesh Bhandari, Jaffey M. Mathew, K. Ashwini, Michael L. J. Pais, Mallappa Kumara Swamy, and Manjeshwar Shrinath Baliga 15 Anticancer Properties of Curcumin and Its Efficacy for Treating Central Nervous System Neoplasms / Neil V. Klinger and Sandeep Mittal 16 Vitamin E: Nature’s Gift to Fight Cancer / Siti Syairah Mohd Mutalip 17 Use of Plant Secondary Metabolites as Nutraceuticals for Treatment and Management of Cancer: Approaches and Challenges / Zahid H. Siddiqui, B. Hareramdas, Zahid K. Abbas, Talat Parween, and Mohammad Nasir Khan 18 Usefulness of Ocimum sanctum Linn. in Cancer Prevention: An Update / Naveen Kaushal, Suresh Rao, Preety Ghanghas, Soniya Abraham, Thomas George, Sueallen D’souza, Jeffey M. Mathew, Jessica Chavali, Mallappa Kumara Swamy, and Manjeshwar Shrinath Baliga 19 Phytochemicals with Anticancer Potential: Methods of Extraction, Basic Structure, and Chemotherapeutic Action / Gulrez Nizami and R. Z. Sayyed 20 Anticancer Plants and Their Conservation Strategies: An Update / Vankayalapati Vijaya Kumar, Mallappa Kumara Swamy, and Mohd. Sayeed Akhtar 21 Anticancer Plants: Chemistry, Pharmacology, and Potential Applications / V. D. Ravichandra, C. Ramesh, Mallappa Kumara Swamy, B. Purushotham, and Gudepalya Renukaiah Rudramurthy 22 Botany, Chemistry, and Pharmaceutical Significance of Sida cordifolia: A Traditional Medicinal Plant / Hassan Ahmed, Abdul Shukor Juraimi, Mallappa Kumara Swamy, Muhammad Saiful Ahmad-Hamdani, Dzolkifli Omar, Mohd Yusop Rafii, Uma Rani Sinniah, and Mohd Sayeed Akhtar 23 Anticancer Properties of Natural Compounds on Prostate Cancer / Priyadarshini and Abhishek Negi 24 Phytochemicals Against Cancer Stem Cells / Kok Hoong Leong, Kin Weng Kong, and Lip Yong Chung
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 90
    Call number: 9783319514123 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This textbook deals with the most important items in Marine Geology, including some pioneer work. The list of topics has grown greatly in the last few decades beyond the items identified by Eugen Seibold as central and now includes prominently such things as methane and climate change; that is, the carbon cycle and the Earth system as a whole. Relevant geophysical, geochemical, sedimentological and paleontological methods are shortly described. They should allow the reader to comment on new results about plate tectonics, marine sedimentation from the coasts to the deep sea, climatological aspects, paleoceanology and the use of the sea floor. The text tries to transmit to the reader excitement of marine geological research both aboard and in modern laboratories. Basic mineralogical, geochemical, biological and other relevant data and a detailed list of books and symposia are given in an Appendix. This Introduction builds on the third edition of “The Sea Floor” by E. Seibold and W.H. Berger. While much of the original text was written by Seibold, a considerable portion of the material presented in this edition is new, taking into account the recent great shift in marine geological research, some of it with great relevance to human concerns arising in a rapidly changing world.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xiii, 268 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme, Karten , 29 cm
    Edition: Fourth edition
    ISBN: 9783319514123 , 978-3-319-51412-3
    ISSN: 2510-1307 , 2510-1315
    Series Statement: Springer Textbooks in Earth Sciences, Geography and Environment
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction 2 Origin and Morphology of Ocean Basins 3 Origin and Morphology of Ocean Margins 4 Sources and Composition of Marine Sediments 5 Effects of Waves and Currents 6 Sea-Level Processes and Effects of Sea-Level Change 7 Productivity of the Ocean and Implications 8 Benthic Organisms and Environmental Reconstruction 9 Imprint of Climate Zonation on Marine Sediments 10 Deep-Sea Sediments: Patterns and Processes 11 Geologic History of the Sea: The Ice-Age Ocean 12 Cenozoic History from Deep-Ocean Drilling 13 Cretaceous Environments and Deep-Ocean Drilling 14 Resources from the Ocean Floor 15 Problems Ahead Appendix Glossary Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 91
    facet.materialart.12
    [Cham] : Springer
    Call number: 9783319560175
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is about the roles and importance of Ultraviolet (UV) light from sun and from man-made UV lamps in our daily life, on health and diseases, also its application in sterilization and treatment. The key words are: reactive oxygen species, DNA damage, UV mutagenicity, skin cancers, polymorphous light eruption, Xeroderma pigmentosum, vitiligo, psoriasis, rheumatoid arthritis, diabetes mellitus, metabolic syndromes, cardiovascular diseases, dermatology, photobiology, photodermatosis, vitamin D synthesis, vitamin D efficiency, water sterilization, blood sterilization, phototherapies, skin tanning and UV dosimeter. The book starts with introduction to UV light and the history of development of UV lamps and its applications. It then moves to describing the interaction of this light with biological components and the production of reactive oxygen species, their roles in cell signaling, cellular defense from foreign invaders, in mutagenesis leading to skin diseases including vitiligo, polymorphous light eruption and various forms of skin cancer. Then it presents the synthesis and importance of UV light and diseases, induced due to the deficiency of vitamin D. Roles of UV light in sterilization, disinfection, phototherapies are depicted in the next part and finally use and abuse of UV light in tanning salon and the availability and importance of use of UV dosimeter are highlighted. The three main focuses of this book are: - Damage to biological systems by UV light leading to certain skin diseases; most importantly skin cancers. - Importance of UV light in the in vivo synthesis of vitamin D when human bodies are exposed to it. - Diseases caused due to the deficiency of vitamin D and the use of UV lamps in phototherapy and sterilization processes. The editor has considerable experience in publishing medical books and has used it critically selecting the matters which will attract the readers from many areas of medical and non-medical fields. It is hoped that the materials presented in this book will give great benefit and will stimulate both novice and expert researchers in the field. The book gives excellent overviews of the current status of research and pointers to the future research achievements. Clinicians, medical general practitioners, technicians and staff working in UV related industries and especially those working in tanning salon should benefit from the information presented in safe handling of this light.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xxiv, 365 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319560175 , 978-3-319-56017-5
    ISSN: 0065-2598 , 2214-8019
    Series Statement: Advances in experimental medicine and biology Volume 996
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Introduction, Historical Aspects and Sources of UV Light 1 History of UV Lamps, Types, and Their Applications / Shamim I. Ahmad, Luisa Christensen, and Elma Baron Part II UV Photoproducts, Damage to DNA and Mutagenesis 2 Ultraviolet Light Induced Generation of Reactive Oxygen Species / T.L. de Jager, A.E. Cockrell, and S.S. Du Plessis Part III UV Light and Human Diseases 3 UV-Induced Molecular Signaling Differences in Melanoma and Non-melanoma Skin Cancer / Feng Liu-Smith, Jinjing Jia, and Yan Zheng 4 Xeroderma Pigmentosa Group A (XPA), Nucleotide Excision Repair and Regulation by ATR in Response to Ultraviolet Irradiation / Phillip R. Musich, Zhengke Li, and Yue Zou 5 Impact of Ultraviolet Light on Vitiligo / Rasnik K. Singh 6 Polymorphous Light Eruption / Marcella Guarrera 7 Ultraviolet Radiations: Skin Defense-Damage Mechanism / Dheeraj Mohania, Shikha Chandel, Parveen Kumar, Vivek Verma, Kumar Digvijay, Deepika Tripathi, Khushboo Choudhury, Sandeep Kumar Mitten, and Dilip Shah 8 Ultraviolet Photobiology in Dermatology / Luisa Christensen, Amanda Suggs, and Elma Baron 9 Ultraviolet A-1 in Dermatological Diseases / Torello M. Lotti and Serena Gianfaldoni 10 Photodermatoses in the Pigmented Skin / Vinod Kumar Sharma and Kanika Sahni 11 Psycho-Neuro-Endocrine- Immunology: A Psychobiological Concept / Katlein França and Torello M. Lotti Part IV UV Light Benefits to Man 12 Ultraviolet B Radiation: The Vitamin D Connection / Michael F. Holick 13 Role of Vitamin D in Rheumatoid Arthritis / Mattia Bellan, Pier Paolo Sainaghi, and Mario Pirisi 14 Asthma and Allergy “Epidemic” and the Role of Vitamin D Deficiency / Konstantinos Douros, Barbara Boutopoulou, Sotirios Fouzas, and Ioanna Loukou 15 Vitamin D Metabolism and the Implications for Atherosclerosis / Amanda L. Bennett and Carl J. Lavie 16 Vitamin D and Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus / Claire Michael Issa 17 Impact of UV Radiation on Genome Stability and Human Health / Sujit Roy 18 Vitamin D, Cardiovascular Disease and Risk Factors / Tea Skaaby, Betina H. Thuesen, and Allan Linneberg Part V UV Light in Sterilization 19 Biofilms: Microbial Strategies for Surviving UV Exposure / Carla C.C.R. de Carvalho 20 UV Induced Mutagenicity in Water: Causes, Detection, Identification and Prevention / Roberta (C.H.M.) Hofman-Caris 21 Role of Ultraviolet Disinfection in the Prevention of Surgical Site Infections / Sarah Simmons, Charles Dale, James Holt, Katie Velasquez, and Mark Stibich 22 UV Disinfection of Wastewater and Combined Sewer Overflows / John Gibson, Jennifer Drake, and Bryan Karney Part VI UV Light in Phototherapy 23 Phototherapy in Atopic Dermatitis / José María Ortiz-Salvador and Amparo Pérez-Ferriols 24 Phototherapy of Psoriasis, a Chronic Inflammatory Skin Disease / Emőke Rácz and Errol P. Prens 25 Ultraviolet Irradiation of Blood: “The Cure That Time Forgot”? / Michael R. Hamblin 26 From UV Protection to Protection in the Whole Spectral Range of the Solar Radiation: New Aspects of Sunscreen Development / Leonhard Zastrow, Martina C. Meinke, Stephanie Albrecht, Alexa Patzelt, and Juergen Lademann 27 Safety and Efficacy of Phototherapy in the Management of Eczema / Annalisa Patrizi, Beatrice Raone, and Giulia Maria Ravaioli Part VII Tanning Saloon 28 UV Driven Tanning Salons: Danger on Main Street / Jean-François Doré and Marie-Christine Chignol Part VIII UV Dosimeters 29 Dose Quantification in UV Phototherapy / David Robert Grimes Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 92
    Call number: 9783319773599 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book first focuses on the explanation of the theory about focal mechanisms and moment tensor solutions and their role in the modern seismology. The second part of the book compiles several state-of-the-art case studies in different seismotectonic settings of the planet.The assessment of seismic hazard and the reduction of losses due to future earthquakes is probably the most important contribution of seismology to society. In this regard, the understanding of reliable determination seismic source and of its uncertainty can play a key role in contributing to geodynamic investigation, seismic hazard assessment and earthquake studies. In the last two decades, the use of waveforms recorded at local-to-regional distances has increased considerably. Waveform modeling has been used also to estimate faulting parameters of small-to-moderate sized earthquakes.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xi, 752 Seiten) , Karten, Diagramme, Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9783319773599 , 978-3-319-77359-9
    ISSN: 2365-0656 , 2365-0664
    Series Statement: Springer Natural Hazards
    Language: English
    Note: Contents ISOLA Code for Multiple-Point Source Modeling—Review / Jiří Zahradník and Efthimios Sokos Seismic Moment Tensors in Anisotropic Media: A Review / Václav Vavryčuk The Frequency-Domain Moment-Tensor Inversion: Retrieving the Complete Source Moment-Tensor Spectra and Time Histories / Xiaoning Yang, Brian W. Stump and Mason D. Macphail Berkeley Seismic Moment Tensor Method, Uncertainty Analysis, and Study of Non-double-couple Seismic Events / Douglas S. Dreger Estimating Stability and Resolution of Waveform Inversion Focal Mechanisms / S. Scolaro, C. Totaro, D. Presti, Sebastiano D’Amico, G. Neri and B. Orecchio The Method of Cataclastic Analysis of Discontinuous Displacements / Yu. L. Rebetsky and A. Yu. Polets Challenges in Regional Moment Tensor Resolution and Interpretation / Simone Cesca and Sebastian Heimann The Role of Moment Tensors in the Characterization of Hydraulic Stimulations / Ismael Vera Rodriguez, James Rutledge and Sergey Stanchits Constrained Moment Tensors: Source Models and Case Studies / Jan Šílený Seismic Deformation Derived from Moment Tensor Summation: Application Along the Hellenic Trench / Anastasia Kiratzi, Christoforos Benetatos and Filippos Vallianatos Estimation of Empirical Green’s Tensor Spatial Derivative Elements: A Preliminary Study Using Strong Motion Records in Southern Fukui Prefecture, Japan / Michihiro Ohori Retrieval of the Seismic Moment Tensor from Joint Measurements of Translational and Rotational Ground Motions: Sparse Networks and Single Stations / Stefanie Donner, Heiner Igel, Céline Hadziioannou and the Romy group Overview of Moment Tensor Analysis in New Zealand / John Ristau Applications of Moment Tensor Solutions to the Assessment of Earthquake Hazard in Canada / J. F. Cassidy, H. Kao, John Ristau and A. Bent Intraplate Earthquakes in Europe—Source Parameters from Regional Moment Tensor Analysis / Jochen Braunmiller Source Characteristics of the January 8, 2013 (M W = 5.7) and May 24, 2014 (M W = 6.8) North Aegean Earthquakes Sequence / Doğan Kalafat, Kıvanç Kekovalı and Ali Pınar Investigating the Focal Mechanisms of the August 4th, 2003, Mw 7.6, South Orkney Islands Earthquake and its Aftershocks Sequence / M. P. Plasencia Linares, M. Guidarelli, M. Russi and G. F. Panza Waveform Modelling of 2009 Bhutan Earthquake of Magnitude 6.1 (Mw) Using Local Network Data of North East India / Santanu Baruah and Midusmita Boruah Resolving the Tectonic Stress by the Inversion of Earthquake Focal Mechanisms. Application in the Region of Greece. A Tutorial / Ioannis G. Kassaras and Vasilis Kapetanidis Relative Locations of Clustered Earthquakes in the Sea of Marmara and States of Local Stresses in the East of the Central Marmara Basin / Yasemin Korkusuz Öztürk and Nurcan Meral Özel Focal Mechanisms of Earthquakes and Stress Field of the Earth Crust in Azerbaijan / G. J. Yetirmishli and S. E. Kazimova Seismotectonic Crustal Strains of the Mongol-Baikal Seismic Belt from Seismological Data / Alena Seredkina and Valentina Melnikova The Stress State of Seismic Areas of the Central and East Asia / Yu. L. Rebetsky, A. Yu. Polets, O. A. Kuchay and N. A. Sycheva The Significance of Crustal Velocity Model in Moment Tensor Solutions: A Case Study of Yedisu Earthquakes / Fatih Turhan, Musavver Didem Cambaz and Jiří Zahradník An Overview of the Seismicity and Tectonics of the Black Sea / Doğan Kalafat Coulomb Stress Changes in the Area of December 2013–January 2014 Sannio-Matese Seismic Sequence (Southern Italy) / Santanu Baruah and Sebastiano D’Amico Active Faulting in the Earth’s Crust of the Baikal Rift System Based on the Earthquake Focal Mechanisms / Vladimir A. Sankov and Anna A. Dobrynina Quaternary Stress Field and Faulting in the Western Part of the Catanzaro Trough (Calabria, Southern Italy) / F. Brutto, F. Muto, M. F. Loreto, Sebastiano D’Amico, N. De Paola, V. Tripodi and S. Critelli A Seismogenic Zone Model for Seismic Hazard Studies in Northwestern Africa / J. A. Peláez, J. Henares, M. Hamdache and C. Sanz de Galdeano A Trial Modeling of Perturbed Repeating Earthquakes Combined by Mathematical Statics, Numerical Modeling and Seismological Observations / Keisuke Ariyoshi, Shunichi Nomura, Naoki Uchida and Toshihiro Igarashi Getting Started with GMT: An Introduction for Seismologists / Matthew R. Agius Devices for a Rotational Ground Motion Measurement / Leszek R. Jaroszewicz and Anna Kurzych
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 93
    Call number: 9783030019891 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides a foundation for modern applied ecology. Much of current ecology research and conservation addresses problems across landscapes and regions, focusing on spatial patterns and processes. This book is aimed at teaching fundamental concepts and focuses on learning-by-doing through the use of examples with the software R. It is intended to provide an entry-level, easily accessible foundation for students and practitioners interested in spatial ecology and conservation
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xviii, 523 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Biomedical and Life Sciences
    ISBN: 9783030019891 , 978-3-030-01989-1
    Language: English
    Note: Contents 1 Introduction to Spatial Ecology and Its Relevance for Conservation 1.1 What Is Spatial Ecology? 1.2 The Importance of Space in Ecology 1.3 The Importance of Space in Conservation 1.4 The Growth of Frameworks for Spatial Modeling 1.5 The Path Ahead References Part I Quantifying Spatial Pattern in Ecological Data 2 Scale 2.1 Introduction 2.2 Key Concepts and Approaches 2.2.1 Scale Defined and Clarified 2.2.2 Why Is Spatial Scale Important? 2.2.3 Multiscale and Multilevel Quantitative Problems 2.2.4 Spatial Scale and Study Design 2.3 Examples in R 2.3.1 Packages in R 2.3.2 The Data 2.3.3 A Simple Simulated Example 2.3.4 Multiscale Species Response to Land Cover 2.4 Next Steps and Advanced Issues 2.4.1 Identifying Characteristic Scales Beyond Species–Environment Relationships 2.4.2 Sampling and Scale 2.5 Conclusions References 3 Land-Cover Pattern and Change 3.1 Introduction 3.2 Key Concepts 3.2.1 Land Use Versus Land Cover 3.2.2 Conceptual Models for Land Cover and Habitat Change 3.2.3 Habitat Loss and Fragmentation 3.2.4 Quantifying Land-Cover Pattern 3.3 Examples in R 3.3.1 Packages in R 3.3.2 The Data 3.3.3 Quantifying Land-Cover Variation at Different Scales 3.3.4 Simulating Land Cover: Neutral Landscapes 3.4 Next Steps and Advanced Issues 3.4.1 Testing for Pattern Differences Between Landscapes 3.4.2 Land-Cover Quantification via Image Processing 3.4.3 Categorical Versus Continuous Metrics 3.5 Conclusions References 4 Spatial Dispersion and Point Data 4.1 Introduction 4.2 Key Concepts and Approaches 4.2.1 Characteristics of Point Patterns 4.2.2 Summary Statistics for Point Patterns 4.2.3 Common Statistical Models for Point Patterns 4.3 Examples in R 4.3.1 Packages in R 4.3.2 The Data 4.3.3 Creating Point Pattern Data and Visualizing It 4.3.4 Univariate Point Patterns 4.3.5 Marked Point Patterns 4.3.6 Inhomogeneous Point Processes and Point Process Models 4.3.7 Alternative Null Models 4.3.8 Simulating Point Processes 4.4 Next Steps and Advanced Issues 4.4.1 Space-Time Analysis 4.4.2 Replicated Point Patterns 4.5 Conclusions References 5 Spatial Dependence and Autocorrelation 5.1 Introduction 5.2 Key Concepts and Approaches 5.2.1 The Causes of Spatial Dependence 5.2.2 Why Spatial Dependence Matters 5.2.3 Quantifying Spatial Dependence 5.3 Examples in R 5.3.1 Packages in R 5.3.2 The Data 5.3.3 Correlograms 5.3.4 Variograms 5.3.5 Kriging 5.3.6 Simulating Spatially Autocorrelated Data 5.3.7 Multiscale Analysis 5.4 Next Steps and Advanced Issues 5.4.1 Local Spatial Dependence 5.4.2 Multivariate Spatial Dependence 5.5 Conclusions References 6 Accounting for Spatial Dependence in Ecological Data 6.1 Introduction 6.2 Key Concepts and Approaches 6.2.1 The Problem of Spatial Dependence in Ecology and Conservation 6.2.2 The Generalized Linear Model and Its Extensions 6.2.3 General Types of Spatial Models 6.2.4 Common Models that Account for Spatial Dependence 6.2.5 Inference Versus Prediction 6.3 Examples in R 6.3.1 Packages in R 6.3.2 The Data 6.3.3 Models that Ignore Spatial Dependence 6.3.4 Models that Account for Spatial Dependence 6.4 Next Steps and Advanced Issues 6.4.1 General Bayesian Models for Spatial Dependence 6.4.2 Detection Errors and Spatial Dependence 6.5 Conclusions References Part II Ecological Responses to Spatial Pattern and Conservation 7 Species Distributions 7.1 Introduction 7.2 Key Concepts and Approaches 7.2.1 The Niche Concept 7.2.2 Predicting Distributions or Niches? 7.2.3 Mechanistic Versus Correlative Distribution Models 7.2.4 Data for Correlative Distribution Models 7.2.5 Common Types of Distribution Modeling Techniques 7.2.6 Combining Models: Ensembles 7.2.7 Model Evaluation 7.3 Examples in R 7.3.1 Packages in R 7.3.2 The Data 7.3.3 Prepping the Data for Modeling 7.3.4 Contrasting Models 7.3.5 Interpreting Environmental Relationships 7.3.6 Model Evaluation 7.3.7 Combining Models: Ensembles 7.4 Next Steps and Advanced Issues 7.4.1 Incorporating Dispersal 7.4.2 Integrating Multiple Data Sources 7.4.3 Dynamic Models 7.4.4 Multi-species Models 7.4.5 Sampling Error and Distribution Models 7.5 Conclusions References 8 Space Use and Resource Selection 8.1 Introduction 8.2 Key Concepts and Approaches 8.2.1 Distinguishing Among the Diversity of Habitat-Related Concepts and Terms 8.2.2 Habitat Selection Theory 8.2.3 General Types of Habitat Use and Selection Data 8.2.4 Home Range and Space Use Approaches 8.2.5 Resource Selection Functions at Different Scales 8.3 Examples in R 8.3.1 Packages in R 8.3.2 The Data 8.3.3 Prepping the Data for Modeling 8.3.4 Home Range Analysis 8.3.5 Resource Selection Functions 8.4 Next Steps and Advanced Issues 8.4.1 Mechanistic Models and the Identification of Hidden States 8.4.2 Biotic Interactions 8.4.3 Sampling Error and Resource Selection Models 8.5 Conclusions References 9 Connectivity 9.1 Introduction 9.2 Key Concepts and Approaches 9.2.1 The Multiple Meanings of Connectivity 9.2.2 The Connectivity Concept 9.2.3 Factors Limiting Connectivity 9.2.4 Three Common Perspectives on Quantifying Connectivity 9.3 Examples in R 9.3.1 Packages in R 9.3.2 The Data 9.3.3 Functional Connectivity Among Protected Areas for Florida Panthers 9.3.4 Patch-Based Networks and Graph Theory 9.3.5 Combining Connectivity Mapping with Graph Theory 9.4 Next Steps and Advanced Issues 9.4.1 Connectivity in Space and Time 9.4.2 Individual-Based Models 9.4.3 Diffusion Models 9.4.4 Spatial Capture–Recapture 9.5 Conclusions References 10 Population Dynamics in Space 10.1 Introduction 10.2 Key Concepts and Approaches 10.2.1 Foundational Population Concepts 10.2.2 Spatial Population Concepts 10.2.3 Population Viability Analysis 10.2.4 Common Types of Spatial Population Models 10.3 Examples in R 10.3.1 Packages in R 10.3.2 The Data 10.3.3 Spatial Correlation and Synchrony 10.3.4 Metapopulation Metrics 10.3.5 Estimating Colonization–Extinction Dynamics 10.3.6 Projecting Dynamics 10.3.7 Metapopulation Viability and Environmental Change 10.4 Next Steps and Advanced Issues 10.4.1 Spatial Population Matrix Models 10.4.2 Diffusion and Spatial Dynamics 10.4.3 Agent-Based Models 10.4.4 Integrated Population Models 10.5 Conclusions References 11 Spatially Structured Communities 11.1 Introduction 11.2 Key Concepts and Approaches 11.2.1 Spatial Community Concepts 11.2.2 Common Approaches to Understanding Community–Environment Relationships 11.2.3 Spatial Models for Communities 11.3 Examples in R 11.3.1 Packages in R 11.3.2 The Data 11.3.3 Modeling Communities and Extrapolating in Space 11.3.4 Spatial Dependence in Communities 11.3.5 Community Models with Explicit Accounting for Space 11.4 Next Steps and Advanced Issues 11.4.1 Decomposition of Space–Environment Effects 11.4.2 Accounting for Dependence Among Species 11.4.3 Spatial Networks 11.5 Conclusions References 12 What Have We Learned? Looking Back and Pressing Forward 12.1 The Impact of Spatial Ecology and Conservation 12.2 Looking Forward: Frontiers for Spatial Ecology and Conservation 12.3 Where to Go from Here for Advanced Spatial Modeling? 12.4 Beyond R 12.5 Conclusions References Appendix A: An Introduction to R Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 94
    Call number: 9783319660929 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This volume presents recent developments in atmospheric sciences driven by numerical modeling which makes use of geospatial technologies and increasing computational power. It gathers examples of how geoinformatics supports meteorological, climatological and water-related studies. One of the most important features of geospatial technologies is that they provide methods and tools which may be utilized in real time or near real time in order to monitor and predict atmospheric processes. This is particularly crucial in areas where dynamics of atmospheric phenomena is considerable and causes difficulties in accurate forecasting. One of such areas is the transitional zone between oceanic and continental features of the mid-latitude climate. Good examples of investigations into the transitional zone come from Poland and its neighboring countries. The topical volume provides the reader with a selection of papers on physically-based and data-based modelling of weather-related phenomena over Poland. This main theme of the topical volume is extended to cover case studies on the use of geoinformatics in atmospheric studies in other regions at a range of spatial scales.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 274 Seiten) , Diagramme, Karten
    ISBN: 9783319660929 , 978-3-319-66092-9
    ISSN: 2504-3625 , 2504-3633
    Series Statement: Pageoph topical volumes
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Geoinformatics and Atmospheric Science: Introduction / Tomasz Niedzielski and Krzysztof Migała Biweekly Sea Surface Temperature over the South China Sea and its association with the Western North Pacific Summer Monsoon / B. H. Vaid North Equatorial Indian Ocean Convection and Indian Summer Monsoon June Progression: a Case Study of 2013 and 2014 / Ramesh Kumar Yadav and Bhupendra Bahadur Singh Sensitivity Study of Cloud Cover and Ozone Modeling to Microphysics Parameterization / Kinga Wałaszek, Maciej Kryza, Mariusz Szymanowski, Małgorzata Werner and Hanna Ojrzyńska High-Resolution Dynamical Downscaling of ERA-Interim Using the WRF Regional Climate Model for the Area of Poland Part 1: Model Configuration and Statistical Evaluation for the 1981–2010 Period / Maciej Kryza, Kinga Wałaszek, Hanna Ojrzyńska, Mariusz Szymanowski, Małgorzata Werner and Anthony J. Dore High-Resolution Dynamical Downscaling of ERA-Interim Using the WRF Regional Climate Model for the Area of Poland Part 2: Model Performance with Respect to Automatically Derived Circulation Types / Hanna Ojrzyńska, Maciej Kryza, Kinga Wałaszek, Małgorzata Werner, Małgorzata Werner and Anthony J. Dore Aerosol-Radiation Feedback and PM10 Air Concentrations Over Poland / Małgorzata Werner, Maciej Kryza, Carsten Ambelas Skjøth, Kinga wałaszek, Anthony J. Dore, Hanna Ojrzyńska and Jan Kapłon 2 The Relevance of Surface Roughness Data Qualities in Diagnostic Modeling of Wind Velocity in Complex Terrain: A Case Study from the Śnieżnik Massif (SW Poland) / Kacper Jancewicz and Mariusz Szymanowski The Role of Auxiliary Variables in Deterministic and Deterministic-Stochastic Spatial Models of Air Temperature in Poland / Mariusz Szymanowski and Maciej Kryza Spatial Interpolation of Ewert’s Index of Continentality in Poland / Mariusz Szymanowski, Piotr Bednarczyk, Maciej Kryza and Marek Nowosad Geospatial Predictive Modelling for Climate Mapping of Selected Severe Weather Phenomena Over Poland: A Methodological Approach / Ewelina Walawender, Jakub P. Walawender and Zbigniew Ustrnul Geocomputation and Spatial Modelling for Geographical Drought Risk Assessment: A Case Study of the Hustopeče Area, Czech Republic / Aleš Ruda, Jaromír Kolejka and Kateřina Batelková The Use of Geospatial Technologies in Flood Hazard Mapping and Assessment: Case Study from River Evros / Angeliki Mentzafou, Vasiliki Markogianni and Elias Dimitriou Regional L-Moment-Based Flood Frequency Analysis in the Upper Vistula River Basin, Poland / A. Rutkowska, M. Żelazny, S. Kohnová, M. Łyp and K. Banasik GNSS Vertical Coordinate Time Series Analysis Using Single-Channel Independent Component Analysis Method / Wei Peng, Wujiao Dai, Rock Santerre, Changsheng Cai and Cuilin Kuang
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 95
    facet.materialart.12
    Boca Raton, FL : CRC Press
    Call number: 9781420073072 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: As we discover more about the role of the ocean in global changes and identify the effects of global change on the ocean, understanding its chemical composition and processes becomes increasingly paramount. However, understanding these processes requires a wide range of measurements in the vast ocean, from the sea surface to deep-ocean trenches, from the tropics to the poles. Practical Guidelines for the Analysis of Seawater provides a common analytical basis for generating quality-assured and reliable data on chemical parameters in the ocean. A source of practical know-how, the book covers sampling and storage, analytical methodology, and guidelines and procedures for quality assurance. It presents analytical methods with the step-by-step procedures that help practitioners implement these methods successfully into the laboratory, making them instantly applicable without consulting further literature. The book also contains essential information for developing or improving quality control and quality assurance programs in the laboratory. It includes the availability and measurement of standard reference materials, blank estimation and correction, control of recoveries, and statistical evaluation of quality assurance data. Analytical chemistry is a very active and fast moving area. Despite the development of innovative new analytical techniques for chemical trace element research, obtaining reliable data at ultra-trace levels remains a formidable challenge. A complete and practical guide, this book delineates proven methods that consistently yield reproducible data in routine work.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 401 Seiten) , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 978-1-4200-7307-2 , 9781420073072
    Series Statement: Environmental science and technology
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Preface Editor Contributors Chapter 1 Sampling and Sample Treatments / Oliver Wurl Chapter 2 Analysis of Dissolved and Particulate Organic Carbon with the HTCO Technique / Oliver Wurl and Tsai Min Sin Chapter 3 Spectrophotometric and Chromatographic Analysis of Carbohydrates in Marine Samples / Christos Panagiotopoulos and Oliver Wurl Chapter 4 The Analysis of Amino Acids in Seawater / Thorsten Dittmar, Jennifer Cherrier, and Kai-Uwe Ludwichowski Chapter 5 Optical Analysis of Chromophoric Dissolved Organic Matter / Norman B. Nelson and Paula G. Coble Chapter 6 Isotope Composition of Organic Matter in Seawater / Laodong Guo and Ming-Yi Sun Chapter 7 Determination of Marine Gel Particles / Anja Engel Chapter 8 Nutrients in Seawater Using Segmented Flow Analysis / Alain Aminot, Roger Kérouel, and Stephen C. Coverly Chapter 9 Dissolved Organic and Particulate Nitrogen and Phosphorous / Gerhard Kattner Chapter 10 Pigment Applications in Aquatic Systems / Karen Helen Wiltshire Chapter 11 Determination of DMS, DMSP, and DMSO in Seawater / Jacqueline Stefels Chapter 12 Determination of Iron in Seawater / Andrew R. Bowie and Maeve C. Lohan Chapter 13 Radionuclide Analysis in Seawater / Mark Baskaran, Gi-Hoon Hong, and Peter H. Santschi Chapter 14 Sampling and Measurements of Trace Metals in Seawater / Sylvia G. Sander, Keith Hunter, and Russell Frew Chapter 15 Trace Analysis of Selected Persistent Organic Pollutants in Seawater / Oliver Wurl Chapter 16 Pharmaceutical Compounds in Estuarine and Coastal Waters / John L. Zhou and Zulin Zhang Appendix A: First Aid for Common Problems with Typical Analytical Instruments Appendix B: Chemical Compatibilities and Physical Properties of Various Materials Appendix C: Water Purification Technologies
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 96
    Call number: 9789811031151 (e-book)
    Description / Table of Contents: This book is a compilation of selected papers presented in the International Conference on the theme ‘Wood is Good: Current Trends and Future Prospects in Wood’. The contents of the book deal with recent innovations, trends and challenges in wood science and are grouped in five distinct sections. They cover a wide range of topics like wood variability, processing and utilization, wood protection, wood-based composites, wood energy and the role of wood in mitigating climate change. With the ever increasing human population and growing demand for wood, this book offers valuable insights for better understanding and efficient utilization of this wonderful gift of nature. This book will be useful to researchers, professionals, and policy makers involved in forestry and wood related areas.
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (XIV, 480 Seiten) , Illustrationen
    ISBN: 9789811031151 , 978-981-10-3115-1
    Language: English
    Note: Contents Part I Wood Properties and Variability Optimizing Wood Utilization Based on Whole Tree Inherent Property Maps / Mathew Leitch and Scott Miller Screening Corewood of Pine for Wood Properties / M. Sharma, J.C.F. Walker and Shakti S. Chauhan Imaging Spiral Grain in Pinus radiata with X-ray Microtomography / Jimmy Thomas and David A. Collings Rapid Measurement of Density of Wood in Progeny Trial of Acacia mangium Willd. Using Resistograph—A Nondestructive Method / A.R. Uthappa, Maheshwar Hegde, P. Karthick Kumar, B. Gurudev Singh and R.S. Prashanth Eliminating Growth-Stresses in Eucalyptus: A Scoping Study with E. bosistoana and E. nitens / M. Sharma, J.C.F. Walker and Shakti S. Chauhan Longitudinal Growth Strains in Melia dubia / Sandhya Sharma, Santosh Sumbali, Pankaj Aggarwal and Shakti S. Chauhan Immunofluorescence Localization of β-(1-4)- D -Galactan and Xylans in Tension Wood and Normal Wood Fibres of Leucaena leucocephala / S. Pramod, Kishore S. Rajput and Karumanchi S. Rao Comparative Wood Anatomy of Four Artocarpus Species of North East India with Reference to Their Identification / M.K. Singh, C.L. Sharma and M. Sharma Wood Anatomy of Some Members of Family Fagaceae from North-East India / M. Sharma, W. Shylla and C.L. Sharma Anatomical Characterisation and In Vitro Laboratory Decay Test of Different Woods Decayed by Xylaria hypoxylon / Rina D. Koyani, S. Pramod, H.R. Patel, A.M. Vasava, K.S. Rao and Kishore S. Rajput Growth Ring Structure and Specific Gravity Variation in Juvenile and Mature Wood of Natural-Grown Teak (Tectona grandis L.f.) / Satish Kumar Sinha, R. Vijendra Rao, T.S. Rathore and H.P. Borgaonkar Variability for Heartwood Content in Three Commercially Important Tree Species of Peninsular India—Hardwickia binata, Pterocarpus santalinus and Santalum album / A.N. Arun Kumar, Geeta Joshi and S. Manikandan Relations Between Growth Traits and Wood Parameters of Tectona grandis L.f. in Even-Aged Plantations in Tamil Nadu / C. Buvaneswaran, M. George, K. Vinoth Kumar and R. Velumani Variation in Heartwood Formation and Wood Density in Plantation-Grown Red Sanders (Pterocarpus santalinus) / K. Suresh, Maheshwar Hegde, P. Deenathayalan, P. Karthick Kumar, M. Thangapandi, B. Gurudev Singh and N. Krishnakumar Identification and Characterization of Tension Wood in Acacia auriculiformis A. Cunn. ex Benth. and Acacia mangium Willd. Grown in Kerala / E.V. Anoop, C.M. Jijeesh, S. Jinu, R. Vishnu and M.C. Anish Basic Density and Fibre Morphological Characteristics of Selected Pulpwood Species of Kerala / E.V. Anoop, Arun Joseph, C.M. Jijeesh, R. Vishnu and Anju S. Vijayan Estimation of Leaf Area–Wood Density Traits Relationship in Tropical Dry Evergreen Forests of Southern Coromandel Coast, Peninsular India / M. Udayakumar and T. Sekar Variations on Pulping Properties of Gmelina arborea Roxb. Grown in Different Geographical Regions of Tamil Nadu, India / J. Soosai Raj, A. Mayavel, V.N. Mutharaian and A. Nicodemus Biochemical Characterization of Wood Lignin of Hevea brasiliensis / S. Pramod, C.P. Reghu and K.S. Rao Part II Wood Protection Protection of Wood: A Global Perspective on the Future / Jeffrey J. Morrell Conveyor Belt Pressure Impregnation of Wood / Peter Vinden, Grigori Torgovnikov and Anil K. Sethy Natural Resistance of Imported Timbers Against Termites and Fungi in Indian Condition—A Comparison / Rashmi Ramesh Shanbhag, R. Sundararaj, H.C. Nagaveni, G. Vijayalakshmi and B. Lingappa Enhancing Photostability of Wood Coatings Using Titanium Dioxide Nanoparticles / Kavyashree Srinivas and Krishna K. Pandey Screening of Oils of Pongamia pinnata Linn., Jatropha curcas Linn. and Simarouba glauca D.C. for Developing Eco-Friendly Wood Preservatives / D. Venmalar Fungal Inhibition in Wood Treated with Lantana camara L. Extract / Heena Gupta, Kulwant Rai Sharma and J.N. Sharma Powderpost Beetle Menace in Wooden Handicraft Industries and Their Management / Raja Muthukrishnan and O.K. Remadevi Effect of Thermal Modification on Physical Properties of Bambusa nutans / Kiran Ghadge and Krishna K. Pandey Part III Wood-Based Composites Micromechanics of Cellulose Fibres and Their Composites / Ramesh Babu Adusumalli, Karthik Chethan Venkateshan and Wolfgang Gindl-Altmutter Adhesives of Bio-origin for Wood Composites / D. Sujatha, S.K. Nath and B.S. Mamatha Experimental and Numerical Modeling of Hemp–Polyester Composites / D.S. Chethan, G.S. Venkatesh, Gunti Ranga Srinivas and C.S. Vinod Kumar Lantana Fiber-Filled Polypropylene Composite / Amey Kale, N. Raghu, Shakti S. Chauhan and Pankaj Aggarwal Development of Fire Retardant Wood Composite Using Amino Resin / B.S. Mamatha, D. Sujatha, S.K. Nath, D.N. Uday and Anand Nandanwar Study on Utilization of Plantation-Grown Timber Species Grevillea robusta (Silver Oak) for Medium-Density Fibre Board / D.N. Uday, B.S. Mamatha, D. Sujatha and V. Prakash Suitability of Mixed Species of Bamboo (Bambusa polymorpha and Bambusa tulda) for Medium-Density Particle Board / Amit Ashok Mahadik, Anil Negi and Amey Pravin Awale Part IV Wood Utilization Pattern A Comparative Assessment of Autoclave and Microwave-Assisted Peroxometal Complex in Delignification of Wood Biomass for Enhanced Sugar Production / Pradeep Verma and Venkatesh Chaturvedi Yield Evaluation of Oyster Mushroom on Dust Waste of Some Common Timber Species / C. Sneha and Minnu Tomy Study on Fuel Properties of Important Biomass Briquetting Feedstocks in India / Ritesh Kumar, M. Srinivasa Rao, R. Ezhumalai and R. Tailor Study on Chemical, Elemental and Gasification Characteristics of Lantana camara Wood / R. Ezhumalai and Ritesh Kumar Search for Future Fuels—Pathway Points to a ‘Boring’ Process / L.N. Santhakumaran Wood Use in India—Readying for that Elusive Renaissance? / K. Satyanarayana Rao Part V Wood and Climate Change Wood is Good for REDD+! / Ederson A. Zanetti How Good is Wood? Facts and Myths Regarding Wood as a Green Building Material / Arijit Sinha Carbon Sequestration by Bamboo Farming on Marginal Land and Sustainable Use of Wood Waste for Bioenergy: Case Studies from Abellon Clean Energy / Beena Patel, Bharat Gami and Pankaj Patel Use Wood—Combat Climate Change / S.K. Nath Author Index
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 97
    Call number: https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-72026-5 [Volltext]
    Description / Table of Contents: This book provides an authoritative insight on the Loss and Damage discourse by highlighting state-of-the-art research and policy linked to this discourse and articulating its multiple concepts, principles and methods. Written by leading researchers and practitioners, it identifies practical and evidence-based policy options to inform the discourse and climate negotiations. With climate-related risks on the rise and impacts being felt around the globe has come the recognition that climate mitigation and adaptation may not be enough to manage the effects from anthropogenic climate change. This recognition led to the creation of the Warsaw International Mechanism on Loss and Damage in 2013, a climate policy mechanism dedicated to dealing with climate-related effects in highly vulnerable countries that face severe constraints and limits to adaptation. Endorsed in 2015 by the Paris Agreement and effectively considered a third pillar of international climate policy, debate and research on Loss and Damage continues to gain enormous traction. Yet, concepts, methods and tools as well as directions for policy and implementation have remained contested and vague. Suitable for researchers, policy-advisors, practitioners and the interested public, the book furthermore: • discusses the political, legal, economic and institutional dimensions of the issue • highlights normative questions central to the discourse • provides a focus on climate risks and climate risk management • presents salient case studies from around the world
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1. Overview: Climate risk management and justice for the L&D debate -- Chapter 2. History of debate: from climate justice to climate risk management.-Chapter 3. What is Loss & Damage? Perspectives & Concepts -- Chapter 4.Weather related losses and damages: what can we learn from disaster data? -- Chapter 5. Frontiers in science for supporting L&D decision making -- Chapter 6. Attribution -- Chapter 7. Legal liability -- Chapter 8. What does non-economic loss and damage mean and what challenge does it present to the L&D Mechanism? -- Chapter 9. Loss & Damage to ecosystem services -- Chapter 10. Technology Justice and Loss and damage -- Chapter 11. Integrated Management of Climate Risk -- Chapter 12. A Socio-Economic Climate Risk Management Framework to inform the Loss and Damage mechanism -- Chapter 13.Exploring adaptation frontiers with insurance: the role of risk transfer -- Chapter 14. Climate insurance and risk management: From AOSIS to MCII to InsuResilience -- Chapter 15. Climate insurance? Reviewing regional sovereign insurance pools -- Chapter 16.Balancing liability and needs - a principled approach for the L&D mechanism -- Chapter 17. The case for Loss and Damage in Bangladesh -- Chapter 18. Local-level Implementation of Loss and Damage: insights from the Zurich Flood Resilience Alliance work in Peru & Nepal
    Type of Medium: 12
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXII, 557 p. 107 illus., 97 illus. in color, online resource)
    Edition: Springer eBook Collection. Earth and Environmental Science
    ISBN: 9783319720265
    Series Statement: Climate Risk Management, Policy and Governance
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 98
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar
    Call number: PIK N 071-16-89990
    Description / Table of Contents: Cover -- Copyright -- Contents -- Alphabetical list of entries -- Figures and tables -- Editors and contributors -- Preface -- Part I Concepts and Definitions -- 1 Anthropocene and planetary boundaries -- 2 Consumerism -- 3 Earth system governance -- 4 Environment and nature -- 5 Global environmental governance -- 6 Inclusive development -- 7 Liberal environmentalism and governance norms -- 8 Risk -- 9 Sustainable development -- Part II Theories and Methods -- 10 Constructivism and sociological institutionalism -- 11 Cost-benefit analysis -- 12 Deep ecology -- 13 Deliberative policy analysis
    Description / Table of Contents: 14 Feminism -- 15 Governmentality -- 16 Integrated assessment modeling -- 17 Neo-Gramscianism -- 18 Neoliberal institutionalism -- 19 Qualitative comparative analysis -- 20 Quantitative comparative analysis -- 21 Simulations -- 22 Teaching global environmental governance -- 23 World society -- Part III Actors -- 24 Civil society -- 25 European Union -- 26 Individuals -- 27 International bureaucracies -- 28 Media -- 29 Private sector -- 30 Religious movements -- 31 Scientists and experts -- 32 States -- 33 United Nations -- Part IV Institutions -- 34 Clubs -- 35 International organizations
    Description / Table of Contents: 36 Mega-conferences -- 37 Private environmental governance -- 38 Public-private partnerships -- 39 Regimes -- Part V Issue Areas -- 40 Air pollution -- 41 Arctic -- 42 Biological diversity -- 43 Biosafety and genetically modified organisms -- 44 Chemicals -- 45 Climate change -- 46 Desertification -- 47 Fisheries and whaling -- 48 Forestry -- 49 Hazardous waste -- 50 Ocean space -- 51 Ozone depletion -- 52 Phosphorus -- 53 Renewable energy -- 54 Water -- 55 Wetlands -- Part VI Cross-Cutting Questions and Emerging Topics -- 56 Effectiveness -- 57 Environmental policy diffusion
    Description / Table of Contents: 58 Environmental policy integration -- 59 Green economy -- 60 Institutional fragmentation -- 61 Millennium Development Goals and Sustainable Development Goals -- 62 Orchestration -- Part VII Borders and Interlinkages -- 63 Agriculture -- 64 Food -- 65 Health -- 66 Poverty -- 67 Security -- 68 Trade -- Index
    Description / Table of Contents: Providing its readers with a unique point of reference, as well as stimulus for further research, the Encyclopedia of Global Environmental Governance and Politics is an indispensable tool for anyone interested in the governance and politics of the environment, particularly students, researchers and practitioners. This comprehensive reference work, written by some of the most eminent academics in the field, contains entries on numerous aspects of global environmental governance and politics, including concepts and definitions; theories and methods; actors; institutions; issue-areas; cross-cutt
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXXI, 563 S. , Diagramme
    ISBN: 9781782545781 , 9781782545798 (print) , 1782545786 (print)
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 99
    Monograph available for loan
    Monograph available for loan
    Cheltenham [u.a.] : Edward Elgar Publishing
    Call number: PIK N 074-16-89998
    Description / Table of Contents: Cover -- Copyright -- Contents -- Contributors -- Introduction -- PART I THE ROLE OF GREEN INFRASTRUCTURE IN THE URBAN ENVIRONMENT -- 1 Green infrastructure and health -- 2 The impacts of green infrastructure on air quality and temperature -- 3 Green infrastructure and urban water management -- 4 Putting economic values on green infrastructure improvements -- 5 Green infrastructure and biodiversity in the city: principles and design -- PART II STRATEGIC PLANNING FOR GREEN INFRASTRUCTURE -- 6 Green infrastructure planning: policy and objectives
    Description / Table of Contents: 7 Planning green infrastructure at a strategic level: experience from The Mersey Forest -- 8 Delivering green infrastructure through strategic development: some reflections from Cambridge, UK and Cambridge, USA -- 9 Planning green infrastructure from a landscape perspective -- 10 Planning for urban green infrastructure in metropolitan landscapes -- 11 Ensuring green infrastructure for all -- PART III DESIGNING GREEN INFRASTRUCTURE FOR ALL -- 12 Multifunctional green infrastructure: a typology -- 13 Towards inclusive green infrastructure
    Description / Table of Contents: 14 The influences of neighbourhood design and quality on residents' use of public open space -- 15 Green grounds for play and learning: an intergenerational model for joint design and use of school and park systems -- 16 The contribution of green infrastructure to a sense of place in historic urban environments -- 17 Landscape, beyond green and grey infrastructure -- PART IV IMPLEMENTATION AND MANAGEMENT OF GREEN INFRASTRUCTURE -- 18 The governance and management of public green spaces -- 19 Community involvement in green infrastructure
    Description / Table of Contents: 20 Implementing green infrastructure through residential development in the UK -- 21 Green infrastructure and regeneration of brownfield land -- 22 Monitoring and evaluation of green infrastructure: a logic model and ecosystem services approach -- PART V LOOKING FORWARD -- 23 The future of green infrastructure -- Index
    Description / Table of Contents: Green infrastructure is widely recognised as a valuable resource in our towns and cities and it is therefore crucial to understand, create, protect and manage this resource. This Handbook sets the context for green infrastructure as a means to make urban environments more resilient, sustainable, liveable and equitable. It then provides a comprehensive and authoritative account for those seeking to achieve sustainable green infrastructure in urban environments of how to plan, design and implement green infrastructure at different spatial scales
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XVII, 474 Seiten , Illustrationen, Diagramme
    ISBN: 1783474009 (print) , 9781783474004 (print) , 9781783473991 (print)
    Parallel Title: Print version Handbook on Green Infrastructure : Planning, Design and Implementation
    Language: English
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 100
    Call number: PIK N 454-16-89861
    Description / Table of Contents: This book presents an analysis of land and water resources in Siberia, initially characterizing the landscapes, their ecosystems, crucial processes, human impacts on soil and water quality, and the status quo of available research. Further chapters deal with modern monitoring and management methods that can lead to a significant knowledge shift and initiate sustainable soil and water resources use. These include soil hydrological laboratory measurement methods; process-based field evaluation methods for land and water quality; remote sensing and GIS technology-based landscape monitoring methods; process and ecosystem modeling approaches; methods of resource and process evaluation and functional soil mapping; and tools for controlling agricultural land use systems. More than 15 of these concrete monitoring and management tools can immediately be incorporated into research and practice. Maintaining the functions of great landscapes for future generations will be the reward for these efforts
    Type of Medium: Monograph available for loan
    Pages: XXIII, 760 Seiten , Ill., graph. Darst.
    ISBN: 9783319244099 , 9783319244075
    Series Statement: Springer water
    Language: English
    Note: Land and Water Resources of Siberia, their Functioning and Ecological StateStatus Report about Understanding, Monitoring and Controlling Landscape Processes in Siberia -- Methods for Monitoring the Chemical Composition of Lake Baikal Water -- Microbiological Monitoring of Lake Baikal -- Developing the Regional Indicator Indexes of Zooplankton for Water Quality Class Determination of Water Bodies in Siberia -- Measuring and Estimating Fluxes of Carbon, Major and Trace Elements to the Arctic Ocean -- Measuring Snowmelt in Siberia: Causes, Process and Consequences -- Estimation of Biomass and Net Primary Production (NPP) in West Siberian Boreal Ecosystems: In-Situ and Remote Sensing Methods -- GIS and Remote Sensing Data Based Methods for Monitoring Water and Soil Objects in the Steppe Biome of Western Siberia -- Significant Siberian Vegetation Change is Inevitably Brought on by the Changing Climate..
    Location Call Number Expected Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...